Home

Avaya CS1000 User's Manual

1. oe Data arrival 369 bytes received from eKERNEL 00355 16 14 01 Activity of eSMTP_server The eSMTP_server module is now ready to send message requests to eKERNEL These requests are sent on a first in first out basis Click the eSMTP_server tab to view request processing as shown in Figure 24 Request processing shown on the eSMTP_ server tab page 30 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 30 Module eSMTP server Figure 24 Request processing shown on the eSMTP_ server tab 7 eSMTP_server SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 6 eKernel eSMTP_server Active Request Fm LL From To Subject 2 ni Data arrival 369 bytes received from eKERNEL 00386 16 14 33 As specified in the configuration reply the eSMTP_ server polls the specified directory for new inbound mail messages at fixed intervals This interval is usually 10 seconds The default directory is C Inetpub mailroot Drop as shown in Figure 25 Default inbound mail drop directory page 30 Figure 25 Default inbound mail drop directory LC o File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders CBHristory US GF X Ej Address G C Inetpub mailroot Drop gt le Folders x C1 Inetpub af
2. Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 102 Module eVBVOICE Figure 101 eVBVOICE Menu L2 q Module eYBYDICE x General Eror wavefle Enorway al Wrong pr ode wavefle WrongPincode n No message wavefile NoMe s wav a No Wavefle wavetile NoWavFle wav gE Confirm wavefle Confirm way EH System wavefie Syslem wav Record wavefle Recording way Outbound delivered wavefles QuthboundDe Alam piionty for OT MF confirmation 1 Silence interval 600 Comments Auto create croup False Defsut curput program eDM SAP Defout output program fecilky CSCO Input progiam description Default deserpric Input program comments amp Menu options Menu opbors level Example site 1 To make a call to the eVBVOICE application enter e 14 to record AlarmConfirmation wav file 2 to record AlarmSET wav file e 2 1 to record EvacuationSET wav file For recording the general wave files specified in the eVBVOICE table the wave files must be specified in the eVBVOICE MENU L2 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 103 Figure 102 eVBVOICE MENU Opt
3. English E BE Local intranet zj 2 Ensure that the script you end is the correct active script Verify the date and time and description 3 Click on the Script to end the script Please select script refresh Asci t 08 06 2007 18 03 01 RAMPENPLAN FASE1L Lj Message RAMPENPLAN FASE1L Group eDMSAPI O User beqd6557 Input request 18 When you end the script the following window appears This window shows an overview of the scripts that are ended The repository of scripts is automatically cleaned up according to the configuration settings Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 200 Module Web Administrator User Guide J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer P 8 xj File Edt View Favortes Tools Help a Wee deine HE 7 Address hitp messenger EZ_index php ee Reporting gt Qaisr scrip m Configuration SED Basi D Edadvanced RAMPENPLAN FASE1 ccana AMPFMDI AN FASF3 BE Local intranet End Reporting active scripts The Reporting active scripts function is available to Supervisor and Administrator Follow the steps in the next procedure to report active scripts Procedure 21 Reporting active scripts Step Action From the Reporting window
4. Ht i i Q Q IL pre i Q Q o o Oo Q oO D Q Q o o O Q oOo olojojlolol lo ojojlojlojlo 01 2 i rte DRE EE ME FT fo 2 2 D o Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 312 Table elO DO Server 1000 ning Book 2 10 Copyright 2003 201 its Reserved 0 Nortel Networks All Ri 313 Table eKERNEL_ AREA eKERNEL_ area parameters Name AREA Site id n AREA Area id n AREA Area Descr_str AREA Area Comments str AREA Site id n This field refers to the site identifier as defined in the eKERNEL SITE table In most cases only one site is configured A typical value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 AREA Area id n This field indicates the area identifier The combination site and area must be unique in the database In most cases the configuration consists of 1 site and 1 area As explained in the eKERNEL SITE table the term site is referred to an environment that is handled by one single eKERNEL instance The concept of area is introduced in DECT Messengerin release 2 Prior to this release there were a number of constraints for authorized there could only be one instance be defined for several modules This limitation affect
5. Socurily level 3 Desctiplion adon Lanquage 2509 Emai addiess Messenseratiet Alobect sutborily True Security administrator True Comments Detaut comments Use Il The cent value for thic parameter is admin Refiesh Work with Users When you login with the default user name and password you have the default administrative rights and full access to the Web Administrator One of the features is Work with Users Use this feature to maintain the users as shown in Figure 178 Work with Users in Web Administrator page 152 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 152 Module Web Administrator Figure 178 Work with Users in Web Administrator send a Message S QDECT handset g phone Email D snmp trap Group Message User Message Work with Scripts LD activate script HO End script Breporting Alarms D scripts Configuration aO bBasic S Advanced Devices Facilities Groups Users Qexpert Security Change password Info Logout 1 Work with Users Site 1 Site 1 I subset insert Identifier Security level Bu Supervisor E simin Administrator EJ eem Administrator BEKDS Administrator E outen Administrator E crois Administrator EJ German Administrator EJ onitos
6. An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1170101 WGM Comments str This field can be used by and administrator to enter some remarks The field is informational only Table 57 eWEB_SNDGRPMSG sample data page 427 shows authorizeds of data found in the eWEB_SNDGRPMSG table Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eWEB_SNDGRPMSG parameters 427 Table 57 eWEB_SNDGRPMSG sample data RE NS evacuation ee EE 1 oae sm 2 mme strove B omme sm Frenante a i oheckinvoice arme one maibox strove check quotations erme am ial goods VSK_F CR a 3170102 1 SKF BE so 3170102 Fe 2 a4 a REE a3 p pa 3 RAMPENPLAN 3 RAMPENPLAN 3 RAMPENPLAN 3 RAMPENPLAN 3 RAMPENPLAN 3 RAMPENPLAN fee ale INS a ER Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 428 Table eWEB S 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 429 Table eWEB_SNDUSRMSG eWEB_SNDUSRMSG parameters Name Type Size WUM User id str Text 10 WUM Sequence n Integer 2 WUM Message str Text 80 WUM AlA id n Long Integer 4 WUM Comments str Text
7. DEVICE SITE AREA OUTPGM FROM TO MON TUE WED Thu FRI SAT SUN HOLIDAY m sss 1 1 eomsari co colza so e le l Minimum amount of devices to confirm before resetting the message 1 send Trace Active Script Use Trace Active Script shown in Figure 160 Trace active script page 138 to monitor the event handling of scripts that are active Figure 160 Trace active script gt Set script gt TRACE ACTIYE SCRIPT gt Cancel script gt Trace ended script Script description Set by Timestamp set Message El RAMPENPLAN FASE3 KDS 2001 11 08 16 31 27 MSG RAMPENPLAN FASE3 865 eDMSAPI Area 1 Alarm PENDING Dev PENDING Last update 16 31 27 Cancel Script Use Cancel Script to abort an active script Figure 161 Cancel script page 138 shows one active script Figure 161 Cancel script gt Set script a Trace active script gt CANCEL SCRIPT gt Trace ended script Script description Set by Timestamp set Message Cur active Max active RAMPENPLAN FASES KDS 2001 11 08 16 31 27 MSG RAMPENPLAN FASE3 1 il Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Alarm Inquiry 139 Cancelled scripts are removed from the list as shown in Figure 162 Cancelled script removed from the list page 139 Figure 162 Cancelled script removed f
8. LineStat PlayEntryAfterError VoiceCard VBV4 INI Hardware specific settings page 111 Figure 118 Ini settings VoiceCard sets a digit to decrease listener volume sets a digit to reset listener volume ConfVolResetDigit sets a digit to increase listener volume DefaultFormat default voice FileFormatConstants 0 8K ulaw S ConfVolUpDigit Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 111 ax silence DIDDigitDelay while waiting seconds 2 for DID digits disables detection of loop current the character to be used in dial strings for a hook flash character used to signal an G earth recall duration of loop Voice card LoopCurrentDropTime ims current drop dependent maximum time to wait for seconds 6 dialtone PES inimum duration MinDialTone seconds 2 of dialtone duration for a pause character comma during dialing Ri t E minimum time a 10000 ing cnt rese vec Galts seconds one of RHETOREX DIALOGIC DIALOGIC ISDN ACULAB RHET ACULAB RHET_DPN TAPI SIMULATOR NONE default uses format compression UseAlaw instead of u law 0 1 for sound card and Tapi cards conversion by Voice instead Voxconvert when playing to DisableLCDetect 5 ren Ground_
9. Module eSMS Module eSMTP Module eVBVOICE Area 2 Brussel Module eESPA After you select an output module you are presented with an overview of the available devices for that output module In the same example presented previously the only available device listed for the output module eNET is a single PC named BENB121027 that belongs to user Francis Missiaen See the following figure Please select device subset cancel site 1 NEC Philips 3 Module eNET B area 1 Hilversum Device BENB121027 Francis Missiaen NET 5 Select a device A page appears that presents you with a number of options See the next figure for an example The top left hand area of the page gives details on the selected device are shown as well as the available alternative devices When no alternative devices are present none is shown The top right hand area shows all available devices You can use the subset criteria to limit the list according to selection criteria The bottom of the page shows details that vary according to the options you choose in the other areas of the page Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 191 F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer p aj xj File Edt View Favortes Tool Help
10. Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send Group Message 131 The web user is able only to select from the list of groups that are configured for that input program Note The web user can submit a message to the eKERNEL but is not able to verify that the message actually arrives at the destination address One potential issue is that a message can be sent to a group that is empty it has no peripherals defined as group members Another issue can arise if a group is configured in such way that due to the definitions in eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER no one is active in the group based upon hour day holiday and activation interval issues eWEB users must be aware of these possibilities In the sample shown in Figure 148 Group list page 131 six groups are defined it is advisable to use more descriptive group names than those shown in the example Figure 148 Group list Message Group TesttoeDMSAPI x Type please select group Testto eASYNC re zal 7 5 lTestta eCSTA Send Group Message The Send Group Message window is shown in Figure 149 Send Group Message page 132 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Rese
11. Are messages defined by your system administrator that you can send to any group Are custom messages you type yourself Change password Use the information in this section to change your password Nortel recommends that you change your password whenever you suspect someone else may have access to it Procedure 15 Changing your password Step Action Log in to Web Administrator 2 In the navigation menu click Change password The Change password page appears ajx Fle Edt View Favortes Tools Help ua Back gt OA Address http messenger EZ_index php 1e User ADMIN Old password COS New password p New password confirm p submit English a w BE Local intranet 3 In the Old password field enter your existing password Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 178 Module Web Administrator User Guide If you do not know your existing password contact your system administrator In the New password field enter your new password 5 In the New password confirm field reenter your new password End Reports of active alarms The system generates reports of active alarms that are processed through eKERNEL and makes them available to users with User expert Supervisor and Administrator privilege Reports are generated from the infor
12. GRP_Descr_str This field can have a descriptive text to allow administrators to easily recognize the group An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Intensive Care GRP Comments str This field can also contain additional information An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Warning minimum 3 DECT extensions required Table 37 eKERNEL_ GROUP sample data page 345 provides sample eKERNEL GROUP table data Table 37 eKERNEL GROUP sample data Input TE REE 31101 00001 31101 00001 Test from eCAP 31102 00001 31102 00001 Test from eCAP t 31102 24960 31102 24960 Test Televic Ld amooo 31108 00001 resone d Paveoi_oo001 Jones oor fresomeo C fer7oreasyno si7or_ easyno_ Testtoeasyno t sr7or_eowsaP1_ si7or _ eowsaPr Testo eoms Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 346 Table eKERNEL_ GROUP Table 37 eKERNEL_ GROUP sample data cont d Input ERE REE 31701_eSMTP 31701 eSMTP Test to eSMTP Lo 31801 00001 31801 00001 Test from eSMTP LJ Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 347 Table eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH eKERNEL GROUP AUTH paramete
13. Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 236 Table eASYNC Table 10 eASYNC Telnr str cont d PAG BELGACOM 9600 N 8 1 0045250000 ING 1 SMS KPN NONE 9600 N 8 1 0065314141 4 SMS PROXIMUS proximus 9600 N 8 1 0047516162 2 Note Nortel recommends that you specify 9600 N 8 1 for PAGING BELGACOM service provider An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00475161622 eASYNC Init str This field allows you to specify a modem initialization string command This is useful in situations where a clean start is required Refer to the instructions of your modem for valid AT commands that must be specified in your environment An OK reply is expected on this initialization string which can require a specific baud rate with some modems You can start with the setting AT amp COS0 3 Refer to your modem manual for more information on AT commands that are supported for your specific modem type An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows AT amp COS0 3 eASYNC Retry_intv n This value specifies in combination with eASYNC retry count n the interval in seconds between retries if a failure occurs in message delivery Time can be lost while waiting for recovery for example 3 x 1 minutes 3 minutes lost time The value is processed in eKERNE
14. Step Action 1 Navigate to Site 1 NEC Philips gt Area 1 Hilversum gt Module eWeb Manufacturer eWEB Model BASE gt Group ENET Test from eWEB to eNET End The following figure shows an example of analyzing what happens to alarms that originate in the eWEB input module addressed to group ENET Figure 188 Alarms that originate on eWEB addressed to group ENET F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer R aj xj Fle Edt View Favortes Tool Help Menr gt Address http messenger EZ index php ka eo CE fact Module eWEB Manufacturer e e EASYN e English 8 Group ENET Test from eWEB to eNET EZ_dspcfgiphp step 028key 11701 ENET Gi Local intranet z The contents of the selected group appear as a result of alarms that originate in the eWEB input module and addressed to group ENET In the example there appears to be one group member the Device 1 1 eNET BENB121027 One attempt 1x is made to notify the device Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 194 Module Web Administrator User Guide If that attempt is unsuccessful the alternative device 1 1 eSMS 324728971 71 is used One attempt 1x is made to notify the alternative device Figur
15. eDMSAPI_Site_id_n eDMSAPI Area id n eDMSAPI_Seats_count_n eDMSAPI_eKernel_Seats_count_n eDMSAPI_External 1 1 20 10 3 1 2 20 10 3 FE Local intranet Expert PHP information The Expert PHP information function is available to Administrator To access the Expert PHP information function open the Configuration window click Expert then click PHP info Expert PHP information provides the result of the phpinfo embedded function of the PHP server site scripting engine used by the Apache HTTP Server For further information refer to www php net Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 230 Module Web Administrator User Guide Figure 203 Expert PHP information 3 Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer alah x Fle Edt View Favortes Tool Help tek Q Fi Address http imessenger EZ_index php em PLA OO CON ME De De DE supe WORDT 0 9 aT fr 2 TT CN SSCS CSS TT I Som TY proga mamas se Ore Za a Sorpmg Lang tage Exgine Powered By Zend Engine 2 10 Copyright 1998 2105 Zand Tech roles Cw PHP Credits BE Local intranet Export import The function Export import is available to Administrator Note The Import link is shown only when the Template databases are installed on the Messe
16. Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 444 Table eWEB USER AUTH Table 62 Language values reserved for future implementation cont d 2984 English Uppercase and Lowercase Support for Double Byte Character Set DBCS 2987 Traditional Chinese Double Byte Character Set DBCS 2989 Simplified Chinese Double Byte Character Set DBCS PRC Note The language code corresponds with an entry in eGRID that provides a directory where the language dependent files are stored This path is usually C SOPHO Messenger Net pdf mri29xx The concept of multilingual support in the eWEB module is implemented in the file eWeb_mri php that is located in C SOPHO Messenger Net Web htdocs An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2909 USERA Comments str Use this field to record remarks about the user An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Technical manager Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Index A AccuCall 111 Activate scripts 195 Active alarms 178 Active scripts 200 Activity of eSMTP server 29 Administrator 204 Advanced configuration 207 Advanced devices 212 Advanced facilities 207 Advanced groups 218 Advanced users 222 ALA Comments str 323 ALA_Conf
17. C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eDMSAPI exe Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eK ernel port 3101 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 3 Environment LO CAL SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA_Service exe Windowstyle 6 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send SNMP Message for iSeries 61 At startup the eTM retrieves the configuration and launches all tasks that are defined in the environment according to the configuration As shown in the example in Figure 59 eTM Site 3 Environment LOCAL reg page 60 the environment GNTN1SCTI launches the DECT Messengermodules CSTA Server and the module eKERNEL When a task is successfully launched the logging section features a green icon indicating a normal condition as shown in Figure 60 Green icon indicates Normal Condition page 61 Figure 60 Green icon indicates Normal Condition 20020829223534 PID 0000002396 Task Phone Net Vision Production 238 launched When the tasks is ended for example by means of the Alt F4 keystroke combination the eTM detects this and relaunches the missing task This is indicated in the log as shown in Figure 61 Red icon indicates a task that is no longe
18. Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 82 Module eTM HA This usually occurs during maintenance of one of more of the programs that are guarded by the eTM_HA This temporary condition is shown in the logging A system administrator can also terminate a task from within the eTM HA environment using a Terminate process API call Note Using the Terminate process API call can cause data loss as this does not provide any graceful cleanup or shutdown of the associated program To terminate a process in the Task Manager use the Kill task menu option as shown in Figure 82 Kill Task page 82 The Kill task option is available only when the tree view is expanded and the mouse is right clicked on the PID xxxxxxxxxx line Figure 82 Kill Task eTM SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 GNTNISCTI E Task Manager GNTN1SCTI SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3107 SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3207 El SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 Q PIO 0000000284 Windowstyle 6 Check task CE Shortcut CASO et Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 Note When the eTM is running the system relaunches the terminated tasks within 10 seconds When the eTM form is closed through the control box on the right top of the form the application does not shut down but is instead minimized to an icon in the system tray This function is designed to prevent the user from accidentally cl
19. DECT Messenger Device Inquiry The device inquiry allows you to see all relevant parameters for the eKERNEL_DEVICE file as shown in Figure 165 Device inquiry page 141 Only those records are shown that refer to the site where the current eWEB instance resides The information is retrieved from one table eKERNEL DEVICE You can either display data for all output programs by specifying ALL or select one output program Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Group Inquiry 141 Figure 165 Device inquiry FR Nortel Networks N DECT Messenger Group Inquiry The group inquiry allows you to see all relevant parameters for the eKERNEL_GROUP and eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER files as shown in Figure 166 Group Inquiry page 142 Only those records are shown that refer to the site where the current eWEB instance resides The information is retrieved from multiple tables eKERNEL_GROUP eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER eKERNEL_INPGM eKERNEL_DEVICE eKERNEL_SITE and eKERNEL_AREA You can select the data for each area Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 142 Module eWEB Figure 166 Group Inquiry ADMIN 2008 Nortel Network
20. F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer E gj xj File Edt View Favortes Tool Help Hek OA Address hitp imessengerfez_index php em amp Alarme 2008 05 15 a select type 2 English z i Done Bi Local intranet Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 182 Module Web Administrator User Guide You choose between Input request and Output request in the second selection screen Figure 185 Work with Ended alarms Second selection screen F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer la xj File Edt View Favortes Took Help ek OA Work with Ended Alarms send a Message BIDECT handset D Mobile phone 2008 05 15 Work with input no filter Input request Date Time SET or RESET Type Input Program identifier Input program application 1 EJ sszz 2008 05 15 00 16 06 SET eGuarding 11105 eESPA N EJ 552 2008 05 15 00 31 26 SET eGuarding 11105 eESPA N EJ 5524 2008 05 15 00 46 46 SET eGusrding 11105 CESPA N ss2s 2008 05 15 01 02 07 SET eGuarding 11105 eESPA N 552 2008 05 15 01 17 27 SET eGuarding 11105 ESPA N ie ase sors EJ ss27 2006 05 15 01 32 48 SET eGuarding 11105 eESPA N s 552 2008 05 15 01 46 09 SET eGuarding 11105 CESPA N eren EJ ss 2008 05 15 02
21. Registry Editor ELI Registry Edit View Favorites Help Name Type Licence Manager ab Default REG_SZ value not set C Login Module E CA SOPHO Messenger Net General H Q Publisher Subscribers H SOPHO SysDirector Net If eTM_HA exe is launched without additional parameters on a system with local IP address 10 110 50 138 then a prompt appears as follows C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eTM_HA exe Figure 70 Selecting an environment when more than one is defined C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eTM HA exe Note Because the objective of this module is to provide high availability Nortel recommends that you suppress this prompt This can be accomplished by adding a parameter on the command line of the shortcut specifying the initial environment to select This is performed by means of the optional keyword Environment Create a shortcut for eTM_HA in the startup group specifying the initial environment as follows Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 70 Module eTM_ HA C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eTM_HA exe Environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 Note In eTM exe a similar function existed but the keyword was called Site In eTM_HA the keyword is renamed to Environment eTM registry entries accept the following parameters e P
22. Table eSMTP CLIENT 405 eSMTP CLIENT parameters 405 405 Table eSMTP SERVER 409 eSMTP SERVER parameters 409 409 Table eWEB 413 eWEB parameters 413 413 Table eWEB SCRIPT 415 eWEB parameters 415 415 Table eWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH 419 ewWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH parameters 419 419 Table eWEB SCRIPT TRACE AUTH 421 ewWEB SCRIPT TRACE AUTH parameters 421 421 Table eWEB SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH 423 ewWEB SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH parameters 423 423 Table eWEB_SNDGRPMSG 425 ewWEB SNDGRPMSG parameters 425 425 Table eWEB SNDUSRMSG 429 eWEB_SNDUSRMSG parameters 429 429 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 11 Table eWEB TOC 433 eWEB_TOC parameters 433 433 Table eWEB_USER_AUTH 439 439 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 12 Server 1000 ning Book 2 10 Copyright 2003 201 its Reserved 0 Nortel Networks All Ri 13 Module eSMTP The eSMTP module is an output program that receives message requests from the eKERNEL module The eSMTP connects to an SMTP server and delivers mail requests to the mail server according to the RFC821 specifications This i
23. The module eTM_HA is the high availability implementation of the eTM module If you wish to migrate your system from eTM to eTM HA you must update the system registry The module eTM_HA is an application that is represented as a small icon in the system tray on the bottom right hand side of the desktop This tray is usually populated with other applications as shown in Figure 65 Windows System Tray page 65 where the eTM_HA icon is shown to the immediate left of the clock Figure 65 Windows System Tray ROWE ELLES 23 33 Move the mouse over the icon in the system tray then right click to open the menu shown in Figure 66 Open Task Manager page 65 Figure 66 Open Task Manager Open Task Manager Task Manager Pause Task Manager Stop Exit Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 66 Module eTM HA The menu option Open Task Manager restores the main menu and can be opened to monitor the tasks in detail This menu also provides options to Start Stop or Pause processing Use the Exit menu option to terminate the eTM HA module and all associated tasks When the Open Task Manager menu option of the pop up menu is selected a window similar to Figure 67 eTM HA Task Manager Overview tab page 66 opens The Overview tab shows the configuration which is fetched
24. Varbind 6 sf i Varbind 7 Varbind 8 Varbind 9 Please enter message information A Bie tocal intranet For details on the capabilities of SNMP trap refer to Module eSNMP page 39 To send an SNMP trap enter the fields as shown in the following paragraph and the example In the following example an SNMPv1 trap is sent to 127 0 0 1 with community public and enterprise OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 The enterprise OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 is registered by NEC Philips HQ by Francis Missiaen The OID range starting with 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 is reserved by UCPS division Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 206 Module Web Administrator User Guide Figure 193 SNMPv1 trap example IP 127 0 0 1 Version 1 Community public Enterprise OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 Varbind 1 SNMP trap from Web Administrator Varbind 2 Varbind 3 Varbind 4 Varbind 5 Varbind 6 Varbind 7 Varbind 8 Varbind 9 submit Please enter message information In the example one varbind parameters is given A resulting action depends on the Messenger configuration settings For example in Figure 194 eSNMP module receives SNMP trap page 206 the eSNMP module receives the SNMP trap in Figure 193 SNMPv1 trap example page 206 Figure 194 eSNMP module
25. a P 0 50 1 51 0 a P 0 50 1 51 1 ED P 1 50 0 51 0 Ca P 1 50 0 51 1 Ca P 1 50 1 51 0 a P 1 50 1 51 1 E Subscribers Ea 0 3 6 Images po eu 9 Images P 0 P My Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM_HA Subscribers 1 The same information is represented in the eTM_HA Overview tab as illustrated in Figure 79 Registry settings Subscribers overview in eTM_HA page 78 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 78 Module eTM HA Figure 79 Registry settings Subscribers overview in eTM_HA a ETM HA SOPHO Messenger Net 2 9 16 Overview Logging Publisher Subscribers E Subscriber 0 EH Description Maria s Voorzienigheid Address 10 110 50 140 O Next Keep live 20040603135001 Next Getimage 20040603135001 EO Timeout KeepAlive 200406031 35201 EO Timeout Getlmage 200406031 40101 O Available 0 E Subscriber 1 EO Description Onze Lieve Vrouw EO Address 10 110 63 118 O Next Keep live 20040603143932 EO Next Getlmage 200406031 44326 Timeout KeepAlive 200406031 44032 E Timeout Getlmage 200406031 44426 EO Available 1 Images Role Publisher 11 tasks running P 1 0 0 51 1 P 1 0 0 51 1 Environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 1
26. poll_intv gt lt email_dir_processed gt c inetpub mailroot drop processed lt email_dir_processed gt lt keep_processed gt 5 lt keep_processed gt lt email_dir_error gt c inetpub mailroot drop error lt email_dir_error gt lt keep_error gt 5 lt keep_error gt lt log_path gt C SOPHO Messen ger net lt log_path gt lt log_days gt 1 lt log_days gt lt cfgrpy gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 16 53 21 O TCP lt xml gt lt ms grqs gt lt id gt bc6c51d001c0f 0700000004 eml lt id gt lt from gt beibsbru ibsbe be lt from gt lt to gt befmi gntnisfmi ibsbe be lt to gt lt subject gt Subject goes here lt sub ject gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt continued on the next page Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 28 10 2001 16 53 21 I TCP lt xml gt lt ms grpy gt lt id gt bc6c514001c0ff0700000004 eml lt id gt lt sts gt NACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 00 10 O TCP lt xml gt lt ms grqs gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 eml lt id gt lt from gt francis missi aen ls be lt from gt lt to gt kristien daneels 1s be lt to gt lt subject gt Reanimation lt subject gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 00 11 I TCP lt xml gt lt ms grpy gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 eml lt id gt lt sts gt NACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt
27. 278 Table eESPA eESPA Datald Ala descr str This field specifies the Data Identifier of the espa record that specifies the alarm description This parameter is only relevant if eESPA acts as an input program so receives external data from the espa infrastructure This field refers to the definitions of eKERNEL ALARM table and must be appropriately configured for authorized message length and so on If the specified data identifier is not present in the available datastream record than the field eESPA_Ala_descr_default_str must be used to define a default message This field can also be a combination of more than one data identifier Than the data identifiers must be separated by a sign If for instance the beep code data identifier 3 in combination with the priority data identifier 6 must result in the alarm description this value must be 3 6 If the display message data identifier 2 is a part of the alarm description you can specify the first x characters of the message as the alarm description For authorized the value 2 3 results in an alarm description equal to the first 3 characters of the display message data identifier 2 If the message is for authorized NURSE CALL ROOM 02 the alarm description is NUR so the alarm NUR must be configured in the eKERNEL ALARM table If this eESPA module acts as an input program In this authorized data identifier 3 beep coding is defined as eESPA Datald Ala descr st
28. 900 CONFIG Logging I txnl sctyrqs gt soppleDMSAP 1 lt oppls lt aites 14 aites4fetgras gt lt em gt O xem xqouzqa gt lt dewwp al iver 2007061112225 lt slemmpaliver lt qoxrge gt lt Jenly lt anl gt lt qosrpy gt lt keep alive gt 20070611111225 lt kecpalive gt lt qosrpy gt lt xul gt lo 4xmLssctgrpy seet_cnt 20 seet_cots lt xsg_diys34 msy_diys lt csta_epi_address 1i G venl gt qoms que lt keep aliver20070611111931 kmwpalivmr querque lt zmLe p lt x Lesqosrpyeskeepal ive gt 20070611111521 lt keepalicers qosrpy lt snl gt Deiat Contig reply zend 6 active messages for this client are reset Re a 11 14 29 Expert configuration The Expert configuration function is available to Administrator To access this function open the Configuration window click Expert and then click Configuration Expert configuration provides an overview of the available configuration tables in Messenger CFG database In the example shown in the following figure the eDMSAPI table is selected Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 229 Figure 202 Expert configuration ex Fle Edt View Favores Tools Help fa eek OO SSS Address http messeng r EZ_index php Work with Configuration eDMSAPI z refresh
29. A User is considered a unique key so for example if you define admin once you cannot add a second admin definition End In the example shown in the next figure the Administrator wants to add a new user supervisor The Administrator clicks insert Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 224 Module Web Administrator User Guide Figure 196 Add a new definition J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer si xj Fle Edt View Favortes Tools Help PE HEJ Address http messenger EZ index php Jea Work with Users Site 1 Site 1 subset insert Identifier Security level Description Comments ALL Supervisor Generic admin Administrator admin BEFMI Administrator Francis Missiaen BEKDS Administrator Kristien Daneels Dutch Administrator Dutch user English Administrator English user German Administrator German user philips Administrator philips home pgup refresh podn Ej BE Local intranet In the entry screen the Administrator enters the input capable fields e Identifier refers to the user field that is assigned to the user e Password refers to the password field that is assigned to the user The Administrator needs to provide both the Identifier and Password to the end user as these fields are needed to au
30. Administrator home pgup refresh p dn Description Comments Generic admin Francis Missiaen Kristien Daneels Dutch user English user German user philips Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 153 Module Web Administrator User Guide The Web Administrator provides a web based user interface Ensure that you have a compatible web browser such as Internet Explorer 6 0 or Mozilla Firefox 2 0 In the web browser s Address field enter the URL where Web Administrator is installed for example http messenger ez_index php When you enter this URL in your web browser the Login page appears as shown in Figure 179 DECT Messenger Login screen page 154 This example URL applies to a Messenger Net system that has the name messenger and the host name messenger is a known host name in the network such as through a DNS Server Your administrator can optionally provide you a different URL which can contain another host name or can consist of an IP address instead of a host name Nortel recommends adding the URL to your favorites Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 154 Module Web Administrator User Guide Figure 1
31. An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 for EVACUATION or NOMAX for informative messages WSC Currently Active n This field specifies the number of script messages currently active This field is used by the eKernel application and has nothing to do with configuration of the database WSCA_ Comments str This field can be used by an administrator to enter remarks The field is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 418 Table eWEE 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 419 Table eWEB_ SCRIPT SET AUTH eWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH parameters Name Type Size WSSA Site id n Integer 2 WSSA Area id n Integer 2 WSSA Script id n Integer 2 WSSA UserID str Text 10 WSSA Comments str Text 255 WSSA Site id n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL_SITE table In most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSSA A Area id n This field specifies the area as defined in eKERNEL_AREA table In most cases the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSSA Script id n This field must have a value that corresponds with any of the definitions in eWEB script table for the e
32. Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 227 The Task Manager eTM exe features a similar overview shown in the following figure However the eTM can also be used to launch processes that are not related to Messenger As well you can launch Messenger related tasks that are not registered in eTM For these reasons the content between both interfaces can vary Figure 200 Task Manager eTM 3 eTM SOPHO Messenger Net v4 0 0 Site 1 Environment LOCAL exe SOPHO Messenger hei SOPHO Messenger Nel SOPHO Messenger Ne SOPHO Mezsenger N et E SOPHO Messenger Ne E SOPHO Metsenger Nel SOPHO Messenger Ne E SOPHO Mersenger Nel SOPHO Messenger Ne SOPHO Messenger Net E SOPHO Messenger Nel E SOPHO Messenger Nel E SOPHO Messenger Ne 20070611111715 20070611111715 20070611111715 20070611111720 20070611111720 PID 00000049052 PID 000000 800 Tas PID 0000007772 T PID 0000007968 7 ast PID 0000001376 CSTA Service eASYNC Port 3105 eCAP Port 3102 eCAP Pot 3103 eC P Poit 3104 8CST4 Porn 3107 eDMSAFI Poit 3101 eESPA Pori 3113 el0 Poit 3108 cKeinel Site 1 eLOCATION Port 3115 eNET Pot 3118 eNA Port 3119 SOPHO Messenger Net SOPHO Messenger Net k SOPHO Messenger Net SOPHO Mestengera Net sk SOPHO MessengenaNet eSMTP
33. Content type text plain charset iso 8859 1 Content Disposition attachment filename Attach_0 txt Content transfer encoding binary _ _NextPart_000_01C07713 6DAD45D0 ATTENTION There are many competing specifications for mail formatting A basic implementation is specified in RFC821 Many other specifications were added for example RFC1251 described the MIME format The current release of eSMTP_ server is not designed to be fully compatible with all available functionality embedded in e mail messages Future releases of the eSMTP_server can be enhanced with for instance functionality that is capable of detaching media streams for example BASE64 encoded audio wave contents Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Initialization 27 Keyword processing For the purpose of illustration examples in this chapter ignore all mail contents and process only the following keywords e x sender The value of the x sender tag is stored e x receiver The value of the x receiver tag is stored e Subject The value of the Subject tag is stored Because the x sender and x receiver tags are Microsoft proprietary the module eSMTP_ server also looks for From and To keywords if the x sender and x receiver tags are missing Although not officially supported it is possible to use the eSMTP_
34. DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 322 Table eKERNEL_ ALARM An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ALL ALA Confirm action str This value defines the confirm action Valid entries are YES or NO If NO is specified message delivery confirmation is not required If of YES message delivery confirmation is mandatory This parameter is related to the ALA Group delivery str parameter specified above Note that confirm delivery depends on a number of criteria for authorized alarm priority can have impact in defining whether an alarm required confirmation or not Some other peripherals provide intrinsic message delivery sending a normal E2 message through DMS API while others require use intervention sending an urgent E2 message through DMS API required user acknowledge In some circumstances special procedures apply to the confirmation action This is defined in the corresponding eASYNC table and eSMTP table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows NO ALA_Repeat_intv_n This value defines the number of seconds between repeating alarm Be careful not to confuse this entry with ALA_Silence_intv_n discussed above The ALA_Repeat_intv_n is in most cases 0 meaning the alarm system does not repeat active alarms ALA_Repeat_intv_n is kept to 0 in situations
35. Each channel can individually be set according to the attached input and allow to specify the unit of measurement en the measured input range Nortel recommends that you first test the peripherals with the FieldPoint Explorer prior to configuring and taking elO into production Note Check your operating system settings to find out which decimal separator is in use Nortel recommends that you set the operating system to the country specific values thus the locale Belgium Dutch in Belgium even when an English operating system is installed These regional settings result in internal usage of decimal separator symbols in the form of period or comma If your system is set up with comma as decimal separator a comma must also be specified when values are entered in the database An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 06 000000 elOAI Max R str The value specifies the analogue level measured on a contact to set a plus level alarm If plus level alarms are to be disabled a 99 999999 value can be specified Note All values must be specified in format 00 000000 with 2 digits before the decimal separator and 6 digits after the decimal separator The decimal separator must be set according to the operating system regional settings Refer to the FieldPoint Explorer documentation for more information on the configuration of the FP Al 100 module Each channel can individually be set according to th
36. From o Active Request From To Subject Data zi a Data arrival 230 bytes received from eKERNEL 00150 15 35 50 The eSMTP tab provides an overview of the requests that are waiting to be processed This is visible in the top area referred to as the job queue Requests are handled as follows Procedure 1 Request handling Step Action 1 The request is analyzed and the required keywords are extracted and shown to the right The left hand side of the window shows the actual dialog with the SMTP server See Figure 6 Request queue with extracted keywords page 17 for an example of an active message Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Output program activity 17 Figure 6 Request queue with extracted keywords 42 eSMTP SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 7 eKernel eSMTP O HELO GNTNLSFMI ibsbe be O MAIL FROM SOPHO Messen I 250 2 1 0 SOPHO Messeng I 220 GNINISFMI ibsbe be Microsoft ESMTP MAIL Request 00251 I 250 GNTN1SFMI ibsbe be Hello 127 0 0 1 00 To From SOPHO Messenger Net befmi ls be ger Net subed rest co eme emer Subject Test to eSNTP Data Test to eSMTP ao DM 0ta arrival 44 bytes received from SMTP 00003 15 49 12 The eSMTP module sends the status of the request back to the eKERNEL This stat
37. M Group identifier 104 CAP g Gr d ti 8 2007 06 08 16 18 34 entra TPE 105 eESPA Area a 2007 06 08 16133144 Deyic output program 105 ESPA 10 2007 06 08 16 48 5 ANEN Sar 105 2ESPA Reason not processed Reports on alarms Reports on alarms is available to User expert and Supervisor and Administrator Work with Report provides an easy web based reporting function to combine the available information gathered by eLOG module Work with Report also exposes the data available in comma separated files Unlike the functions discussed earlier in this chapter the Input request Output request and Output response are automatically consolidated To access this information you need the eLOG The first page of Work with Report shows a selection box with available dates The current day is the default The following figure shows the second selection box This selection box shows the available messages for that day sorted alphabetically Click a message twice to obtain the requested data The message shown in the report is the consolidated result of INPUT OUTPUT and RESPONSE in order of date and time Expert Users that need to answer inquiries on message arrival and notification can use the report to provide the answers Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 184 Module Web
38. Microsoft Internet Explorer aj xj Fie Edt View Favorites Tool Help Back gt OA Address ttp imessenger EZ_index php ea send Group M H Please select message af refresh back SNMP trap LJ Group Message Private messages iSeries failure Win32 failure Domino failure Firewall failure Shared messages Rampenplan Free message This is 4 free message er Message us int Logou z E BE Local intranet Up to three types of messages are supported depending on your system configuration e Private messages e Shared messages e Free messages 5 Select the message to send by clicking the green arrow next to it If you select Free message type the text of your message 6 Click Submit Web Administrator indicates whether the message delivery succeeded or failed End Table 8 Job aid Group message types Private messages Are messages defined by your system administrator that you can send only to the selected group Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 174 Module Web Administrator User Guide Are messages defined by your system administrator that you can send to any group Are custom messages you type yourself Send a message using User message User messages are messages you can send to previously configure
39. Port Number 162 Generic Trap ColdStart SpecificT rap TimeStamp fi 504 M OctetString v 11 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 1 SIP Net 41 IV OctetString v 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 2 1367 81 90 IV OctetString v 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 3 10 110 50 138 5 zi WF gt x 5 Dek E r BE r El SNMPv1 trap of 133 bytes sent The Send SNMP Message program is provided on as is basis Send SNMP Message for Web The Web Administrator provides a web based interface to send SNMPv1 traps from the Web Administrator to the module eSNMP The implementation is based upon PHP script and hosted in the Apache HTTP Server on the Messenger platform Since sending SNMPv1 traps is reserved for system administrators the SNMP trap is reserved for Web Administrator users with a security level equal to administrator Security level equal to administrator refers to users in the eWEB_ AUTH table defined with USERA Sec level of 50 or above Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send SNMP Message for iSeries 47 Figure 47 Send an SNMP trap JER le UessengerdNet Web Administrator Mozilla Firefox file Edt Wew History Bookmarks Iocs Hop gt diabe B Cokes LA CSS TF Forms E Images Information z gt C h ON http tows messengerez laptop ni
40. SAPI_TTS Figure 115 Ini settings SAPI_TTS rz SETTING DESCRIPTION poxtrs DEFAULT used for cards that do not support 8 bit 8Khz PCM when used with TTS engines Dialogic only ConvertPCMToULaw Maximum number of lines to open for TTS overrides licensed number TTSLines 1 Lucent engine 0 Watson engine Sets the voice format mode for SAPI engines 1 if the engine 0 1 provides u law format uLawTTS SAPI_ASR Figure 116 Ini settings SAPI_ASR SETTING DESCRIPTION UNITS DEFAULT ASRLines Maximum number of lines to open for ASR 1 overrides licensed number System Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 110 Module eVBVOICE Figure 117 Ini settings System ent SETTING DESCRIPTION nirs DEFAULT Sets the number of logfiles to keep Files DeleteOldLogs older than the specified days number of days are deleted at midnight sets the application that contains the default LineStatus c vbv4 vbvlog exe window used in StopSystem set to 1 to enable event Logs oS in your exe prevents call drop on IgnorePhraseErrors phrase error offHookIdle busy out lines on shutdown changes error handling to stop play of Entry Greeting after Invalid or Silence greetings
41. Shortcut REG_5Z C 1SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CS1 b windowstyle REG SZ 6 15 55 8555 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send SNMP Message for iSeries 53 Figure 54 Sample eTM configuration page 53 shows a sample configuration for the eTM module that defines the following e One instance of CSTA Service exe e One instance of eKERNEL exe The text file represented in Figure 54 Sample eTM configuration page 53 has a filename with extension reg and can be created with a text editor for example Notepad Figure 54 Sample eTM configuration Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM GNTN1SCTI HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messen ger Net eTM GNTN1SCTI SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA_service exe Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messen ger Net eTM GNTNISCTI SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 Windowstyle 6 Files with reg extension can be merged to the registry
42. This field refers to the site ID specified in the eKERNEL_SITE table Usually this field has value 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 TCPCLIENT_kernel_port_str This field specifies the port that is reserved for the specified module A client server connection is established between eKERNEL and all adjacent modules In this client server model the eKERNEL is TCP server and the remaining modules are TCP client At startup the eKERNEL must initiate a number of socket connections and must listen on a specific port until an inbound socket connection is received from the client module The eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT table described this list of adjacent modules and for each instance of the module indicates the specific port number Note The adjacent modules also must know what port is reserved for them This is implemented for most modules through a command line parameter string that is defined in the shortcut of the modules The administrator must carefully assign the port numbers and use the matching port number in the creation of the shortcut Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 386 Table eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT Each module must have a dedicated TCP IP port Through this port a socket connection is established between the module and the eKERNEL The eKERNEL
43. Web Administrator User Guide default details showing membership from 00 00 to 23 59 on all days is presented Click on group member in the overview below for 4 Click an device to add group member details Aodule eDMSAPI evices on area 1 Hilversum Missigen SM D 865 Francis Missiaen Identifier 32473097171 Tuc Module Description eSMS Francis Missiaen From Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Hol Dom 00 iv Yes M Yes M Yes Yes M Yes Yes Me Yes M insert 7 Optionally adjust the default settings and click insert In the example shown in the following figure the default settings Sat Sun and Hol are changed to No Module SMS From Identifier 932473897171 To Mon Tuc Description Francis Missiaen Fri Sat Sun Hol 00 we 00 w 23 l 59 Yes m ves e veslwl Ye Yes ml No se No m REE insert End Configuration of basic alternative devices User expert Supervisor and Administrator can use the function Work with Alternative Devices Work with Alternative Devices provide a web based user interface to maintain the internal configuration table eKERNEL_DEVICE_ALT Follow the steps in the next procedure to configure alternative devices Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 18
44. _Site id n Area id n Called dev str Type str eDMSAPII Comments str 0 01 1 12345 TEST Incoming confirmation Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eDMSAPI inbound parameters 261 Table 12 Sample data cont d eDMSAPII eDMSAPII eDMSAPII_ eDMSAPIL_ A Site id n Called dev str Type str eDMSAPII Comments str A User to User message User to User message IA IA IA IA REA Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 262 Table eDMSAPI_INBOUND 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 263 Table eDMSAPI_INBOUND EVENT eDMSAPI inbound event parameters Name Type eDMSAPIIE Site id n Integer eDMSAPIIE Area id n Integer eDMSAPIIE Called dev str Text eDMSAPIIE Calling dev str Text eDMSAPIIE Ala id Normal n Long Integer eDMSAPIIE Ala id Urgent n Long Integer eDMSAPIIE Comments str Text eDMSAPIIE Site id n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL SITE table Is most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPIIE Area id n This field specifies the area as defined in eKERNEL
45. and every option must be terminated by the pound key Figure 96 Menu option level 1 E microsoft Access ewBYOICE MENU_L1 Table S ele Ed Men peet Format Records Tods window teb M ARIAS BAINS Aral xm E E a BM LI Men Arial 0 BID AE JsVBVM 11 SievBvM LI Area ide VBVM LT Menu deVEVM L1 Menu Typs_st eVEVM L1 Menu Warile d 1 1 CONFIRM AlamConfirnation way 2 SET AlamSET wav 3 7RESET AlsmRESET war 9 RECORD RecordingV avFile vraf SET Record a om of 4 Name of waw He to play on selecting the menu option Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 98 Module eVBVOICE Figure 97 Menu option level 1 General tab q Module eVBYOICE x Eror wavefle Fror wav al EVEVM eVBYM_L1_MenuT Wrong preode wavefle WrongPincode n 1 CONFIAM AjermUaniimaton way No message wavefie NoMezs wav 2 SET AlamSET way No Wavefle wavefile NoWavFle wav 3 RESET AlarmRESET wav Confirm wavefie Confrm waw 3 RECORD ResoidingWevFile wav System wavefie Syslem wav amp Record wavefle Recording way Outbound delivered wavefles OutboundDe Alam piionty for DT MF confirmation 1 Silence interval 600 Commens Auto create group False Defaut curput program eDM SAP Detak output program fecilty CSCO Input program
46. and finally is sent to the destination users Note the length of the message must be smaller than or equal to the maximum length associated with the WUM AIA id n definition in eKERNEL ALARM table For authorized when an alarm identifier defines maximum length in eKERNEL_ ALARM table of 48 bytes the specified message must not be longer that 48 bytes A special value FREE can be defined enabling the end user to enter a message An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Evacuation qualified or FREE user defined message WUM_AIA _id_n This field must have a value that corresponds with any of the definitions in ALARM table for the eWEB interface For authorized if eWEB is input program 11701 and eKERNEL_ ALARM table contains alarm identifiers 1170101 and 1170102 and 1170103 one of these defined values must be used In most cases a number of alarm identifiers are defined to handle different message lengths and different message priorities An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1170101 WGM_Comments str This field can be used by and administrator to enter some remarks The field is informational only Table 58 eWEB_SNDUSRMSG sample data page 430 shows authorizeds of data found in the eWEB_SNDUSRMSG table Table 58 eWEB_SNDUSRMSG sample data user Sequence Message Mamia Comments Patt EL oroo Pact EE EEE Jaroon O Pact 3 Shared message stora Jaroon
47. associated with definitions such as tables related to elO elO_DI elO_DO elO_Al and so on related to eLOCATION inbound eCSTA eDMSAPI and so on The verification of usage of a group is the responsibility of the administrator End Configuration of advanced users The Configuration of advanced users function is available to Administrator Follow the steps in the next procedure to configure advanced users Procedure 26 Configuring advanced users Step Action 1 Open the Configuration menu and click Advanced 2 Click Users Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 223 The Work with Users page opens Note The Work with Users function maintains the eWEB_USER_AUTH configuration table of the Messenger_CFG database The eWEB_USER_AUTH configuration table defines access to eWEB and Web Administrator modules Do not delete the ALL or admin definitions When you delete these definitions you are no longer able to authenticate for future maintenance through eWEB or Web Administrator On the Work with Users main page an overview of existing users is shown 3 Click the home pgup and pgdn links to navigate through the list of definitions Click the insert link to add a new definition 5 Click the green arrow to change an existing definition Note
48. french say one thou nine hundred and so on for year useofyear 0x200 spanish say of between month and year dontuseordinalsfordays 0x400 spanish usehundredgender 0x800 not used usehoursandminutes 0x1000 spanish say 12 and 30 for 12 30 fullordinal Ox2000 usegenderhundreds 0x4000 spanish only works if full or fullordinal or full and fullordinal usegender_twentyonethirtyone 0x8000 spanish femalemoney 0x10000 sayzeroinminslessthan10 0x20000 japaneseflag 0x40000 polishflag 0x80000 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 107 Figure 108 Ini settings Languages int SETTING DESCRIPTION nirs DEFAULT JenglishFormat Frenchrormat oermanFormat F 5 g see description and tables below Italianrormat Spanishcrormat SpanishsArormat Figure 109 Languages Default settings Jenglishformat english sayzeroinminslessthanl0d usegender singularpluralhundred useitaliangender italianformat usethouforyear useordinalforfirstofmonthonly sayzeroinminslessthanl0 singularpluralhundred usethouforyear renchformat useordinalforfirstofmonthonly sayzeroinminslessthanl0 usegender usehundredgender usethouforyear useordinalforfirstofmonthonly useofyear singularpluralhundred usegenderhundreds usegender twentyonet
49. page 180 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 180 Module Web Administrator User Guide Figure 183 Module details Es Fie ER en FavorRes Tods Heb EJ Saba gt QA Addess http fmessenger EZ n ex php ew Work with Active Alarms Site Site 1 gt gt gt Area 1 DECT gt gt gt Module eDMSAPT back Identifier Output program Message Next call timestamp S 865 Francis Missisen eDMSAPI GUARDING ESPA 2008 05 05 12 45 35 o 867 Jan Maes eOMSAPI Guarding PM TELEVIC 2006 05 05 14 01 38 0 home noue Leefresh pgdn English sf Me mode ecetsaPranbsp Zanbapjactive alarme EZ_wrhactaim_0c photiiter 1 1 0DMSAPIBE EE UAOZTOZSALFNP LIIMSANZEPHGQNNTO BaF tecal intranet When you select a module in the Work with Active Alarms page the active alarms associated with the selected output module appear and for each alarm the system displays the destination device Identifier Output program Message and Next call timestamp The search field can be used to subset the view to selected subset criteria The navigation keys home and pgup and pgdn allow navigating through the list The refresh allows you to take a new snapshot Click the green arrow to get additional details on the selected active alarm Note The reset link in Figure 183 M
50. this field contains a valid filename of a PHP script a HTML filename of another valid string understood by a browser for authorized mailto francis missiaen 1s be Table 59 Valid WTC_Link_str values page 435 provides a list of valid links that can be used The files are shipped with eWEB module and are located in C SOPHO Messenger Net Web htdocs Table 59 Valid WTC_Link_str values eWEB_alarm_inquiry php eWEB_chgpwd php eWEB_device_inquiry php eWEB_eDMSAPI php eWEB_eSMTP php eWEB_group_inquiry php eWEB_script php eWEB_sndgrpmsg_1 php eWEB_sndsrvmsg php eWEB_sndusrmsg_1 php eWEB_table_view php eWeb_wrkgrp_1 php info html mailto francis missiaen 1s be 1s launch htm An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eWEB_eDMSAPI php WTC_Sec_n This field specifies whether a user can see table of contents items For authorized a user with security level 20 defined in the eWEB_USER_AUTH table sees only the table of contents items defined in the eWEB_TOC table with a WTC Sec n value lower than or equal to 20 WTC_Sec_n provides a method to restrict access to some functionality to a subset of users Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 436 Table eWEB TOC An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20 WTC Comments s
51. xml gt 28 10 2001 17 03 25 O TCP lt xml gt lt ms grqs gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 em1l lt id gt lt from gt francis missi aen is be lt from gt lt to gt kristien daneels ls be lt to gt lt subject gt Reanimation lt subject gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 03 26 I TCP lt xml gt lt ms grpy gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 eml lt id gt lt sts gt NACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 07 00 O TCP lt xml gt lt ms grqs gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 eml lt id gt lt from gt francis missi aen 1s be lt from gt lt to gt kristien daneels 1s be lt to gt lt subject gt Reanimation lt subject gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 07 00 I TCP lt xml gt lt ms grpy gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 eml lt id gt lt sts gt NACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 07 39 O TCP lt xml gt lt pgmsts gt lt value gt Shutdown lt value gt lt pgmsts gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 07 39 S INF Application ended 28 10 2001 17 09 06 S INF Application eSMTP_server SOPHO Messen Logging 37 ger Net v2 0 7 started with parameters Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eKernel port 3110 Log drive C 28 10 2001 17 09 08 S INF TCP local port 01129 connected with remote port 03110 eKERNEL 28 10 2001 17 09 08 O TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrqs gt lt appl gt eSMTP_server lt ap pl gt lt site gt 3 lt site gt lt cfgrqs gt lt xml g
52. 10 10 10 2 2 5 0 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ alarm parameters 325 Table 29 eKERNEL alarm sample data cont d HEE Co HEN Co T REIN Fr ss oe HEE 1160101 1160102 1160103 1160104 1170101 1170102 1170103 1170104 1170105 1170106 1170107 1170108 1180101 1190101 1190102 1190103 1190104 1190105 1190106 1210501 1210502 1210503 1310501 1310502 1310503 1310504 1 1 1 10 10 10 10 10 2 1 1 5 2 0 5 2 10 10 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 326 Table eKERNEL_ ALARM 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 327 Table eKERNEL DEVICE eKERNEL_ DEVICE parameters DEV site id n This field refers to the site as specified in eKERNEL_ SITE table Usually this field has value 1 In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 DEV Area id n This field refers to the area identifier as defined in the eKERNEL AREA table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 DEV id str This field
53. 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 120 Module eVBVOICE AHVR The following figure shows how RECORD looks In the Access tables Figure 133 RECORD in the access tables F Microsoft Access eKERNEL_MESSAGE_FORMAT Table i B 10 x JE Fik Edit View Insert Format Records Tacs Window Help 2 8 xl ja H GRAS 4 BES 02 474 FWY 4 x Sa Q Msy Ala id n Msg_VBVoice_ph Msg_Descr_str Msg Comments str O message Default description Default configuration 1110101 message Default description Default configuration 1110102 message Default description Default configuration 1140101 message FireSET wav Default description Default configuration 1140102 message Evacuatie way Default description Default configuration 40105 message Default description Jefault configuration 1150101 message Default description Default configuration 1150102 message Default description Default configuration 1170101 message Default description Default configuration 1170102 message Default description Default configuration 1190101 massage Default description Default configuration 1190102 message Default description Default configuration 0 Record 1414 il s oi ps of 12 ala id ut ALARM table nur J Example 1 Consider the customer site shown in the following figure For the example assume there are 3 t
54. 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Table elO Al elO_Al parameters Name eIOAI_Site id n eIOAI Area id n eIOAT Module str eIOAI Contact str eIOAI Min S str eIOAT Min R str eIOAI Max S str eIOAI ALA descr str eIOAI GRP Name str eIOAT MSG str eIOAI Comments str elOAI Site id n This field refers to the site identifier as defined in the eKERNEL SITE table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elOAI Area id n This field refers to the area identifier as defined in the eKERNEL AREA table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elOAI Module str This value refers to the 2 byte module identifier specified in the FieldPoint Explorer and in elO MODULE table A typical value is between 01 and 08 Verify that the table elO Al only defines analogue input contacts the contacts with a matching analogue input module Current release supports FP AI 100 modules Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 294 Table elO Al Current implementation of elO is limited to configurations of up to 8 modules attached to one FP 1000 controller module Nortel recommends starting the first module with num
55. 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 117 Module eVBVOICE AHVR ATTENTION Due to the ongoing development of the DECT Messenger product suite some modules that provide additional functionality may become available after the initial release of DECT Messenger 4 0 The following modules are described in this NTP but are not available at initial General Availability eFR eLICENSE eLOCATION eSMS eSNMP eVBVOICE The eFR module is an add on module and is licensed separately through the eLICENSE module Some of the modules listed in this attention box are available only on a site specific basis Introduction With the current eVBVoice module you can generate confirm and reset an alarm When an alarm is set a pre recorded message can be distributed to a number of recipients using Ad Hoc Voice Recording AHVR You can use eVBVOICE AHVR to perform the following actions e Generate an alarm e Record a specific alarm message Distribute the ad hoc recorded message The eVBVoice module operates basically as before the addition of AVHR You SET an alarm in the same way as before AVHR using the 2 level menu structure However you can only record a message after you Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 118 Module eVBVOICE AHVR receive the level 2 prompt The record
56. 301 module and 01 to 08 for the other digital input modules An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 01 elODI_ContactType_str This parameter accepts the following values OS in Dutch open schakelaar open switch meaning the contact is in the base state open and can be switched on at set and remains on until switched off at reset OD in Dutch open drukknop open push button meaning the contact is in base state open and can be switched on for a very short time and immediately fall back to the base state Typically used for push buttons that generate alarm GS in Dutch gesloten schakelaar closed switch meaning the contact is in base state closed and can be switched off at set and remains off until switched back on at reset GD in Dutch gesloten drukknop closed push button meaning the contact is in base state closed and can be switched off for a very short time and immediately fall back to the base state An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows GD Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved elO DI parameters 307 elODI ALA Descr str The alarm description field is a description defined in the eKERNEL_ALAR M table for the associated elO module In the authorized shown in Table 24 elO alarm description page 307
57. ALA id n This field specifies the unique identifier of the alarm Although you can to enter a numeric value of choice Nortel recommends developing a logical naming convention for alarms A common approach is to base the numbering scheme upon input program identifier that in turn is built upon site and area of the input program and a input program sequence number A two byte sequence number is the appended This brings the length to seven bytes Table 27 Alarm identifiers Byte 1 Site identifier Byte 3 5 Input program identifier 0 0 0 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 316 Table eKERNEL_ ALARM Table 27 Alarm identifiers cont d syes Jerome TT tur CEE vo TT form TT Jo TT r es TT OT TE F2 iC TT for fevers 0 98 Input program sequence mer Css 67 Alam sequence number As shown in Table 27 Alarm identifiers page 315 the first bytes denote the site identifier The second byte denotes the area identifier The third byte denotes the input application type The fourth and fifth byte indicates a sequence number These five first bytes refer to the input program identifier The two remaining bytes byte 6 and 7 are a sequence number that specified the alarm for that input program The first five digits match the value of the field ALA_I
58. Administrator User Guide Figure 187 Work with Report Selection box Si art Dect messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer NREN STE File Edt View Favortes Tools Help EJ Back Address hitp messengerfez_index php Om l amp rr Kej I 2008 05 15 Guarding AM TELEVIC refresh Time Type Action Module Parameter 09 02 16 INPUT SET ecaP Group GUARDING Priority 10 Remove after SENT 10 04 32 INPUT SET ecap Group GUARDING Priority 10 Remove after SENT 11 06 49 INPUT SET eCaP Group GUARDING Priority 10 Remove after SENT 3 BE Local intranet Configuration of basic group members Users expert Supervisors and Administrators can use the configuration function Work with Group Members for web based maintenance of group members The function also internally maintains the content of the eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER table Follow the steps in the next procedure to configure Work with Group Members Procedure 16 Configuring Work with Group Members Step Action 1 Select the input module you want to maintain on the first page The first page shown in the following figure provides a hierarchical overview of the available input modules Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 185 Fortel
59. Area id n 405 eSMTP CLIENT parameters 405 eSMTP CLIENT table 405 eSMTP Comments str 407 eSMTP_ From address str 407 eSMTP server 25 eSMTP SERVER parameters 409 eSMTP server shortcut parameters 27 eSMTP SERVER table 409 eSMTP Silence intv n 407 eSMTP Site id n 405 409 eSMTP srv domain str 406 eSMTP srv ip str 405 eSMTP srv port str 406 eSMTPS ALA id n 412 eSMTPS Area id n 409 eSMTPS Comments 412 eSMTPS Delivery text str 412 eSMTPS Email dir error str 411 eSMTPS Email dir processed 410 eSMTPS Email dir str 409 eSMTPS Email keep error n 411 eSMTPS Email keep processed n 411 eSMTPS NonDelivery text str 412 eSMTPS Poll intv n 410 eSNMP 39 eSNMP Architecture 39 eTM registry setting 68 eTM HA 65 eTM HA Check task 81 449 eTM HA publisher 84 eTM HA registry settings 73 eTM HA shut down 82 eVBVOICE AVHR 117 eVBVOICE inbound calls 97 eVBVOICE menu option level 1 97 eVBVOICE Menu option level 2 99 eVBVOICE module 95 104 eVBVOICE outbound calls 104 eWEB module 123 eWEB parameters 413 415 eWEB sign off procedure 125 eWEB sign on procedure 123 eWEB table 413 eWEB Address str 413 eWEB Area id n 414 eWEB Branding str 414 eWEB Comments str 414 eWEB eKERNEL address str 414 ewWEB SCRIPT table 415 ewWEB SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH parameters 423 ewWEB SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH table 423 ewWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH parameters 419 ewWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH table 419 ewWEB SCRIPT TRACE AUTH parameters 421
60. C922 Dect C933 and eVBVOICE can inform the user with an audible message The list of output devices can be extended in time The supported values are currently e eASYNC for sending SMS to PROXIMUS or KPN and PAGING to BELGACOM e eDMSAPI for sending E2 messages e eCSTA for sending voice call related user to user messages eESPA for sending messages to ESPA 4 4 4 interface e elO for enabling disabling discrete output contacts e eSMS for sending SMS message to mobile GSM phones e eSMTP for sending mail to SMTP compliant infrastructure e eVBVOICE for sending audible messages Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ DEVICE parameters 329 DEV OUTPGM facility str The indicated application handles the message using the capabilities of the infrastructure The supported values are specified in the field FMT OUTPGM Facility str of the eKERNEL_DEVICE FORMAT table for the corresponding output program An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows C4050 for eDMSAPI DEV Visual dnr str When this field is entered for a device the Visual DNR is used to format a message when it contains Calling number so the end user is confronted with the visual DNR The default value for this field is empty This field is new in release 3 0 Nortel recommends usi
61. Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 144 Module eWEB Figure 169 Select a device Next you can either maintain an existing device or add a new device The example shown in Figure 169 Select a device page 144 demonstrates selecting an existing device for maintenance update or delete Step 2 Please select a device or return to step 1 Site 3 Area 1 Sample Site 3 Sample area 1 Input program 31101 eCAP ELDAD L 48 0 RC 1 SR 2 SS 3 SS 4 SR Group 31101_00001 gt add a device 00001 Test from eC4P IE 3 1 865 eDMSAPI 00 00 23 59 01 01 2001 01 01 2099 Select this group The values displayed when you choose Work with Groups refer to the fields in the eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER table Refer to Table ekERNEL GROUP MEMBER page 349 for details The example shown in Figure 170 Confirm changes page 145 defines the extension 865 to be available on working days only between 8 30 and 12 00 Note that the record is disabled on Saturdays Sundays and holidays ATTENTION The last two fields Activate definition and Deactivate definition allow you to specify an interval during which the record is active In the example shown in Figure 170 Confirm changes page 145 the record is active from January 1 2001 at 00 00 until December 31 23 59 This functional
62. ESMS E Q Devices on area 1 Hilversum 1 Device 32473897171 Francis Missiaen H Module eSMTP C module evBVOICE Then Device 32473897171 Francis Missiaen is clicked and the details shown in the next figure appear When insert is clicked the mobile phone is added as an alternative device Module 1dentifier Description eSMS 932473097171 Francs Missiaen insert As a result the mobile phone is defined as alternative device for the device BENB121027 as shown in the following figure AB Device BENB121027 Francis Missiaen NET Site 1 NEC Philips Area 1 Hilversum Module eNET GG alternative devices G Q site 1 NEC Philips C9 Module esms E alternative devices on area 1 Hilversum 32473897171 Francis Missiaen SMS End Configuration basic overview The Configuration basic overview function is available to User expert Supervisor and Administrator You can select a group check the group members and check the alternative devices with Overview Overview basically responds to the question What happens to my alarms Follow the steps in the next procedure to configure basic overview Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 193 Procedure 18 Configuring basic overview
63. Error wavefile Error wav Wrong pncode wavefile WwrongPincode w No message wavefile NoMess wav NoWavefile wavefile NoWavFie way Confirm wavefile Confirm wav System wavefile System wav Record wavefile Record way Oulbound delivered wave les OutboundDe 4 Alam priority for DT MF contirmaton 1 Silence interval 600 Comments Delaut comments Auto create group False Delaut output program D MSA4PI Delaut output program facility C333 Input program description Default descripti Input program comments Defauk confiaural B Menu options gt gt gt Meru options level 1 You need to set the only visible deviation from normal alarm handling Instead of identifying the prerecorded message use the keyword RECORD See the following figure Figure 132 RECORD amp Input program eVBVOICE SlamiD 1140103 Alam description 1140103 bewakng Remove after SENT Repeat interval 0 Priority 939 Length 32 Silence interva 120 Group delivery ALL Confirm action NO Parameters telated to eCSTA medue 8 Parameters related to WEB module 5 Parameters iclated to e BYOICE module ff Message Bewaak message ESEE oce phrase RECORD 8 8 VBVoice phrase The curent value for this parameter is RECORD Message description Default description Comments Default configuration Nortel Communication Server
64. Fact 4 Shared message tomate femo Pact 5 stars message ste feat Pact CETTE J ET 7 EE HE m 1 Prvate message tr ET NS fem 2 CE f fem 3 private message sr oros Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eWEB_SNDUSRMSG parameters 431 Table 58 eWEB_SNDUSRMSG sample data cont d User Sequence Messe Mamia Comments Private message 4 for FMI 3170103 Ll Private message 1 Medium 3170102 Ed Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 432 Table eWEB_S 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 433 Table eWEB TOC eWEB_TOC parameters Name Type Size WTC Site id n Integer 2 WIC_ Group n Integer 2 WTC_Item n Integer 2 WIC_ Language str Text 4 WIC Text str Text 35 WTC Link str Text 80 WIC Sec n Integer 2 WIC Comments str Text 255 WTC Site id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_SITE table The site is in most cases equal to 1 The Web Server determines its site and area based upon its own IP address as defined in the eWEB table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WTC Group n This field
65. Figure 27 eSMTP message request for eKERNEL page 31 Figure 27 eSMTP message request for eKERNEL lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt id gt bc6c51d001c0f 0700000004 eml lt ida gt lt from gt francis missiaen 1s be lt from gt lt to gt kristien daneels ls be lt to gt lt subject gt Reanimation lt subject gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 32 Module eSMTP server The eKERNEL then validates the message request and either accepts or refuses the request During the validation process the eSMTP_ server is considered as an input program so all configuration settings must be defined correctly One major criterion is whether for this input program the auto create group is activated Without auto creation of groups both From and To must be known in the database e Message Accepted If the message is accepted a reply is sent as shown in Figure 28 Message reply accepted page 32 Figure 28 Message reply accepted lt xml gt lt msgrpy gt lt id gt bc6c51d001c0f 0700000004 eml lt id gt lt sts gt ACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt Upon receiving this acknowledgement the eSMTP_server moves the original mail message to a processed location unless the target directory is set to a value of NONE Figure 29
66. G Accord Mg Resources ag Fhetores 3g uy 8 Bapitts ig Sapi_acr Bg Spscchity eg Statin addiesses i System hg Tapi peg voia Value FHET_TYPE QZ Ring_cr _reset FingNoAnswersecs A Tlanswer Tihangup A y kP Weert c S SY F Ti hookfiash_end hA Tihookfash start Tlidle A TiLoopBack Tiringing a T1ScizeBack Of as TiSez28ackOfMn A TiSezeT meot TapiAcctess Trace Tracking Type UseShis Ustaw UseATI Only UseCallD UseT1Ony VeiceFreg Vexconvert ROSP24000 Dore Read 250 keys defined for 7 ini fies read from 2 VIC fies 20 04 2004 Han Figure 129 vbvConfig System RER ST File Edit Tools Help All Keye yby4 ini pkg Brocktrout i fig Conterence hg Datefind Bx Dialogic Bg Directories g Getdigils jag sch Og Lhisicleccrn B Languages ag Logs i GB Nuance bg Pol ie Playrsg 3g Fosoid OR Resources ag Rhaicrex Sg Au Sg Sapitts lg Sapi arr DE Spocchily img ration addresses he RE SB Tapi iag Voie j ovog Hag Vocscaid ag wap EET og ErabeAurtimeChange HardeChannelide lgnorePhraseEners kJ Logs OfHockldle Fla Erirg ltere ror PosiMessage SecureLog Dore Read 250 keys defined for 1 ini fies read from 2 VIC fies 20 04 2004 12 02 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003
67. Ld File Folder 2 AdminScripts al File Folder ftproot iissamples mailroot Badmail sat error C1 processed 2 Mailbox C Pickup Queue Ga Route SortTemp X of gt 2 object s Disk free space 4 20 GB lo bytes My Computer Inbound mail messages are processed one by one During processing a window opens similar to the one shown in Figure 26 Mail processing page 31 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Activity of eSMTP server 31 Figure 26 Mail processing 7 eSMTP_server SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 7 eKernel Logging eSMTP_server 5773da601c103b900000004 eml Active Request c5773da60lc103b900000004 eml From francis missiaen ls be To kristien daneels ls be Subject Reanimation om Data arrival 82 bytes received from eKERNEL 00003 17 09 32 The Mail processing window shows e Request identifier This is a long filename and refers to the filename of the e mail message that is being processed These names were generated by the Microsoft SMTP Server component e From field Isolated from the lt x receiver gt tag e To field Isolated from the lt x sender gt tag e Subject field Isolated from the Subject tag With these values the eSMTP_server produces a message request for eKERNEL as shown in
68. Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 24 Module eSMTP Domino Lotus Notes The same techniques discussed for Windows SMTP server page 23 can be implemented on other SMTP servers For example in Domino Lotus Notes you can allow inbound SMTP requests from other parties eSMTP To configure inbound SMTP options click Router SMTP gt Restrictions and Controls gt SMTP Inbound Controls gt Allows messages only from Figure 16 Enable messages from external hosts to be sent to external Internet domains page 24 illustrates the settings needed to allow messages from external hosts to be sent to external Internet domains Figure 16 Enable messages from external hosts to be sent to external Internet domains CONFIGURATION SETTINGS mailhost Basics LDAP Route SMTP MIME NOTES INI Settings Administration Basics Restrictions and Controls Message Tracking Advanced Restrictions SMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Outbound Controls Delivery Controls Transfer Controls Allow messages from external internet domains ta be sent only to the following internet domains Deny messages from extemal internet domains ta be sent to the following internet domains Allow messages only from the begmtx01 following external internet hosts to be sent to external internet domains Deny messages from the follawing e
69. Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 400 Table eLOCATION RPN representation For authorized 1 should be formatted as 01 A special value can be used as a catch call to handle the RPNs that are not qualified It is however recommended to specify all associated RPNs in the definition A catch all definition could however be handy to detect missing definitions Note that the value is hexadecimal so 10 is represented as 01 16 is represented as OF 17 is represented as 10 When using configurations with more than 255 radios a 2 digit identification should be used for values between 00 and FF and a 3 digit definition should be used for the identifications that follow so 100 101 and so on An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 01 eLOCRPN Message str Use this field to specify a text message that clearly indicates the physical location of origin of a alarm For authorized you can associate the text Emergency room to RPN 01 Elevator to RPN 02 Psychiatric department to RPN 03 and so on As a result end users can easily locate the origin of a location detection alarm An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Building KOC UCPS division eLOCRPN Comments str Use this field to enter administrator comme
70. RAMPENPLAN FASEL O Group eDMSAPI User admin E Input request 7882 i Script 10 01 2007 09 55 15 RAMPENPLAN FASE1L j Message RAMPENPLAN FASE1 Group eDMSAPI User befmi Input request 8110 Script 03 01 2007 09 32 16 RAMPENPLAN FASE1 Message RAMPENPLAN FASE3 Group eDMSAPI L User befmi Input request 5014 End Administrator A user with Administrator rights has full access to all capabilities of the Web Administrator Send an SNMP trap The function Send an SNMP trap is available to Administrator SNMP trap is shown in the Send a Message window when the system has the eSNMP module installed licensed and configured SNMP trap provides a web based basic implementation of an SNMPv1 trap sender Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 205 Figure 192 SNMP trap Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer x si x Me Edt ven Favertes Toos Heb ka Back gt GA Address http messenger EZ_index php y La Send an SNMP trap IP fro o SCS S Version i Community ubic oo Enterprise OIO 361412808832 Varbind 1 Varbind 2 ER Varbind 3 eet Varbind 4 nn Varbind 5
71. Text 50 CFG GarbadgeCollection Integer 2 CEG Watchdog com port str Text 9 CFG Watchdog interval n Integer 2 CEG Watchdog cmd str Text 4 CEG INRQS id n Integer 2 CFG_OUTRQS id n Integer 2 CEG Comments str Text 255 CFG site id n This field specifies the site ID In DECT Messenger a site is the place where the eKERNEL module runs Each eKERNEL instance has an appropriate database Messenger CFG and Messenger DATA Note that a site can span multiple physical areas spread over multiple locations and still being considered as one single site because there is only one eKERNEL running Note The field is numeric Nortel recommends using site 1 for the first site and increase the value by one for other sites that are added in time If two sites have neither communications nor any interference both sites can in theory use the same number However if integration is planned give different sites different numbers Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 378 Table eKERNEL SITE Current release does not foresee eKERNEL to eKERNEL communication The concept of inter eKERNEL communications can however be implemented in a future release adding advanced functionality such as database synchronization database replication load balancing high availability and so on An authorized of an entry typi
72. Text 50 Msg Descr str Text 255 Msg Comments str Text 255 Msg Ala id n This field refers to the unique alarm identifiers as specified in the eKERNEL ALARM table See Table eKERNEL_ ALARM page 315 for more information on alarm identifies In a typical environment input programs for authorized 11101 have a number of alarm identifiers for authorized 1110101 up to 1110107 each of them defining characteristics alarm priority length and so on Refer to Table eKERNEL_ ALARM page 315 for more information on naming conventions Table 49 Alarm identifiers Byez aeann O Tooo Bye 35 inpuprogamieniier T faves i Jerome fe pee o o fe fosos EE o JE esms o ST fet o S we pT e esMPsever ooo Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 374 Table ekERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT Table 49 Alarm identifiers contd TT bh fo i Byte 4 5 Input program sequence L Byte 6 7 Alarm sequence number An authorized of an entry typically found in ts field is as Jae 1110101 Msg Msg str This field describes the format of the result message after internal processing through eKERNEL When no records are specified received messages are transmitted as is to the destination party When definitions are found in the MESSAGE FORMAT table an internal preprocessing can refor
73. View Favortes Tools Help a Back gt o pita Address http messenger EZ index php ew Work with Active Scripts Script 05 05 2008 12 43 28 RAMPENPLAN FASE1 ALL S back Identifier Output program Alarm state Device state NACK count 865 Francis Missiaen eDMSAPI PENDING PENDING 0 home pqup refresh podn English Ei Ii Serie 05 05 2008 12 43 28 RAMPENPLAN FASET EZ_wrbactscr php step 025key 20030505124320550585te U2NyaKBOOIAWNSSWNSOy MO Gi tees intranet There is a subset box near the top of the window The subset box has the options ALL PENDING ACK and NACK In the example in the previous figure the subset selection is ALL When you select ALL you get a list of all active scripts When you want to narrow the results of your search choose PENDING ACK or NACK PENDING indicates where notification is still in progress ACK indicates those who have responded and NACK indicates those who failed to respond YALL PENDING HACK 3 Output program Alarm state Device state NACK count NACK B65 Francis Missiaen eDMSAPI PENDING PENDING o End Reporting ended scripts The function Reporting ended scripts is available to Supervisor and Administrator Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization
74. an alarm description D INPUT is defined with matching records in the ALARM table as shown in Table 24 elO alarm description page 307 Table 24 elO alarm description Alarm Input program description Remove after Priority 1160101 11601 D INPUT SENT 1160101 11601 D INPUT RESET An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows D INPUT elODI GRP Name str The group name describes what group is informed on the error condition and refers to a group defined in eKERNEL_ GROUP and eKkERNEL GROUP MEMBER table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00003 elODI MSG str This field describes the message that is sent to the group members Nortel recommends that you enter descriptive text that provides the recipient sufficient information to handle the alarm condition When selecting a message Nortel recommends that you take into account that mobile users often lack immediate access to other information resources such as a site map or technical specs and keep the message length less than or equal to the maximum length defined in the associated eKERNEL_ALARM table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows FIRE IN ELEVATOR elODI_Comments_ sir This field is available for an administrator to enter some descriptive text that allows location and identification of the attached input device and its usage Table 25 elO_DI sample data page 308 prov
75. and subscriber Subscriber On the subscriber level there is a state represented by P 0 and P 1 indicating whether the publisher can be reached P 1 denotes the publisher is available P 0 denotes the publisher is unavailable Appropriate registry settings associate an environment to each image Optionally an SQL script can be defined to run during switching environments The registry definitions are shown in Figure 88 Registry definitions page 87 Figure 88 Registry definitions gi Registry Editor Ol x Registry Edit View Favorites Help a eTM_Ha a Name Type Data Ly General REG 5Z value not set 3 21 Publisher REG_SZ Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 140 backup 32 REG_SZ _C SOPHO Messenger Net xmi Messenger_CFG sql 5 Images ar P gt 1 Q Images En ro ri 4 gt My ComputerHKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM_HA Subscribers O Images P 0 Ui In Figure 88 Registry definitions page 87 an example is shown with one Publisher and two Subscribers Subscriber 0 has an image for handling P 0 and P 1 This example shows the settings when the subscriber cannot connect to the publisher The environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 140 backup is associated and SQL script Messenger CFG sal is defined Publisher On the publisher level a similar registry image is used However as a Publisher is often in contact with multiple subscribers the available image
76. application to be able to monitor inbound LRMS activities on the monitored DECT handset An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 DEV_Div_Site_id_n This field specifies the site of the diverted device When a device is diverted to another device eCSTA the system ignores the divert in cases where the destination device is not configured in the eKERNEL_DEVICE table When more than one device is defined the eDMSAPI device type is selected and the corresponding site is entered in this field If no eDMSAPI capable device is defined the first available matching device is used and the corresponding site is entered in this field An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 DEV_Div_Area_id_n This field specifies the area of the diverted device See DEV_Div_Site_id_n An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 DEV Div OUTPGM Appl str This field specifies the output program of the diverted device See DEV Div Site id n An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 332 Table eKERNEL_ DEVICE DEV Div OUTPGM Facility str This field specifies the output program of the diverted device See DEV Div Site id n An authorized of an entry t
77. as urgent messages whereas alarms with priority of 3 4 and so on are handled as normal messages Nortel recommends that you carefully evaluate the consequences of changes to this field for two reasons e Emergency messages impact the DECT C4060 user different tone user intervention required for acknowledge e Emergency messages impact throughput because normal message allocates a datapath a few seconds while urgent messages can allocate more than 30 seconds depending on the timeout value specified for user confirmation An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eDMSAPI ALA Prty EMSG n This field specifies the required priority of an alarm message to be handled as an emergency message Introduced in R3 0 this field refers to the support of C4060 handsets that allow emergency message levels The priority refers to the alarm priority as defined in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table Alarms that do not meet the requirement of being urgent are treated as urgent or normal message Refer to the DMS API related documentation for more information Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 256 Table eDMSAPI For example if 1 is specified alarms with alarm priority of 1 are handled as emergency messages whereas alarms with priority of 2 3 4 and so on are handled as urgent
78. authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows C SOPHO Messenger eLOG CFG_eLOG_nmbr_days_n This field specifies the number of days the eLOG files are kept online available Nortel recommends specifying at least 30 days The parameter is introduced in R3 0 and refers to the eLOG functionality that generates in eKERNEL comma separated files located in C SOPHO Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ SITE parameters 381 Messenger Net eLOG These files must not be confused with logging files located in the directory C SOPHO Messenger Net Log and contain logging of eKERNEL and other modules Special value 0 indicates no cleanup occurs This means eLOG files remain on the system until manual cleanup takes place Note On systems with a high workload the eLOG files can consume a lot of disk space To correct this specify a small value for this parameter An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 30 CFG_Connectionstring_CFG_str This field is reserved for future releases and is not implemented yet The default value is shown below Provider Microsoft Jet OLEDB 4 0 Data Source C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG MDB CFG_log_nmbr_days_n This field specifies the number of days the log files are kept online available This value is
79. authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows c inetpub mailroot drop error eSMTPS_Email_keep_error_n This field specifies the number of days the archive of e mail messages in error is kept on the hard disk The value is expressed in days and has typically a value of 5 days Adjust this value to accommodate the number of inbound e mail messages the requested archive period and the available disk space An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 5 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 412 Table eSMTP_ SERVER eSMTPS Delivery text str When an inbound e mail message is accepted by eKERNEL the sender receives a delivery report This delivery report is sent through eSMTP client The eSMTP module is a prerequisite The message text for the delivery messages is defined in the eSMTPS Delivery text str field An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows MESSAGE SUCCESSFULLY DELIVERED eSMTPS NonDelivery text str When an inbound e mail message is rejected by eKERNEL the sender receives a non delivery report This non delivery report is sent through eSMTP client The eSMTP module is a prerequisite The message text for the non delivery messages is defined in the eSMTPS _NonDelivery text str field An authori
80. click Scripts 2 Click Active scripts When no scripts are active the window in the next figure appears Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 201 mn jai x Fle Edt View Favores Tools Help Ea Back gt OA Address Mtp messenger jEz dex sho Jes PRE 7 Work with Active Scripts Please select script D Active scripts D Ended scripts uration English z 3 Bi ecarranet 3 When one or more active scripts are available highlight the script identifier to see details Please select script refresh Site 1 NEC Philips area 1 Hilversum S O Script 08 06 2007 18 13 10 RAMPENPLAN FASE1 E Message RAMPENPLAN FASEL Bj Group eDMSAPI User beg06557 C Input request 20 The window in the next figure shows the progress of an example of an active script In the example the script is just started but as yet there is no notification Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 202 Module Web Administrator User Guide J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer 8 xj File Edt
81. eDMSAPI module runs This value is necessary for external clients such as eWeb which directly access the eDMSAPI module When sending a normal message the following format is used SNDNMSG ID DNR Message lt cr gt lt lf gt When sending an urgent message the following format is used SNDUMSG ID DNR Message lt cr gt lt lf gt Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eDMSAPI parameters 255 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 110 50 138 eDMSAPI External Port str This field specifies the port reserved for requests from the External clients This port can accept eDMSAPI_ External Seats count n simultaneously requests The only valid format of the requests are SNDNMSG ID DNR message lt CR gt lt LF gt SNDUMSG ID DNR message lt CR gt lt LF gt An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2010 eDMSAPI ALA Prty UMSG n This field specifies the priority an alarm message must have to be handled as an urgent message The priority refers to the alarm priority as defined in the eKERNEL_ALARM table Alarms that do not meet the requirement of being urgent are treated as normal messages Refer to the DMS API related documentation for more information lf for example 2 is specified alarms with alarm priority of 1 and 2 are handled
82. eKernel remote system the user hears the message on the menu option level 2 eVBVM L2 Menu Waviile str Otherwise the Error message eVBV Error str plays Through a specific option specified in the Menu Level 1 table some users can record the wave files linked to the different options For example when a user selects option 9 see configuration in the Menu L1 table the user who records the wave file enters the menu option L1 and terminates with the key For recording wave files specified in menu L2 table the user enters option L1 enters a as a separator between menu Level 1 and menu Level 2 enters option L2 and terminates by Figure 100 eVBVOICE Menu Li General Eror wavefle Enorway al mn Wrong proode wavefle WrongPincode m 1 En ne ent CONFIRM armsnimabon we amp No message wavefile NoMers wav 2 SET AlermSET wav No Warcfle wavefie NowavFle nav 3 RESET AlamRESET wav Confirm wavefie Confrm waw 3 RECORIL System wavetic System wav Record wavefle Recording way Outbound delivered wavefles CutboundD Alam piionty for OT MF confirmation 1 Silence interval 600 amp Comments Auto create group False Defaut output program eDMS8P Defouk output program fecilty CSS Input progiam description Default descrpric Input program comments xj 8 Menu options New Edt gt Menu opliane ledel 2 ane Savers Verwider Refresh DK Annuler
83. entry typically found in this field is as follows 15 ALA Silence intv n This field specifies the number of seconds a peripheral is left quiet idle before repeating any outstanding messages also referred to as pace interval In many cases DECT users want to have a pace interval greater than zero so that repeated messages do not pose an interruption Therefore the DECT Messengerkeeps track of all active alarms stores them in an internal database and distributes them as the image of active alarms for a device is changing When no changes occur the remaining alarms are repeated every ALA Silence intv n specified number of seconds When a new alarm is generated and the image changes the user is informed immediately Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ alarm parameters 321 On the other hand when no changes occur the outstanding messages are repeated at the specified interval An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 120 denotes 2 minutes ALA Scroll state str This field specifies the state in which a device must be to receive messages Valid values are CONNECT and RINGING Scrolling starts at connect event when CONNECT is specified and starts at ringing event when RINGING is specified This parameter is however due to architectur
84. extension This demand can result is instructions to the alarm vendor to properly align relevant information in the received alarm messages so all needed text is left adjusted and processed in DECT Messenger In some environments longer messages are relevant In such cases you can specify for authorized message lengths of 100 bytes if input comes from for authorized WEB interface and output goes to peripherals that are capable of handling long messages eSMTP eASYNC and so on An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 16 ALA Trace b This parameter is a Boolean value and can be either True 1 or False 0 Specify the value True only for those alarms that are related to eWEB input program and generated using the Send Script Message function These alarms are defined in the eWEB_SCRIPT table For all other alarms set this value to False An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows False 1 ALA_Trace_dayToKeep_n This value also refers to the trace function described in the ALA_Trace_b field Set this value to 0 unless the value ALA_Trace_b is set to True 1 In this case tracing is activated for the alarm and the number of days to keep the trace data must be entered A typical value is 14 days For all other alarms set this value to 0 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 ALA Comments str This field can optionally be us
85. gt lt cfgrpy gt lt xml gt Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Activity of eSMTP server 29 Figure 22 Configuration reply lt xml gt lt cfgrpy gt lt email_dir gt c inetpub mailroot drop lt email_dir gt lt poll_intv gt 10 lt poll_intv gt lt email_dir_processed gt c inetpub mailroot drop processed lt email_dir_processed gt lt keep_processed gt 5 lt keep_processed gt lt email _dir_error gt c inetpub mailroot drop error lt email_dir_error gt lt keep_error gt 5 lt keep_error gt lt log_path gt C SOPHO Messenger net lt log_path gt lt log_days gt 1 lt log_days gt lt cfgrpy gt lt xml gt When the configuration is received the Connections tab of the eSMTP_server module is updated with information similar to what is shown the panel shown in Figure 23 Updated eSMTP Connection information page 29 Figure 23 Updated eSMTP Connection information fx eSMTP_server SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 6 eKernel Logging eSMTP_server Connections m eKermel r Configuration Remote 127001 310 Poll interval 10 Status Connected Processed directo To netpubima tootidropiprocessed Keeppocesed 5 Enor directo oAinetpubimaihooMdophene TT keeper Mogpah o TCASOPHO Messenger Net 07770 LE ES
86. labels and documentations where contacts start numbering at 0 up to 15 whereas elO starts at 01 up to 16 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 01 elODO Seconds n When the eKERNEL sends a lt msgrqs gt to change the state of the contact the elO performs the requested operation The state of the discrete output changes from 0 to 1 The value elODO_Seconds_n specifies the number of seconds a digital output remains activated For instance if the value 5 is specified the signal remains 1 for 5 seconds then the signal drops again to 0 The special value triggers the contact for a very small amount of time The value immediately returns to 0 In many environments the signal is too short to steer an external peripheral A typical value is 5 so that the discrete contact is activated for 5 seconds and then returns to an idle state An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 5 elODO Comments str This field can contain remarks from the administrator The value is informational only and does not affect processing Table 26 elO DO sample data page 310 provides sample elO DO module table data Table 26 elO DO sample data Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved elO_ DO parameters 311 Table 26 elO DO sample data cont d
87. lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt remove_after gt SENT lt remove_after gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt If the specified data identifier is not present in the available datastream record than the field eESPA_Group_default_str must be used to define a group in the message request If this eESPA module acts as an output program In the current release the data identifiers for the espa records are fixed Therefore when a message request is sent by the eKERNEL to the eESPA module the data in the lt group gt tag is put in data identifier 1 call address In the following authorized the data in the lt group gt tag from the message request must be translated to data identifier 1 call address in the espa record Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eESPA parameters 275 Figure 206 Example eESPA module acts as output program Input lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt id gt 00851 lt id gt lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt call_type gt 3 lt call_type lt transmission_nmbr gt 1 lt transmission_nmbr gt lt alarm_cnt gt 1 lt alarm_cnt gt lt message 01 gt MESSAGE lt message 01 gt lt beep code 01 gt 3 lt beep_ code 01 gt lt priority 01 gt 1 lt priority 01 gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt Output espa record SOH1STX1US1234 5RS2USMESSA
88. message from Web Administrator Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 168 Module Web Administrator User Guide The length of the message you can enter is displayed in the field to the right of the Message field 5 Click Submit Web Administrator indicates whether the message delivery succeeded or failed End Web Administrator reports that the message was successfully delivered when the mobile provider accepted the message If the mobile phone is powered off the mobile phone user can receive the message only when the when the mobile phone is later switched on Send a message to an e mail address You can send messages to e mail addresses only if the eSMTP module is installed licensed and configured on the system and can send e mail messages only to e mail addresses that are configured in the system by the administrator Procedure 12 Sending a message to an e mail address Step Action 1 Log in to Web Administrator 2 In the navigation menu click Email OR If multiple areas are defined click the name of the area then click Email The Send a Message page appears Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization leve
89. n This field describes the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL SITE table An instance of eOAP is uniquely defined by means of a site and area identifier An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eOAP Area id n This field describes the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL AREA table An instance of eOAP is uniquely defined by means of a site and area identifier An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eOAP Framework Address str This field describes the IP address of the Framework that handles the OAP Services An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 127 0 0 1 eOAP Framework Port n This field describes the port number of the Framework that handles the OAP Services An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 9090 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 404 Table eOAP eOAP ALA Prty DTMF Confirm n This value refers to the priority of the alarm as specified in eKERNEL_ ALARM table Alarms distributed to eOAP with a priority above the defined value are automatically considered acknowledged when the destination receives the message For most cases this is suitable However eOAP could deliver messages to infrastructure that are unable to respond In some circumst
90. of defined scripts page 137 shows that the current user is authorized to set the first seven scripts but not authorized for the last script No script is currently active Overview of defined scripts Script description Group Message Cur active Max active RAMPENPLAN FASE1 eDMSAPI MSG RAMPENPLAN FASE1 0 10 RAMPENPLAN FASE2 eDMSAPI MSG RAMPENPLAN FASE2 0 1 RAMPENPLAN FASE3 eDMSAPI MSG RAMPENPLAN FASE3 0 1 RAMPENPLAN FREE GROUP ALL MSG RAMPENPLAN FREE GROUP 0 1 Short script ALL This is short 0 NOMAX Medium script ALL FREE 0 NOMAX Long script ALL FREE o NOMAX 0 MSG NEED RESET eDMSAPI MSG NEED RESET NOMAX Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 138 Module eWEB In Figure 159 Script details page 138 the third script has been activated and more detailed information on the script is provided only one such script can be activated at a time The window shows us that one device is a member of the group and the device is configured to be available 24 24 hours and 7 7 days minimum of one device must confirm the alarm therefore you must not clear the device selection Figure 159 Script details Please select members who must receive the message Script description RAMPENPLAN FASE3 Message MSG RAMPENPLAN FASE3 Group eDMSAPI
91. or normal messages Nortel recommends that you carefully evaluate the consequences of changes to this field for two reasons e Emergency messages impact the DECT C4060 user different tone user intervention required for acknowledge e Emergency messages impact throughput because normal message allocates a datapath a few seconds while urgent messages can allocate more than 30 seconds depending on the timeout value specified for user confirmation An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPIL api address str This field specifies the IP address of the CSTA Service exe module In most cases this is the same value as the local IP address of eKERNEL and can be obtained with IPCONFIG exe An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 110 50 138 eDMSAPI API port str This field specifies the port to which CSTA Service exe listens and in the current release must always be set to 59000 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 59000 eDMSAPI PBX address str This field specifies the IP address of the PBX The information is distributed to CSTA Service exe which handles the sockets connection between DECT Messengerand the PBX Contact the switch administrator to obtain the IP address of the switch If a different addressing scheme or subnet mask is in use appropriate TCP IP network configuration must be performed on both platforms default gateway a
92. output programs An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 5 FMT_Page_more_ind_n This field specifies the number of bytes reserved for more indication Recommended value is 2 bytes which allows a syntax A lower number of characters can be used in space is limited See Table 33 More indication syntax page 340 for authorized values Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 340 Table eKERNEL_DEVICE_FORMAT Table 33 More indication _ Note This value is only implemented on eDMSAPI and eCSTA output programs An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 FMT_Concatination_b This field defines whether small messages that fit on one display are merged to one page If for authorized a DECT C933 extension is defined as 16 16 0 5 2 and messages are a maximum 16 bytes you can show two messages on a single page Note This value is only implemented on eDMSAPI and eCSTA output programs An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 true FMT_Scroll_depth_n This field specifies the maximum number of pages that is shown to a user If scroll depth is 4 and there are seven pages available the user is only informed on the first four pages A more indication is shown to indicate more pages unless this is
93. overrides the value in the eKERNEL ALARM table due to bandwidth constraints An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 600 eOAP Comments str Use this field to enter administrator comments It is informational only An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Default eOAP configuration Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 405 Table eSMTP CLIENT eSMTP CLIENT parameters Name Type Size eSMTP Site id n Integer 2 eSMIP Area id n Integer 2 eSMTP Srv ip str Text 15 eSMTP_Srv_ port str Text 5 eSMTP_Srv domain str Text 128 eSMTP ALA Prty DTMF Confirm n Integer 2 eSMTP_ Silence intv n Integer 2 eSMTP_From address_str Text 50 eSMTP_Comments_str Text 255 eSMTP Site id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_ SITE table In most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eSMTP Area id n This field specifies the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL AREA table In most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eSMTP srv ip str This field specifies the IP address of the SMTP server that is used to handle outbound SMTP messages This is typically an SMTP compatible system for authorize
94. performed followed by another seizure attempt If this second attempt fails a failure is reported Most T1 settings for Brooktrout Rhetorex cards are now set in the RealCTdrivers Figure 127 Ini settings Voicecard Rhetorex T1 specific settings ENT SETTING DESCRIPTION UNITS DEFAULT Le Pere E Identifies if the system is a AllDigitalConnect 0 1 eg digital end to end connection n i Upper end of random retry s aB Efe riseizepackostiax ack off for T1 line seizure Lower end of random retry ms back off for T1 line seizure ma T Hi TiSeizeBackOffMin Forces ATI use in system with Use y 0 UseaTrionly other hardware installed ha fUseCalliD Enables or disables CallerID pess Forces T1 use in system with serions other hardware installed amp 7 From VBVOICE4 4 a Pronexus VbvConfig tool is installed for maintenance of the VBV4 ini file See the following figure Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 116 Module eVBVOICE Figure 128 vbvConfig tool Voicecard RER EEE o file Edit Look Help All Keys vbv ni i a Brocktrout ilk Conterence Ag Daefrd 2g Dialogic i Bg Directories gt She Getdigils jag sch Bg Lhisteleccen kg Languages pkg Logs Gg Nuance ag Pol ag Pare i
95. plug in MyPortal Net Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 148 Module eWEB Figure 174 Plug ins added to eWEB 1 8 0 2909 MyPortal Net I 40 1 e 0 2963 MyPortal Net ol 1 8 1 2909 MyPortal Net MyPortal Net php 40 1 g 2 2963 MyPortal Net MyPortal Net php 40 Plug in module MyPortal Net An example of a plug in module is MyPortal Net The interface is shown in Figure 175 MyPortal Net plug in page 148 This module is not part of the base product and is sold separately The application provides a web interface for outbound voice calls integrated in the eWEB module This allows data retrieval from any data repository including Sigma PhoneWare BTS_DIR directory Other databases can be accessed as well through OLE DB ADO or sockets Figure 175 MyPortal Net plug in MyPortal Net this form allows you to setup an outbound voice call through MyPortal Net Search for fis Internal z Subset to is Press clear to view all Extension Internal name Department ID Email address gt 156 Alexandre De Ronne 15 ADE alexandre De Ronne SML BE IBS AB b 1 147 Andr Snoeck 1s ASK Andr Snoeck SML BE IBS AB 1132 Bart Dupon 1S BDN Bart Dupon SML BE IBS AB b
96. received 70 bytes Socket http i send 203 bytes Socket http i is closed Socket http i connection request accepted on socket Socket http i is connected to 10 63 118 2500 Socket http i received 70 bytes Socket http ii send 203 bytes Socket http ii MIOHRMRMROHRMRROHRRMROHRMRRO P oI Copyright 2004 by IBS Technology amp Services Donderdag 3 juni 2004 14 08 55 Note The information shown in Figure 66 Open Task Manager page 65 is intended as an example The exact information for your system differs according to your configuration settings Publisher and Subscriber A typical eTM_HA environment involves one system configured be Publisher and one or more system configured as Subscribers Although eTM_HA can run stand alone just one publisher there is no value in activating an eTM_HA when there are no Subscribers If there are no Subscribers use eTM instead of eTM_HA In the Publisher and Subscriber model the Publisher is the site where the Messenger_CFG configuration database is centralized This is often called the main site All configuration must reside on this centralized database only so eCONFIG maintenance and eKERNEL must all reside on this same site The eTM_HA software can also be installed on distributed systems intended to launch tasks on the distributed system These systems launch for instance eCAP and eDMSAPI modules all of them referring to the central eKERNEL residing
97. receives SNMP trap 2 eSNMP SOPHO MessengeraNet v4 0 0 Hog ekerne eSAMP Help Connections FF Autorehesh lt gt gt Legaing Kernel eSNMP lt address 127 0 0 1 lt address gt lt version l lt versions lt connunity publis lt conmanitys Senterprise oid71 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 lt enterprise oid gt lt generic_ctrap gt 6 lt generic_crap gt lt specific trap gt l lt specitic trap gt tinestampr0 lt timestanpr lt vbl i oid 1 9 6 1 4 1 28086 32 1 1 vbl 1 oid gt PA pe l valuezS NMP trav from Veb Bdwinistracor lt fvbl 1 value M A i gt gt A M Data arival 26 bytes received from ek EANEL D0022 16283 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 207 In this example the result is that a Windows popup message is sent through eNET Note The resulting popup message contains the varbind parameter from the data entered through Web Administrator Figure 195 Popup message sent through eNET Messenger Service x Message from Messenger Net to BENB121027 on 08 06 2007 18 28 13 SNMP trap from Web Administrator Advanced configuration The advanced configuration is reserved for users with Administrator rights and provides maintenance of Devices Facilities Groups and Users Configurat
98. select a different group 4 Click continue to confirm the group selection The Send User Message gt Please select message page appears Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 176 Module Web Administrator User Guide FEJES Fle Edt View Favorkes Tools Hap Ea RTE JE Address http messenger Ez index php ea Please select message Shared messages Shared 1 for ALL Shared 2 for ALL Shared 3 for ALL Shared 4 for ALL Shared 5 for ALL Shared 6 for ALL Free message This 15 a free message z English zj ki BE Local intranet Up to three types of messages are supported depending on your system configuration e Private messages e Shared messages e Free messages 5 Select the message to send by clicking the green arrow next to it If you select Free message type the text of your message 6 Click Submit Web Administrator indicates whether the message delivery succeeded or failed End Table 9 Job aid User message types Private messages Are messages defined by your system administrator that you can send only to the selected group Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 177
99. server in environments that work with other SMTP Servers than the one officially supported Microsoft Internet Information Server The information in Figure 18 Keyword processing of selected e mail tags page 27 is stored for further processing Figure 18 Keyword processing of selected e mail tags lt from gt francis Missiaen 1s be lt from gt lt to gt kristien daneels 1s be lt to gt lt subject gt Reanimation lt subject gt Initialization The eSMTP_server is started by means of a shortcut This shortcut contains required parameters illustrated in Figure 19 Shortcut parameters page 27 Figure 19 Shortcut parameters C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eSMTP_server exe Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eKernel port 3110 Log drive C The following keywords are used e Site The Site keyword denotes the site that is assigned to the eSMTP_server module e eKERNEL Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 28 Module eSMTP server The eKernel address keyword denotes the IP address that is assigned to the eKERNEL module The eSMTP_ server contacts this IP address to connect to the eKERNEL e eKERNEL Port The eKernel Port keyword denotes the port number that is assigned in the configuration for the eSMTP server instance On startup the eSMTP_server applicatio
100. settings General in eTM__ a ETM HA SOPHO Messenger Net 2 9 16 Overview HA Logging E Task Manager High Availability E Environments Environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 a EO Interval CheckAvailability 10 EO Interval CheckTasks 5 O Interval Keep live 60 O Interval Getlmage 600 O Timeout Keep live 120 C Timeout Getlmage 660 EO Timeout Task 5 HO Log days EO Publisher database C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG mdb C1 Subscriber database C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG mdb Subscriber workspace C SOPHO Messenger Net lt ml Messenger_CFG mdb O Subscriber image C SOPHO Messenger Net xml Messenger_CFG xml Publisher Subscribers Images Role Publisher P 1 0 0 51 1 Environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 11 tasks running P 1 50 0 51 1 Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 on I Copyright 2004 by IBS Technology amp Services Donderdag 3 juni 2004 14 32 20 Merging registry files Use the steps in Procedure 5 Merging reg files page 79 to merge registry files Procedure 5 Merging reg files Step Action 1 Select the Merge command In Windows Explorer e Locate the file you wish to merge e Right click the file choose Merge from the pop up menu as follows Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks A
101. startup of eKERNEL and committed at close down of eKERNEL never stop the eKERNEL using any method other than gracefully shutting down the application with the close button Abnormal shutdown can result in problems when the system is started Nortel recommends the use of a UPS Problems due to system power failure are unsupported An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2392 never change the current value manually CFG_OUTRQS id n This field specifies a value that is used internally by eKERNEL and you must not change the value unless explicitly instructed to do so The value stored in CFG_OUTRQSs id n is a number that is used to generate unique numbers to outgoing message requests Manipulation with this value can result in system malfunction The value is used to generate unique keys in the Messenger DATA database Resetting the value without cleaning up the appropriate database can result in system failure and is unsupported ATTENTION Because table values are for performance reasons retrieved at startup of eKERNEL and committed at close down of eKERNEL never stop the eKERNEL using any method other than gracefully shutting down the application with the close button Abnormal shutdown can result in problems when the system is started Nortel recommends the use of a UPS Problems due to system power failure are unsupported An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 4
102. str The behavior of different input program modules depends to the external alarm system and is therefore manufacturer related You must always enter a valid value in this field Refer to Table 48 Valid model values page 367 for a complete list of valid values in current release An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows BASE INPGM Model str The behavior of different modules depends to the alarm system and manufacturer and is in most cased model related You must enter a valid value in this field Refer to Table 48 Valid model values page 367 for an overview of valid values in current release Table 48 Valid model values HR L 48 0 RC 1 SR 2 SS 3 SS 4 SR Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 368 Table eKERNEL_INPGM Table 48 Valid model values cont d INSTRUMENTS INPGM Bidir b This field defines when the protocol is bidirectional to eKERNEL or not In all cases the value is 0 False only eCAP of TELEVIC model PROTOCOL CONVERTOR L 03 is 1 True The flag that indicates bidirectional behavior defines whether external alarm system must be informed on successful or failed message delivery Currently there is only one implementation of such a bidirectional protocol An authorized of an entry typically found in this field i
103. suppressed Note Do not specify any value larger than 4 for the eCSTA output program due to limitations in internal resources An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 4 FMT_AllowEmergency_b This field is introduced in R3 0 and defines whether the peripheral supports Emergency LRMS Messaging Currently this feature is only supported on DECT C944 devices Sending an emergency message through eDMSAPI module to a peripheral that does not support this feature resulting in a system malfunction Administrators must carefully assign the device facility that enables emergency calls only to peripherals that support it Assign the facility only to peripherals that support it To prevent problems the default equals false so enabling emergency calls on supported devices is performed only on demand Note This value is only implemented on C944 devices Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT parameters 341 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 false FMT_Descr_str An administrator can enter a description of the template in this field This value is informational only An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows template for C933 extensions for nurse calls FMT_Comments_sir An administ
104. the call address if eESPA acts as input program so only relevant if eESPA receives external data from the espa infrastructure If the eESPA module acts as input program The eESPA module receives espa records Each espa record received must be translated to a valid message request and sent to the eKERNEL application The eESPA Datald Group str field specifies the Data Identifier normally 1 of the espa record that specifies the group This group refers to the field GRP_Descr_str of eKERNEL_ GROUP table In the following authorized data identifier 1 call address is defined as eESPA_Datald_Group_str Table 15 Espa record SOH1STX1US12345RS2USThe messageRS3US9RS4US3RS6U S3ETXBCC Start of header Start of text Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 274 Table eESPA Table 15 Espa record SOH1STX1US12345RS2USThe messageRS3US9RS4US3RS6U S3ETXBCC coni d Record separator The incoming alarm message must be translated to a valid message request and sent to the eKERNEL as shown in Figure 205 Example eESPA module acts as input program page 274 Figure 205 Example eESPA module acts as input program lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt set_or_reset gt SET lt set_or_reset gt lt msg gt The message lt msg gt lt alarmdescr gt 9 lt alarmdescr gt
105. the DECT Messenger product suite some modules that provide additional functionality may become available after the initial release of DECT Messenger 4 0 The following modules are described in this NTP but are not available at initial General Availability e eFR eLICENSE eLOCATION eSMS eSNMP eVBVOICE The eFR module is an add on module and is licensed separately through the eLICENSE module Some of the modules listed in this attention box are available only on a site specific basis Architecture The eSNMP module is able to receive SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 traps sent from an external SNMP trap sender to DECT Messenger The eSNMP module uses an SNMP trap receiver As a result of a received SNMP trap an alarm is activated or deactivated on the Messenger platform At startup eSNMP contacts eKERNEL to request the configuration of eKERNEL The IP address and port of eSNMP is configured in the shortcut When parameters are absent the startup values are prompted as shown in the following figure Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 40 Module eSNMP Figure 34 eSNMP parameters missing eSNMP SOPHO Messenger Net v4 0 0 Warming eSNMP is started without command line parameters Check the command string in the target value in the Cancel properties of the shortcut Pl
106. the environments below to start this session Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI If there is more than one environment configured you can choose to automatically select a startup environment This can be accomplished by extending the launch command with the keyword Site xxxxx where XXXXX is to be replaced by the configured environment name For example the following command automatically launches the eTM for environment GNTN1SFMI Table 3 Launch ETM command C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eTM exe Site GNTN1SFMI The Windows Registry Editor regedit or regedt32 can be used to maintain the configuration of the eTM Figure 53 Sample eTM configuration registry entry page 52 shows a sample configuration as represented in the system registry as a result of the configuration process Figure 53 Sample eTM configuration registry entry g Registry Editor Of x Registry Edit View Favorites Help A Netscape 3 Nico Mak Computing E Novell E Number One Systems oc Ca ORL E Philips 2 SOPHO Messenger Net e GNTN1SCTI fen FSOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service a SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3107 Ca SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3207 S SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 3 SOPHO SysDirector Net 4 gt My Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM GNTN1SCTI SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Name Type Data ab Default REG_SZ value not set ab
107. the same way as Urgent messages Consult you system administrator for more information about the priorities that are available for your use Web Administrator reports whether the message was delivered successfully If a Normal message cannot be delivered or if an Urgent or Emergency message either cannot be delivered or is not confirmed by the recipient the following message appears Error Send message ended abnormally Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 166 Module Web Administrator User Guide Send a message to a mobile phone You can send messages to a mobile phone only if the eSMS module is installed and licensed and configured on the system Use the following procedure to send an SMS message to a mobile GSM phone You can only send messages to mobile phones that are configured on the system by the administrator Procedure 11 Sending a message to a mobile phone Step Action Log in to Web Administrator 2 In the navigation menu click Mobile phone OR If multiple areas are defined click the name of the area then click Mobile phone The Send a Message page appears appears on which appears a list of mobile phones to which you can send a message F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer x ajaj xj File Edt View Favo
108. this field is as follows Francis Missiaen USERA Email str This field specifies the e mail address of the user This field is important when eWEB module is activated and the Send SMTP Message function is available to the users When a user sends an e mail message through the Send SMTP Message script the system checks the username of the eWEB user as specified during the login procedure The e mail address Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved EWEB USER AUTH parameters 441 of the user is retrieved based on the User ID and is used in the MAIL FROM tag of the mail composition process as defined in the RFC821 specifications An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows francis missiaen 1s be USERA Allobj b This field specifies whether a user has the authority to access all objects In most cases the value False 0 is used This means the user does not have authority to access all objects Instead the user only has access to maintain the groups he or she has been granted access to as defined in the eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH table If your environment requires it you can create users with administrator privileges who are allowed to maintain any existing group through the eWEB based Work with Groups To do so set this field to True 1 to grant the all object spec
109. value 1 means that after 1 try the application clears the message for this device and sends the message to the alternative device if defined in the eKERNEL Device alt table ATTENTION In this case the switch to the alternative device is immediate which means that there is no silence interval between those two calls Therefore be very careful that there are no loop conditions defined in the eKERNEL_device_alt table The value 2 means that after the second try the alternative device is contacted For authorized 2 gt after 2 times trying to send the message the alternative devices is set Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ DEVICE parameters 331 DEV Monitor b All devices with the value True 1 are sent to the eCSTA application and must be monitored for there divert behavior Those devices that are diverted are sent to the eKernel application An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows False 1 DEV_loRegister_b Set this field to false for all devices that are not assigned to eDMSAPI module For devices assigned to eDMSAPI module specify True for devices that generate action using eDMSAPI module for IA inbound alarm IC inbound confirm or LA location alarm This forces a IORegjistration in eDMSAPI allowing the
110. values are 0 No handshaking comNone 1 XOn XOff handshaking ComXonXoff 2 Request to send clear to send handshaking comRTS 3 Both request to send and XOn XOff handshaking comRTSXonXoff The default value is 0 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 282 Table eESPA eESPA OUT Call type default str This field is only relevant if the eESPA module acts as output program so for message sent from the eKERNEL to the eESPA interface A lt msgrqs gt request from the eKERNEL to the espa interface contains a tag lt call_type gt that defines the value for data identifier 4 call type If NONE is specified data identifier 4 is not a part of the espa record The possible values are 0 1 2 3 NONE In the following authorized the data in the lt call_type gt tag from the message request must be translated to data identifier 4 call type in the espa record Figure 211 Example eESPA module acts as output program Input lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt id gt 00851 lt id gt lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt call type gt 3 lt call type gt lt transmission_nmbr gt 1 lt transmission_nmbr gt lt alarm_cnt gt 1 lt alarm_cnt gt lt message_01 gt MESSAGE lt message_01 gt lt be
111. when a lt msgrqs gt does not receive a lt msgrpy gt This helps establishing internal recovery for non responding devices and peripherals Nortel recommends that you specify 600 for this value An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 600 CFG_Watchdog com port str This field specifies the usage of an optional watchdog configuration The default value is DISABLED indicating no watchdog function is available If a Watchdog board is installed you must specify the COM port here for authorized COM03 If a watchdog is operational the system signals error conditions using a watchdog board configured on the specified COM resource An attached relay contact can generate an audible or visible alarm notification to signal the error condition An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows COM03 CFG Watchdog interval n This field specifies in combination with CFG_Watchdog_com_port_n the behavior of a Watchdog board e If DISABLED was specified the value must be set to 0 e fa COM port was specified to activate the card an interval can be specified The value indicates the frequency eKERNEL sends a control signal to the card When eKERNEL fails to send the signal at the specified interval for authorized because of a hardware failure operating system failure eKERNEL failure eKERNEL stopped and so on the card detects the error condition and triggers an alarm if the Watchdo
112. 00000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 2 2 0 0 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP 00 Analog 1 4 UT 001 Input 04 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 300 Table elO Al Table 23 elO_Al sample data cont d C o n ALA d t escr 2 210 0 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP Analog 115 UT 601 Input 05 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved elO_Al parameters 301 Table 23 elO_Al sample data cont d 2 2 O 0O 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP Analog 116 UT 0 Input 06 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 302 Table elO Al Table 23 elO_Al sample data cont d C o n ALA d t escr 2 2 O 0 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP Analog 117 UT Soi Input 07 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 Ju
113. 003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 272 Table eESPA eESPA Link Type str This field specifies the type of physical link between the controlling and the controlled system The only supported value that can be entered in this field is RS232 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows RS232 eESPA_ControlStation_b This value specifies whether the station is a control master station or a slave The protocol used conforms to International Standard ISO 1745 Information processing Basic mode control procedures for data communication systems It is a multidrop protocol utilizing a Control Station Because the physical interface is only RS232 it can only support a point to point interface to the external espa infrastructure If more than one system must be integrated multiple eESPA modules must be configured on multiple areas There is on each RS 232 interface only one system that can act as Control Station If the eESPA module for this site and area must act as Control Station master the value must be True or 1 otherwise the value must be False or 0 slave An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows False eESPA _Polling_intv_n This field specifies the polling interval in milliseconds and is only relevant if EESPA_ControlStation_b is set to True only the Control Station is polling An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1
114. 010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Server 1000 ning Book 2 10 Copyright 2003 201 its Reserved 0 Nortel Networks All Ri Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 Release 7 0 Publication NN43120 301 Document revision 02 01 Document release date 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved While the information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable except as otherwise expressly agreed to in writing NORTEL PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENT AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED The information and or products described in this document are subject to change without notice Nortel Nortel Networks the Nortel logo and the Globemark are trademarks of Nortel Networks All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners To provide feedback or to report a problem in this document go to www nortel com documentfeedback www nortel com NORTEL
115. 010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 253 Table eDMSAPI eDMSAPI parameters v pis N 0 Name Type eDMSAPI_ Site id n Integer eDMSAPI_ Area id n Integer eDMSAPI_ Seats count n Integer eDMSAPI_eKernel_ Seats count n Integer eDMSAPI External Seats count n Integer eDMSAPI External Address str Text eDMSAPI External Port str Text eDMSAPI ALA Prty UMSG n Integer eDMSAPI ALA Prty EMSG n Integer eDMSAPI api address str Text eDMSAPI api port str Text eDMSAPI PBX address str Text eDMSAPI PBX port str Text eDMSAPI PBX type str Text eDMSAPI PBX license str Text eDMSAPI Guarding Polling intv n Integer eDMSAPI Guarding Retry intv n Integer eDMSAPI Msg dly n Integer eDMSAPI_GeneralTimeOut_n Integer eDMSAPI_Ack2TimeOut_n Integer eDMSAPI_DataPathDelay n Integer eDMSAPI QD eCSTA Area n Integer eDMSAPI Comments str Text y U1 ND ND O1 UN D ND ND D H H oan eDMSAPI site id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL SITE table This value is set to 1 in most environments An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPI Area id n This field specifies the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL AREA table This value is set to 1 in most environments An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 No
116. 02 ABC The field separator can later be used to identify field numbers In this example field number 1 is 001 field number 2 is 02 and field number 3 is ABC Note that support for such field separated datastreams is somewhat limited in current release and does not support offsets For example lt 001 02 ABC gt with field separators fails to handle the lt and gt characters and generates field 1 as lt 001 field 2 as 02 and field 3 as ABC gt An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eCAPG GRP Name start n This value together with eCAPG GRP Name len n and eCAPG GRP Name field n defines the criteria to isolate the group name parameter in the datastream This field refers to the definitions of eKERNEL GROUP table Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eCAP generic parameters 247 The value 0 denotes this field is not available in the datastream The remaining values in fieldeCAPG GRP Name str must be set to 0 and eCAPG GRP NAME Field n to 0 In this case the field eCAPG Dft GRP Name str must be used to define a default group A group indication can be defined based either upon string position through eCAPG GRP Name start n and eCAPG GRP Name len n or based upon field occurrence through eCAPG GRP Name field n A positive v
117. 03 29 SET eGuarding 11105 SESPA N j B 5550 2008 05 15 02 18 51 SET eGuording 11105 CESPA N ss 2008 05 15 02 34 10 SET eGuarding 11105 eESPA N D Change passwo g ss 2008 05 15 02 49 31 SET eGuarding 11105 CESPA N ae g sss 2008 05 15 03 04 52 SET eGuarding 11105 eESPA N p sss 2008 05 15 03 20 13 SET eGuarding 11105 CESPA N g sss 2008 05 15 03 35 34 SET eGuarding 11105 eESPA N home poup refresh pada Bowe et The example in the following figure shows a number of input requests Click the green arrow to view additional details You can also perform optional filtering for example upon Message Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 183 Figure 186 Work with Ended alarms Input requests 2007 06 08 m Work with Input a no filter x no filter Input request Date Input request Time ee put Program identifier Input program me 1 2007 06 08 15 17 54SET or RESET 701 WEB ype 2 2007 06 08 15 23 54 Input Program identifier 704 WEB Input program application 3 2007 06 08 15 33 0JInput program manufacturer 105 BESPA Input device gt E 2007 06 08 15 48 14 105 eESPA 5 2007 06 08 16 03 24 alarm identifier 105 eESPA m Alarm priority 6 2007 06 08 16 10 34 Alarm description 102 sCAP 7 Alarm remove after 7 2007 06 08 16 18
118. 04 226 Web Administrator module 149 Web administrator page 160 Web administrator user guide 153 Web based user interface 153 Web based user interface 149 WGM AIA id n 426 WGM Area id n 425 WGM Comments sir 426 430 WGM GRP Name str 425 WGM Message str 426 WGM Sequence n 426 WGM Site id n 425 Windows 161 Windows SMTP server 23 Work with alternative devices 188 Work with Group members 184 Work with groups 143 Work with scripts 195 198 Work with Scripts 194 Work with tasks 226 Work with users 151 WSC Area id n 415 WSC Currently Active n 417 WSC GRP Name str 416 WSC Max Active n 417 WSC Min dev cnt str 417 WSC_Msg_str 416 WSC_ Script Descr str 416 WSC Script id n 415 WSC Site id n 415 WSCA Area id n 423 WSCA Comments str 417 424 WSCA Script id n 423 WSCA Site id n 423 WSCA _UserlD str 423 WSSA Area id n 419 WSSA Comments str 420 WSSA Script id n 419 WSSA Site id n 419 WSSA _UserlD str 419 WSTA Area id n 421 WSTA Auth str 422 WSTA Comments str 422 WSTA Script id n 421 WSTA Site id n 421 WSTA_UserlD str 422 WTC Comments str 436 WTC Group n 433 WTC Item n 434 453 WTC Language str 434 WTC Link str 435 WTC Sec n 435 WTC Site id n 433 WTC Text str 434 WUM AIA id n 430 WUM Message str 430 WUM Sequence n 429 WUM User id str 429 X x receiver 27 x sender 27 XML image 90 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2
119. 1 gt lt GetImageResult gt lt eASYNC gt lt eBACKUP gt lt eCAP_GENERIC gt Hi lt eCONFIG_USER_AUTH gt lt eCSTA gt lt header gt eCSTA_Site_id_n eCSTA_Area_id_n eCSTA_PB lt details gt lt detail gt 1 1 10 110 49 171 2555 Messenger 127 0 C lt detail gt 1 2 10 110 49 172 2555 External 127 0 0 1 lt details gt lt eCSTA gt eCSTA THALIANA EVENTS al en Local intranet Note 1 Messenger CFG contains sensitive data and is exchanged as plain text in XML format To prevent security exposure HTTP requests from external systems are rejected with an authentication error This test is performed based upon the IP address of the requester Note 2 In a WAN environment a test with a Browser can lead to rejection even from the subscriber system The most common cause is a proxy server that masks the IP address of the subscriber During Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Keeping track of states 87 tests with Internet Explorer you must disable the proxy server for local addresses or specify the IP address of the publisher in the bypass list Keeping track of states Both publisher and subscriber keep track of the state of the other party This leads to a so called image of Boolean settings of publisher
120. 1 Environment 10 110 50 13 4 PES eTM HA C General 3 Publisher 3 Images 5 P 0 50 0 51 0 a P 0 50 0 51 1 ED P 0 50 1 51 0 a P 0 50 1 51 1 P 1 50 0 51 0 P 1 50 0 51 1 Ca P 1 50 1 51 0 Ca P 1 50 1 51 1 3 Subscribers iT 0 Images P 0 P Name Type Data ab Default REG_SZ value not set ITT 1 Images P 0 P 1 My Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips 5OPHO Messenger Net eTM_HA The General section defines the following parameters e Interval CheckAvailability e Interval CheckTasks e Interval KeepAlive e Interval Getimage e Timeout KeepAlive e Timeout Getlmage e Timeout Task e Log days e Publisher database e Subscriber database e Subscriber workspace e Subscriber image Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Registry settings eTM HA 75 The Publisher section contains a structure as shown Figure 75 Registry settings Publisher section page 75 Figure 75 Registry settings Publisher section Registry Editor OF x Registry Edit View Favorites Help Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 13 Na
121. 1 4 1 2854 6 1 1 5 lt vbl_ 5 oid gt lt vbl 5 _value gt Not pecified lt vb1_ 5 value gt lt vbl 5 type gt 4 lt vb1 5 type gt lt vbl 6 oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 2854 6 1 1 6 lt vb1_6_oid gt lt vbl_ 6 _value gt The configuration information of the performance library C WINNT system32 w3ctrs dll for the W3SVC service does not match the trusted performance library information stored in the registry The functions in this library will not be treated as trusted lt vhl_ 6 value gt lt vbl 6 type gt 4 lt vbl_6_type gt lt vb1_7_oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 2854 6 1 1 7 lt vbl_7_oid gt lt vb1_7_value gt 0 lt vb1_7_value gt lt vb1_7_type gt 2 lt vb1_7_type gt lt snmp gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt The eKERNEL module has two configuration tables to support the eSNMP module The table eSNMP provides configuration items for an instance of eSNMP and provides the information in lt cfgrqs gt and lt crgryp gt parameter exchange The eSNMP table can also define automatic creation of trap definitions in the eSNMP_TRAPS table and provides default values for those automatically created definitions in eSNMP_TRAPS These parameters include action alarm identifier group message text and so on See the following figure Figure 39 eSNMP table C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG MDB Table eSNMP Name Type eSNMP Site idn Integer esNMP Area id n Integer eSNMP_Port str Text eSNMP Autocreate b Yes No eSNMP Default Action str Text eSNMP
122. 14 02 52 0800 02 eDMSAPI and eLOCATION and eWEB on IP DECT Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 03 eDMSAPI and eLOCATION and eSMS and eWEB on iS3000 Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 04 OMSAPI and eLOCATION and eSMS and eWEB on IP DECT Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 05 eDMSAPI and 10 and eWEB on iS3000 Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 06 eDMSAPI and 610 and eWEB on IP DECT Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 07 eDMSAPI and eESPA and eWEB on iS3000 Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 08 eDMSAPI and eESPA and eWEB on IP DECT Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0600 99 All modules on i 3000 Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 refresh BE Local intranet If you do not verify the conditions all configuration data is lost The system attempts to verify if eKERNEL eGRID or eCONFIG are still active An error appears if a running instance is detected Note End all Messenger activities and tasks before you import a configuration from the templates repository The template 99 is highlighted in the window shown in the following figure Click the green arrow in front of the selected configuration to import the configuration Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 232 Module Web Administrator User Guide After import the following message appears The message indicates that the import was successful and the Me
123. 178 Reports of ended alarms 181 Reports on alarms 183 Configuration of basic group members 184 Configuration of basic alternative devices 188 Configuration basic overview 192 Supervisor 194 Work with scripts activate script 195 Work with Scripts End Script 198 Reporting active scripts 200 Reporting ended scripts 202 Administrator 204 Send an SNMP trap 204 Advanced configuration 207 Configuration of advanced facilities 207 Configuration of advanced devices 212 Configuration of advanced groups 218 Configuration of advanced users 222 Expert 226 Table eASYNC 233 eASYNC parameters 233 233 Table eBACKUP 239 eBACKUP parameters 239 239 Table eCAP generic 243 eCAP generic parameters 243 243 Table eDMSAPI 253 eDMSAPI parameters 253 253 Table eDMSAPI_INBOUND 259 eDMSAPI_inbound parameters 259 259 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Table eDMSAPI_ INBOUND EVENT 263 263 Table eDMSAPI INBOUND RESULT 267 eDMSAPI _inbound result parameters 267 267 Table eESPA 271 eESPA parameters 271 271 Table eESPA OUTBOUND CFG 285 eESPA_outbond_cfg parameters 285 285 Table elO MODULE 289 elO modules parameters 289 289 Table elO Al 293 elO_Al parameters 293 293 Table elO DI 305 elO DI parameters 305 305
124. 19 Lex Ple EX Ven Foot Toos teb Le weak gt Address hit messenger EZ_index php Work with Groups Please select input module lities ups Users UD Expert security O Fa L Gro English z a f j Module eAP1 Manufacturer API Model BASE EZ_config php action Work 20wRh e20Groups pry_action Worke 20wth 206roups fit LOE FT R Coca intranet i Next an overview of existing groups for the chosen input module is shown 3 Use home pgup and pgdn to navigate through the list of definitions 4 To add a new definition click insert 5 Click the green arrow to change an existing definition Note A Group is considered a unique key so for example if you have defined 00001 once you cannot add a second 00001 definition In the next figure there is an existing group 00001 and a new group to be added 00002 by clicking insert Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 220 Module Web Administrator User Guide PA na DECT Messenger Web Admin or Paros Internet Ee EN PTT Fe EX Ven Foot Toos teb Le Back gt OA Address http messenger EZ index php x es Work with Groups Site 1 Site 1 gt gt gt Area 1 DECT gt gt gt Module eAPI Manufac
125. 1SFMI ibsbe be Server Apache 1 3 20 Win32 Port 60 Client 127 0 0 1 User Password Logon See your administrator to obtain a user and password Please enter user and password iz You are logged out BE Local intranet Sign on procedure A sign on is required because you are not yet authenticated to the application this window is presented in English Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 124 Module eWEB Figure 138 Sign on information Sign on Site nttp GNTN 1SFMI ibsbe be Server Apache 1 3 20 Win32 Port 80 Client 127 0 0 1 i I ae Ek IR User i ly Password Logon See your administrator to obtain a user and password Please enter user and password On the lower left hand side of the window user status is displayed indicating that you are not logged in at this time similar to the following je You are logged out To start working you must log in with a valid user and password combination The password is displayed as a series of asterisks during entry The user and password is checked against the eWEB USER AUTH table Refer to the documentation for Table eWEB USER AUTH page 439 for more information When a valid user a
126. 2 display message In the following authorized the data in the lt message xx gt tag from the message request must be translated to data identifier 2 display message in the espa record Figure 208 Example eESPA module acts as output program Input lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt id gt 00851 lt id gt lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt call type gt 3 lt call type gt lt transmission_nmbr gt 1 lt transmission_nmbr gt lt alarm_cnt gt 1 lt alarm_cnt gt lt message_01 gt MESSAGE lt message_01 gt lt beep code 01 gt 3 lt beep code 01 gt lt priority_01 gt 1 lt priority_01 gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt Output espa record SOH1STX1US1234 5RS2USMESSAGERS3US3RS4US3RS5US1RS6Us1ETXB cc An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eESPA Msg default str This field is used to provide a default message in the event that no value can be retrieved from the available datastream In this case the same value is used for all alarms generated through this eESPA interface instance This parameter is only relevant if eESPA acts as an input program so receives external data from the espa infrastructure An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ESPA alarm Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved
127. 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 244 Table eCAP generic For example the carriage return with ASCII 13 value is represented by OD because OD is the hexadecimal value of decimal 13 Usually this field specifies the value ODOA which places one carriage return and one line feed between individual lines Note that the indicated value must be 2 bytes or a multiple of 2 bytes therefore the leading 0 or trailing 0 must not be omitted Although the separator us used to isolate logical blocks a number of hard coded routines are active within eCAP module OAOD and OCOD blocks are always ignored An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ODOA eCAPG Line Select start n This value together with eCAPG Line Select len n and eCAPG Line S elect_str is used to optionally define selection criteria which are used to select only those records in a asynchronous datastream that are defined The value 0 denotes the select capabilities are not in use As a result the corresponding values are ignored and all records are processed In this case the field eCAP_Line Select len n must be 0 and the field eCAP Line Select str must be N A A value larger than 0 indicates select capabilities are used The value refers to the start position of the select pattern In this case the field eCAP Line Select len n must be larger than 0 and the field eCAP Line Select str must contain the select character or charac
128. 220 eWEB_SCRIPT_TRACE_AUTH parameters Name Type Size WSTA Site id n Integer 2 WSTA Area id n Integer 2 WSTA Script id n Integer 2 WSTA UserID str Text 10 WSTA Auth str Text 50 WSTA Comments str Text 255 WSTA Site id n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL_ SITE table In most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSTA Area id n This field specifies the area as defined in eKERNEL_AREA table In most cases the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSTA Script id n This field must have a value that corresponds with any of the definitions in eWEB script table for the eWEB interface An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 422 Table eWEB SCRIPT TRACE AUTH WSTA_UserlD str This field must have a username that corresponds with the USERA _UserlD str field of the eWeb user auth table or can be the keyword ALL If the value ALL is entered any user can trace this script message If one or more users are defined only those users can trace the related script message If nothing configured in this table for a specific script message no one can trace this script message An authorized o
129. 242 Bart Vanhoutte 15 BYH Bart Yanhoutte SML BE IBS AB 1 244 Bennie Vanisterbecq 15 BVQ Bennie Vanisterbecg SML BE IBS AB gt 243 Christiaan De Jaeger is CDR Christiaan De Jaeger SML BE IBS AB PE Dirk Vande Walle 15 DYW Dirk Vande Walle SML BE IBS AB 5 234 Eddy Dendooven 15 EDD Eddy Dendooven SML BE IBS AB gt 423 Elof De Neve las EDN Elof De Neve SML BE IBS AB gt 158 Erik Blom 15 EBM Erik Blom SML BE IBS AB 1 238 Francis Missiaen 15 FMI Francis Missiaen SML BE IBS AB gt 241 Geert Roete 15 GRE Geert Roete SML BE IBS AB 511237 Jan Bruyndonx is JBX Jan Bruyndonx SML BE IBS AB Heme Pap PoDn More Please select the party to initiate call or enter new search criteria The module uses native CSTA DLL interfacing to handle voice calls This option is currently not supported Contact Nortel for to find out if plug in models are available Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 149 Module Web Administrator The module Web Administrator provides a new web based user interface Web Administrator builds on the infrastructure of eWEB and depends on the same prerequisites such as the Apache HTTP Server PHP scriping engine and ODBC DSN for Messenger CFG and Messenger DATA database To log on to Web Administrator refer to Procedure 8 Logging on to W
130. 255 WUM User id str This field specifies the user as defined in eWEB USER AUTH table The user is defined at the login process where the web user enters a valid user and password This user name is stored in the Web browser and reused as needed when authentication is needed for Web requests The table eWEB_SNDUSRMSG allows a system administrator to predefine a number of messages that are automatically presented to a web user in the web based Send User Message functionality The field can either contain a qualified username or can have the generic special value ALL This special value ALL means the message is defined for all users An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00001 qualified user or ALL generic user WUM Sequence n This field is a sequence number and makes the WUM User id str and WUM Sequence n a unique key Use WUM Sequence n to define the sort sequence of the available predefined messages Nortel recommends that you start with a value of 1 and increase by one for subsequent messages An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 430 Table eWEB SNDUSRMSG WUM Message str This field specifies the message that is shown to the eWEB user in the Send User Message functionality
131. 3 O TCP lt xml gt lt msgrpy gt lt id gt 00001 lt id gt lt sts gt NACK 550 5 7 1 Unable to relay for francis missiaen 1s be lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 14 51 10 S INF TCP local port 01063 connected with remote port 00025 eDMSAPT 28 10 2001 14 51 10 I TCP 220 GNTINISFMI ibsbe be Microsoft ESMTP MAIL Service Version 5 0 2195 2966 ready at Sun 28 Oct 2001 14 51 10 0100 28 10 2001 14 51 11 O TCP HELO GNTN1SFMI ibsbe be 28 10 2001 14 51 11 I TCP 250 GNTNISFMI ibsbe be Hello 127 0 0 1 28 10 2001 14 51 12 O TCP MAIL FROM SOPHO Messenger Net 28 10 2001 14 51 12 I TCP 250 2 1 0 SOPHO Messenger Net Sender OK 28 10 2001 14 51 13 O TCP RCPT TO francis missiaen ls be 28 10 2001 14 51 13 I TCP 250 2 1 5 francis missiaen ls be 28 10 2001 14 51 14 O TCP DATA 28 10 2001 14 51 14 I TCP 354 Start mail input end with lt CRLF gt lt CRLF gt 28 10 2001 14 51 15 O TCP From SOPHO Messenger Net continued on next page Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Relaying and Routing 21 28 10 2001 14 51 15 O To francis missiaen ls 28 10 2001 14 51 15 O Subject REA K100 28 10 2001 14 51 15 28 10 2001 14 51 15 REA K100 28 10 2001 14 51 15 28 10 2001 14 51 15 I TCP 250 2 6 0 lt GNTN1SFMIry
132. 3 lt call type gt lt transmission_nmbr gt 1 lt transmission_nmbr gt lt alarm_cnt gt 1 lt alarm_cnt gt lt message_01 gt MESSAGE lt message_01 gt lt beep_ code 01 gt 3 lt beep code 01 gt lt priority_01 gt 1 lt priority_01 gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt Output espa record SOH1STX1US1234 5RS2USMESSAGERS3US3RS4US3RS5US1RS6UsS1ETXB cc Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 280 Table eESPA An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 343 This indicates that the first 3 characters of the display message a and the values of data identifier 3 is equal to the alarm description The value NUR1 NUR 2 SAN 1 and so on must be configured in the eKERNEL ALARM table eESPA Ala descr default str This field is used to provide a default alarm description in the event that no value can be retrieved from the available datastream In this case the same value is used for all alarms generated through this eESPA interface instance This alarm description refers to the definitions of eKERNEL_ ALARM table This parameter is only relevant if eESPA acts as an input program so receives external data from the espa infrastructure An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ESPA eESPA Remove after str This parameter accepts v
133. 307 elODI Area id n 305 elODI Comments str 307 elODI Contact str 306 elODI ContactType_str 306 elODI GRP Name str 307 elODI Module str 305 elODI MSG str 307 elODI Site id n 305 elODO Area id n 309 elODO Comments str 310 elODO Contact str 310 elODO Module str 309 elODO Seconds n 310 elODO Site id n 309 elOM Area id n 289 elOM Comments str 291 elOM Contact cnt n 290 elOM Module str 289 elOM Site id n 289 elOM_ Type str 290 elOM Url str 290 eKERNEL alarm parameters 315 eKERNEL ALARM parameters 139 eKERNEL ALARM table 315 eKERNEL area parameters 313 eKERNEL AREA table 313 eKERNEL DEVICE parameters 327 eKERNEL DEVICE table 327 eKERNEL DEVICE ALT parameters 333 eKERNEL DEVICE ALT table 333 eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT parameters 337 eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT table 337 eKERNEL GROUP parameters 343 eKERNEL GROUP table 343 eKERNEL GROUP AUTH 143 eKERNEL GROUP AUTH parameters 347 eKERNEL GROUP AUTH table 347 eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER parameters 349 eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER table 349 eKERNEL GUARDING parameters 357 eKERNEL GUARDING table 357 eKERNEL HOLIDAY parameters 363 eKERNEL HOLIDAY table 363 eKERNEL INPGM parameters 365 eKERNEL INPGM table 365 eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT parameters 373 eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT table 373 eKERNEL SITE parameters 377 eKERNEL SITE table 377 eKERNEL TCPCLIENT parameters 385 eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT table 385 ELDAD example 318 eLOC Area id n 391 eLOC Comments str 393 eLO
134. 377 377 Table eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT eKERNEL TCPCLIENT parameters 385 385 385 Table eLOCATION eLOCATION parameters 391 eLOC Site id n 391 eLOC Area id n 391 eLOC LA address str 391 eLOC LA port str 392 eLOC GeneralTimeOut n 392 eLOC Retry count n 392 eLOC Retry_intv n 392 eLOC Polling_intv n 393 eLOC Comments str 393 391 Table eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT parameters 395 eLOCIR_Inpgm_id n 395 eLOCIR Called dev str 395 eLOCIR Calling dev str 395 eLOCIR eLOC Site id n 396 eLOCIR eLOC Area id n 396 eLOCIR GRP Name str 396 eLOCIR Msg_ str 396 eLOCIR Comments str 397 395 Table eLOCATION RPN eLOCATION_RPN parameters 399 eLOCRPN Site id n 399 eLOCRPN Area id n 399 eLOCRPN_RPN str 399 eLOCRPN Message str 400 eLOCRPN_ Comments str 400 399 Table eOAI eOAI parameters 401 eOAI Site id n 401 eOAl Area id n 401 eOAI_ Framework Address str 401 eOAI Framework Port n 401 eOAI_ALA_Prty_DTMF_Confirm_n 402 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 401 10 eOAl Silence intv n 402 eOAI Comments str 402 Table eOAP 403 eOAP parameters 403 eOAP Site id n 403 eOAP Area id n 403 eOAP Framework Address str 403 eOAP Framework Port n 403 eOAP_ALA_Prty_DTMF_Confirm_n 404 eOAP Silence intv n 404 eOAP Comments str 404
135. 38 Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 oI Copyright 2004 by IBS Technology amp Services Donderdag 3 juni 2004 14 39 32 The General section contains a structure as illustrated in Figure 80 Registry settings General page 78 Figure 80 Regisiry settings General Registry Editor OF x Registry Edit View Favorites Help Name Type Data ab Default REG_SZ value not set ab Interval CheckAvailability REG_SZ 10 ab Interval CheckTasks REG_SZ 5 ab Interval GetImage REG_SZ 600 ab Interval Keepalive REG_SZ 60 aB Log days REG_SZ 7 ab Publisher database REG_SZ C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG mdb ab Subscriber database REG 52 C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG mdb ab Subscriber image REG_SZ C SOPHO Messenger Net Xml Messenger_CFG xml ab Subscriber workspace REG_SZ C SOPHO Messenger Net xml Messenger_CFG mdb ab Timeout GetImage REG_SZ 660 ab Timeout KeepAlive REG_SZ 120 fab Timeout Task REG_SZ 5 My Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM_HA General Ui The same information is shown in the eTM_HA Overview tab as shown in Figure 81 Registry settings General in eTM_HA page 79 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Merging registry files 79 Figure 81 Registry
136. 50 eESPA Polling address list str This field is only relevant if the module acts as Control Station eESPA ControlStation b is set to True The Control Station must poll a device or devices on the communication line with the sequence lt address gt ENQ The characters 0 to 9 can be specified as addresses Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eESPA parameters 273 If more than one address must be polled the addresses must be separated with a sign In this release only a point to point link is supported so only one address can be specified An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eESPA_LocalAddress_n This field specifies the address of the local espa interface An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eESPA_ExternalAddress_n This field specifies the address of the remote station One eESPA interface is linked with one area so is linked to only one remote station If more than one station can receive are sent espa alarms more areas must be configured in the configuration database An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eESPA_Datald_Group_ str Use this field to set the relationship between the DECT MessengerDevice or Group and the data identifier of the espa record that specifies
137. 7 connected with remote port 03110 eKERNEL 28 10 2001 16 08 08 O TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrqs gt lt appl gt eSMTP_server lt ap pl gt lt site gt 3 lt site gt lt version gt 2 0 6 lt version gt lt cfgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 16 08 08 I TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrpy gt lt email_dir gt c inetpub mail root drop lt email_dir gt lt poll_intv gt 10 lt poll_intv gt lt email_dir_processed gt c inetpub mailroot drop processed lt email_dir_processed gt lt keep_processed gt 5 lt keep_processed gt lt email_dir_error gt c inetpub mailroot drop error lt email_dir_error gt lt keep_error gt 5 lt keep_error gt lt log_path gt C SOPHO Messen ger net lt log_path gt lt log_days gt 1 lt log_days gt lt cfgrpy gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 16 20 02 O TCP lt xml gt lt pgmsts gt lt value gt Shutdown lt value gt lt pgmsts gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 16 20 02 S INF Application ended 28 10 2001 16 22 18 S INF Application eSMTP_server SOPHO Messen ger Net v2 0 7 started with parameters Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eKernel port 3110 Log drive C 28 10 2001 16 22 19 S INF TCP local port 01128 connected with remote port 03110 eKERNEL 28 10 2001 16 22 19 O TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrqs gt lt app1l gt eSMTP_server lt ap pl gt lt site gt 3 lt site gt lt cfgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 16 22 20 I TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrpy gt lt email_dir gt c inetpub mail root drop lt email_dir gt lt poll_intv gt 10 lt
138. 79 DECT Messenger Login screen J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer 8 xj Fle Edt View Fayortes Took Help E3 res OA Address http messenger EZ_ index php ve Login User Password submit User and password must be entered R English 2 E Done CF TT Bitocatintranet Authorization level The contents of the navigation pane in the Web Administrator varies depending on the authorization granted to the user account that is used to log on Figure 180 Navigation pane for Administrator user page 155 shows an example of a navigation pane for a user with Administrator rights Users with less authorization see a reduced number of links restricting access to certain functions Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 155 Figure 180 Navigation pane for Administrator user send a Message CQ DECT handset DECT L SIP DECT ih Mobile phone H E Email NMP trap Reporting 3 Alarms H E Scripts i Co nfiguration H Basic H Advanced Dex pert E security D Change password 3 info amp Logout DECT Messenger offers five levels of user authority as described in lt CR gt Table 5 User authorization levels Authorization Functionality level User basic Send a Message DECT handset Mobile
139. 8 eTM Site 2 Environment LOCAL reg Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 2 Environment LO CAL HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 2 Environment LO CAL SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 2 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 2 Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 2 Environment LO CAL SOPHO Messenger Net eESPA Port 3115 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eESPA exe Site 2 eKernel address LOCAL eKer nel port 3115 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 Figure 59 eTM Site 3 Environment LOCAL reg Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net keTM Site 3 Environment LO CAL HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 3 Environment LO CAL SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 3 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 3 Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 3 Environment LO CAL SOPHO Messenger Net eDMSAPI Port 3101 Shortcut
140. 9 Procedure 17 Configuring basic alternative devices Step Action 1 Log in to Web Administrator 2 In the navigation menu click Work with Alternative Devices The Work with alternative devices page appears EDER Fle Edt View Favorkes Tools Help Ea week gt Q address http messenger EZ_index php xl eo Please select output module zj Bi Local intranet 3 Under Configuration gt Basic click Alternative devices The page Please select output module appears 4 Select an output program Peripherals are associated to output programs and therefore Mobile phones resides under an instance of the eSMS module and DECT handsets resides under an instance of eDMSAPI In the example shown in the following figure an alternative device for a Windows PC is required The output module eNET is selected The objective in the example is to define an alternative device so that if a message cannot be delivered using eNET if for example portable PC is not online the message is rerouted to a mobile GSM phone Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 190 Module Web Administrator User Guide Please select output module subset site 1 NEC Philips EO area 1 Hilversum L Module eASYNC Module eCSTA Module eDMSAPI Module eESPA Module e10 Module eNET
141. 9 Send message to DECT handset 162 Send message to e mail address 168 Send message to mobile phone 166 Send message using group message 171 Send message using User message 174 Send script message 136 Send server message 129 Send SMTP message 128 Send SNMP message 45 47 Send SNMP Message 46 Send user message 134 Server message 129 Set alarm 118 Set script 137 Shutting down eTM HA 63 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 452 Sign off eWEB 147 SMTP message 128 SNMP trap 46 204 SNMPv1 trap sender 204 SNMPv1 traps 39 SNMPv2 traps 39 SQL script 91 State of the other party 87 Subject tag 27 Subscriber 87 90 Subscribers 92 Subscribers section 73 Supervisor authority 194 Switch back to original environment 92 System 105 T Table eASYNC 233 eBACKUP 239 Table eCAP generic 243 Table eDMSAPI 253 Table eDMSAPI INBOUND 259 Table eDMSAPI INBOUND EVENT 263 Table eDMSAPI INBOUND RESULT 267 Table eESPA 271 Table eESPA OUTBOUND CFG 285 Table elO_Al 293 Table elO_DI 305 Table elO_ DO 309 Table elO MODULE 289 Table eKERNEL ALARM 315 Table eKERNEL AREA 313 Table eKERNEL DEVICE 327 Table eKERNEL DEVICE ALT 333 Table eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT 337 Table eKERNEL_ GROUP 343 Table eKERNEL_ GROUP _AUTH 347 Table eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER 349 Table eKERNEL_ GUARDING 357 Table eKERNE
142. ADMIN D 2006 Nortel Networks Microsoft Internet Explorar sauks QA Address hitp imessengerfoWeb_index so __ 218 x Fie Edt View Favorites Tods Hep EJ LOGO Nortel Nortel Networks DECT Messenger Release 4 0 0 build 2007 06 11 Networks This celine dacurmntaticn i shipped ix Adebe Portable Decument Porast POF You need to ste dicba Acrobet Besder te sina the decumente hcrobal Resder Copyright 1987 1999 Adate Systems Incorporated AR rights reserved Adobe H trademark af agite Systems Dncceporated S DECT gt Insta Messenger HPC Overview General Install PE 0 Prerequisites 01 01 Adobe Acrobat Reader Generol Install PC Adobe Acrobat Reader Send mosssge 01 02 Windows Service Pack 01 03 MDAC Erei SME merite T 01 04 WinZip Seed Server Marsana 01 05 TEP Monitor eral Install PC TCP Monitor Sani Group Message T Hand User Message 2 01 06 SOPHO CTI General Install Pe Send s script merega 01 07 Database Engine PTT 01 07 02 Access General Install PC Database Engine Access Alare 1er 01 07 OI SQL Server 2005 L Ine rok a ss re 2005 gt Davice t Express General Install PC Database Engine SQL Server 2005 Express 07 02 SQL Se 2000 ET Lae SEN mver 2000 eneral Install PC Database Engine SQL Server 2000 Desktog Engine Work vith Groups 01 07 02 SQL Server 2000 an Security pa 02 SQ
143. ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str and ALT Alt OUTPGM Facility str the alternate device Check for possible loop conditions when setting up this table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 865 ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str This field defines in combination with ALT Alt DEV Site id n ALT Alt DEV area id ALT Alt dev id str and ALT Alt OUTPGM Facility str the alternate device Check for possible loop conditions when setting up this table Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Table 30 eKERNEL_ DEVICE ALT parameters 335 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eDMSAPI ALT Alt OUTPGM Facility str This field defines in combination with ALT Alt DEV Site id n ALT Alt DEV area id ALT Alt dev id str and ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str the alternate device Check for possible loop conditions when setting up this table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows C4050 ALT descr str This informational field can contain some remarks informational only ALT Comments str This field is used for an administrator to add remarks and is used informational only Table 30 eKERNEL DEVICE ALT parameters page 335 provides sample eKERNEL DEVICE ALT table data eKERNEL DEVICE ALT parameters ALT Dev AL
144. ASYNC eCSTA eDMSAPI eESPA elO eSMS eSMTP and eVBVOICE An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eDMSAPI FMT_OUTPGM Facility str This field specifies the supported facility or facilities for a specified output program See Table 31 Application Facility associations page 337 for supported entries The administrator can create new facilities Table 31 Application Facility associations Application Facility eASYNC PAGING eASYNC PROXIMUS Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 338 Table eKERNEL_DEVICE_FORMAT Table 31 Application Facility associations cont d Application Facility eCSTA P375D eDMSAPI C922 eDMSAPI C933 eDMSAPI eDMSAPI eESPA eSMS eSMTP FMT Bytes line1 n This field specifies the number of bytes available on the first line In general the maximum length is to be used Refer to the sample data in Table 34 eKERNEL_ DEVICE FORMAT sample data page 341 for authorizeds An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 16 FMT Bytes line2 n This field specifies the number of bytes available on the second line In general this value is 0 for devices with no second line and the maximum length in case a second line is available If only two lines are available a smaller number of bytes is a
145. All Rights Reserved Architecture 41 Figure 37 eSNMP traps E eSNMP SOPHO Messenger Net v4 0 0 ET The SNMP traps are shown under the eSNMP tab SNMP traps are ASN 1 BER encoded In the eSNMP the received data is represented in an XML style way to improve readability See the following figure eKernel eSNMP Help lt lt address gt 10 128 84 22 lt address gt version gt 1 lt version gt lt community public lt communizy gt senterprise_oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 lt enterprise_oid gt generic trap gt 0 lt generic_ trap gt lt specific trap 0 lt specific trap gt lt timestamp gt 0 lt timestamp gt lt vbl_1_oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 28038 32 1 l lt vbl 1 oid gt lt vbl 1 value gt SIP Net 4 1 lt ybl 1 value gt eKernel M Auto refresh gt fora ea Data arrival 136 bytes ieceived from eKERNEL 00005 17 13 30 8 The eSNMP module can determine the originator of the SNMP trap For example in Figure 37 eSNMP traps page 41 an SNMPv1 trap was received from 10 128 84 22 The SNMP trap also contains some header information such as the following e community for example public e enterprise oid for example 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1 e generic trap value between 0 and 6 e specific trap 0 or gt 0 e atimestamp Optionally additional parameters can be received The eSNMP module can handle up to 9 additional parameters or varbind parameters Each varbind paramete
146. Area id n 271 eESPA Comments str 283 eESPA _ControlStation b 272 eESPA Datald Ala descr str eESPA Datald Group str 273 eESPA Datald Msg str 275 eESPA ExternalAddress n 273 eESPA Group default str 275 eESPA Handshaking n 281 eESPA Link Type str 272 eESPA LocalAddress n 273 eESPA Msg default str 277 eESPA NAK retry cnt n 281 eESPA OUT Call type default str eESPA OUT Nmbr _ transm de fault str 282 eESPA_outbond_cfg parameters 285 eESPA OUTBOUND CFG table 285 eESPA Polling address list str 272 eESPA Polling_intv_n 272 eESPA_Remove_after_str eESPA Site id n 271 eESPA Timeout n 281 eESPAO ALA Prty_ from n 285 eESPAO ALA Prty to n 286 eESPAO Area id n 285 eESPAO BeepCode str eESPAO Priority str eESPAO Site id 285 elO Al parameters 293 elO Al table 293 elO_DI parameters 305 elO Dltable 305 elO_ DO parameters 309 elO DO table 309 elO MODULE table 289 elO modules parameters 289 elOAl ALA Descr str 297 elOAl Area id n 293 elOAI Comments str 297 elOAI Contact str 294 269 280 278 282 280 286 286 287 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 448 elOAI GRP Name str 297 elOAI Max R str 295 elOAI Max S str 296 elOAI Min R str 295 elOAI Min S str 294 elOAI Module str 293 elOAI MSG str 297 elOAI Site id n 293 elODI ALA Descr str
147. C_GeneralTimeOut_n 392 eLOC LA address sir 391 eLOC LA port str 392 eLOC Polling intv n 393 eLOC Retry count n 392 eLOC Retry intv n 392 eLOC Site id n 391 eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT table 395 eLOCATION parameters 391 eLOCATION RPN table 399 eLOCATION table 391 eLOCATION_INBOUND RESULT parameters 395 eLOCATION_RPN parameters 399 eLOCIR_ Called dev str 395 eLOCIR Calling dev str 395 eLOCIR Comments str 397 eLOCIR_eLOC Area id n 396 eLOCIR_eLOC Site id n 396 eLOCIR GRP Name sir 396 eLOCIR Inpgm id n 395 eLOCIR Msg str 396 eLOCRPN Area id n 399 eLOCRPN Comments str 400 eLOCRPN Message str 400 eLOCRPN RPN str 399 eLOCRPN Site id n 399 Email 161 Email address 168 End script 198 Ended alarms 181 Ended scripts 202 eOAI parameters 401 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eOAl table 401 eOAl ALA Prty DTMF Confirm_n 402 eOAl Area id n 401 eOAI Comments str 402 eOAI Framework Address str 401 eOAl Framework Port n 401 eOAl Silence _intv n 402 eOAI Site id n 401 eOAP parameters 403 eOAP table 403 eOAP_ALA Prty DTMF Confirm n 404 eOAP Area id n 403 eOAP_ Comments str 404 eOAP_ Framework Address str 403 eOAP Framework Port n 403 eOAP Silence intv n 404 eOAP Site id n 403 eSMTP 13 eSMTP logging 18 eSMTP ALA Prty DTMF Confirm n 406 eSMTP
148. DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer Fle Edt View Favorkes Tools Hap Back gt gt OA Address hitp jimessengerfezindexthp ESAE Work with Group Members send Message S EDECT handset D mobile phone Please select input module 8 Qemail dows MP trap Group Message D User Message ao Site 1 Site 1 F ig 3 en 1 DECT work with Scripts RSR i D Activate script L Module eap Manufacturer API Model s D End script Module eCAP Manufacturer TELEVIC Model PROTOCOL CONVERTOR 1 03 Reporting DB Module eCAP Manufacturer GENERIC Model BASE Qaisrms D Module eCAP Manufacturer ELDAD Model L 48 0 RC 1 SR 2 SS 2 5S 4 S8 8 Qsenpts D Module e BASE D Module API Manufacturer DMSAPI Model BASE Configuration S O Basic D Module sESPA Manufacturer ESPA Model BASE Hs rente D Module 210 Manufacturer NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS Model BASE C Module eSMTP server Manufacturer SMTP Model BASE CY Module eSNMP Manufacturer SNMP Model BASE L Alternative devices Overview k h E Advanced L Module eVBVOICE Manufacturer VBVOICE Model BASE Ed i C Module eWEB Manufacturer WEB Model BASE Exper 30 gt T TO pres CT TA Manufacturer CSTA Model BASE L Module eOMSAPI Manufacturer OMSAPI Model BAS L Module e amp SPA Manufactur
149. Default ALA id n Long Integer eSNMP_ Default GRP Name str Text eSNMP Default Msg str Text eSNMP_Default_Activate_b Yes No eSNMP Comments str Text Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Architecture 43 Figure 40 eSNMP eSNMP Site i 1 eSNMP Area id 1 eSNMP Port str 162 eSNMP Autocreate 1 eSNMP Default Action str SET eSNMP Default ALA id n 1120102 eSNMP Default GRP Name str SNMP Guarding Net Unknown trap e eSNMP Default Activate 1 eSNMP Comments st Default SNMP configuration The other configuration table the eKERNEL module has to support the eSNMP module is eSNMP TRAPS This module defines the traps that are processed by the eSNMP module When the eSNMP table specifies auto configuration the eSNMP_TRAPS are automatically populated with definitions as new traps are received This allows system administrators to gradually optimize configurations by updating the definitions and associating alarm identifiers groups and message See the following figure Figure 41 eSNMP_TRAPS table C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG MDB Table eSNMP_TRAPS Name Type Size eSNMPT Site id n Integer 2 eSNMPT Area id n Integer 2 eSNMPT Address str Text 15 eSNMPT_ Version str Text 1 eSNMPT_ Community str Text eSNMPT Enterprise OID str Text eS
150. Description Default descrptpp Comments Befaucomments cancel apply English sl fe Module eDMSAPI EZ_config php action Work 20vath 2OFaciitiesipey_acton Work 20vath 20Faciitiestfiter 1 2 eDMSAPIBEtIen LI fi Local intranet When no definitions are available an empty screen appears 4 Use the home pgup and pgdn links to navigate through the list of definitions 5 Click the insert link to add a new definition 6 Click the green arrow to change an existing definition Note Facility is considered an unique key If for example you have defined C944 once you cannot add a second C944 definition The next figure shows the details of the selected definition C944 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 211 Porte ct Messenger Web Administrator Prost Internet Eire EN PTT Fle Edt View Favortes Took Help peeks 3A me See Site 1 Site 1 gt gt gt Area 2 SIP DECT gt gt gt Module eDMSAPI Field Value Facility C4050 Bytes line 1 Bytes line 2 Bytes line 3 Page indication More indication Concatination Yes Scroll depth c ae anha ai Allow emergency Description Cefault descriptipn Comments Default comments cancel apply Module eDMSAPI EZ_config php acton Work 20with 20FaciitiesSpr
151. E table A typical value is between 01 and 08 Ensure that the table elO_DI only defines digital input contacts thus only the contacts with a matching digital input module Current release supports FP DI 300 FP DI 301 and FP DI 330 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 306 Table elO DI Current implementation of elO is limited to configurations of up to eight modules attached to one FP 1000 controller module Nortel recommends starting the first module with number 01 and incrementing by one for the other modules Specify the leading 0 in the numbering do not specify 1 but specify instead 01 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 02 elODI Contact str Valid values are in the range between 01 and 08 for the modules with 8 contacts and between 01 and 16 for the modules with 16 contacts Note contact numbers start with 01 and are incremented by one You must specify the leading 0 in the numbering do not specify 1 but specify instead 01 Note that some peripherals of National Instruments include labels and documentations where contacts start numbering at 0 up to 7 or 0 up to 15 whereas elO starts at 01 up to 08 or 01 up tot 16 This value refers to each individual contact and is specified in the FieldPoint Explorer Range of values are 01 to 16 for FP DI
152. ECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 100 Module eVBVOICE Figure 98 eVBVOICE option level 2 BE I Fle Ed yew peet Foma TER Tods window teb PAEA ET IEE EE EA E TEE CT SYBYM 12 Ste Arial rio lBzZu A Z IE EX CESR EME SVEN SVEN L_M 5VEVM_L2 Menu CET REN LlevBvN 2 sYBYM L2 Comments sir 1 1 Fire SET wav 1140102 1 1 3 2 EvacualionSET vrav GT 1140101 1 1 2 3 Bewaking wav AHVR 1140103 1 1 3 1 Fin RESET wav 00001 1140102 1 1 3 2 EvacustionRESET wav 00001 1140101 1 1 g 1 Welcome was 0 Welkom bij SOPO Messengen net druk d 1 1 g 2 Ernorwav D Fout herbegin 1 1 9 3 WrongPincode way 0 Ingegeven pincode is niet gekend 1 1 a 4 NoMess way 0 Geen alarmen actief voor deze pincode 1 1 EJ 5 NovWarF ile war 0 Eris geen war file beschikbaar voor dit me 1 1 a 6 Confirm wew 0 Uw call is bevestigt 1 1 9 7 System wav D Systeem op afstand is nist bersikbaar 1 1 3 B Recording waw D Druk op 1 voor opname wav file druk op hel 1 1 9 9 DutboundDalivarad war 0 Outbound calls Confirm delivery after oach 1 1 g 10 rampenplan wav D Rampenplan actief 1 1 a 1 0 Record aele 1 Leelee oF 15 Datasheet View un A Figure 99 Menu options level 2 General tab 1 Module e BYOICE q xj Frorwavefle Enorway aj evEVM_L2 Menu wavfie str g Wrong pincode wavefle WrongPincode w m a R No message wavefile NoMes
153. ECT Messengersystem Depending on your configuration table information is accessible through eWEB Because the security mechanism is limited Nortel recommends that users not use the same password used on other systems that contain secured information as that poses a serious security risk Inform all users of this important issue An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows SOPHO USERA Sec level n The security level is a number between 00 and 99 The higher the number the more authority a user has The value 99 is the highest level and gives full access to all functionality The value 00 is the lowest possible value Nortel recommends that you initially assign values in 2 or 3 levels and handle increment by 10 For instance start with the following values 20 for low end users 40 for power users and 60 for administrators Note The security level is related to the values specified in the eWEB_TOC table where the field WTC Sec n level specifies the minimum required user security level that is needed for a specified function For authorized a user with level 20 can execute all the functions in WTC Sec n with level 00 20 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 40 USERA Description str This field contains a description of the user which usually consists of the first and last name of the User ID This field is informational only An authorized of an entry typically found in
154. ETTING DESCRIPTION forts DEFAULT SystemInputGain increase inbound volume helps call 0x1000 rogress amp record PCPMInputGain increases inbound vol during call 3 Er see also VoiceCard ConnectTimeout below Voicecard ACULAB specific settings Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 113 Figure 122 Ini settings Voicecard ACULAB specific settings ENT SETTING DESCRIPTION units EFA Connectrimeout Pax time for call progress analysis FlexMapping 0 1 number of Originating Number CLI digits Number of rhetorex cards in use in conjunction with Aculab cards Rnet Type fused to define card fone of RDSP24000 default RDSP20000 RDSP16000 RDSP8000 RDSP4000 VANTAGE VRS 32 VANTAGE VRS 24 VANTAGE VRS 16 VANTAGE VRS 8 VANTAGE VRS 4 max number of 4 JAA werSec Cc RingNoAnswerSecs seconds for ringback seconds Trace 0 1 UseCa111D enable disable CLID 0 1 seconds I 4inCLI Rhet_Number type to use in conjunction with Aculab cards Voicecard Dialogic specific settings Figure 123 Ini settings Voicecard Dialogic specific settings INI SETTING SETTING DESCRIPTION CRIPTION DESCRIPTION units nables pulse 0 no DPD 1 normal DPD 2 DPD PulseDetecti
155. Ea Back gt Address http imessenger EZ_index php Click on alternative device for details z zy z English zj E BE Local intranet 6 Click on the device listed on the right of the page to add an alternative device See the previous figure In the example in the previous figure no alternative devices are present To add the mobile phone of Francis Missiaen as an alternative device Francis is typed into the subset field under Click on devices to add alternative device and subset is clicked 7 If you want to add the name of an alternative device type the name you want to add in the subset field under the section on the right called Click on device to add alternative device 8 Click on subset In the example shown in the following figure another option is illustrated restricting the available devices In the right hand section of the page under subset Francis is typed and then subset is clicked The mobile phone of Francis Missiaen appears after clicking on eSMS Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 192 Module Web Administrator User Guide Click on device to add alternative device Francis subset clear A site 1 NEC Philips H E module eASYNC H A Module eCSTA H E Module eDMSAPI H E Module eNET E module
156. GERS3US3RS4US3RS5US1RS6UsS1ETXB cc Note An eESPA module can act as input and output program simultaneously so can receive alarms from the espa infrastructure and sends a message request to the eKERNEL and can receive on message requests from the eKERNEL and sends the alarms to the espa infrastructure An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eESPA Group default str This field is used to provide a default group name in the event that no value can be retrieved from the available espa datastream In this case the same value is used for all alarms generated through this eESPA interface instance This group refers to the definitions of eKERNEL_ GROUP table This parameter is only relevant if eESPA acts as an input program so receives external data from the espa infrastructure An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ESPA GROUP eESPA Datald Msg str This field specifies the Data Identifier of the espa record that specifies the message Mostly this values is 2 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 276 Table eESPA This parameter is only relevant if eESPA acts as an input program so receives external data from the espa infrastructure If the specified data identifier is not present in the available datastream recor
157. IC NOT ACTIVE GUARDING 2110212 11101 00 00 23 59 4 M 86400 WORMALD NOT ACTIVE GUARDING 2110505 11108 00 00 23 59 4 O O 3600 GENERIC NOT ACTIVE GUARDING 2110802 GUA Comments str This field can optionally be used by an administrator to store reminder information describing for authorized the usage of the file Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 362 Table eKERNE 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 363 Table eKERNEL HOLIDAY eKERNEL HOLIDAY parameters Figure 218 eKERNEL HOLIDAY parameters listing Name Type Size Holiday str Text 8 Holiday Comments str Text 295 Holiday str This field defines a date that is to be considered as a holiday Days that are entered here as holidays are important when eKERNEL processes the group members that are defined in the eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER table Holidays must always be formatted as 8 bytes numeric values in format YYYYMMDD for authorized Christmas 2001 is defined as 20011225 Do not use any formatting symbols such as spaces slashes and so on Note the days must be entered manually a process that must be repeated on regular basis Nortel recommends that you specify one person in the organization who is responsible for maintaining the holiday information and for notifying the adm
158. ID The keyword PID denotes the process identifier of the task This identifier is formatted as a 10 digit numeric value The PID is also shown when Microsoft Task Manager is used to represent the processes A special value 0000000000 is shown when the task is not running e Windowstyle The keyword Windowstyle denotes the style of the window of the task The supported values are shown in Table 4 Supported window styles page 70 Table 4 Supported window styles Window is hidden and focus is passed to the hidden window 1 Window has focus and is restored to its original size and position Window is displayed as an icon with focus Window is maximized with focus 4 Window is restored to its most recent size and position The currently active window remains active Window is displayed as an icon The currently active window remains active Shortcut The keyword Shortcut denotes the command line parameter that is used to launch the process Figure 71 Sample registry file of the eTM illustrating a Publisher site page 71 shows a sample exported registry file of the eTM section and refers to a Publisher site usually containing an eKERNEL reference Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Registry settings eTM 71 Figure 71 Sample registry file of the eTM illustrati
159. II Called dev str eDMSAPII Type str eDMSAPII Comments str eDMSAPIL Site id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_ SITE table In most environments this value is 1 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPIL Area id n This field specifies the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL AREA table In most environments this value is 1 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPIL Called dev str This field identifies the called device This is the number of the extension to which the message was sent An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 999 eDMSAPII Type str This value can be IC or IA These values are interpreted by eKERNEL module of DECT Messenger Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 260 Table eDMSAPI_INBOUND IC When a call is made the calling line identifier of the calling party also known as CLID is used to confirm outstanding messages for those devices in DEVICE table with the DEV Pincode str equal to the CLID This technique is known as incoming confirmation and is typically used in environments where urgent messages must be confirmed when sent to devices such as SMS PAGING and SMTP without implicit bidirectional confirmation techniques embedde
160. KERNEL SITE In most cases this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WGM Area id n This field specifies the area identifier as described in table eKERNEL AREA In most cases this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WGM GRP Name str This field specifies the group as defined in eKERNEL_ GROUP table The Send Group Message function in eWEB allows sending a predefined message to a group The table eWEB_SNDGRPMSG allows a system administrator to predefine a number of messages that are automatically presented to a web user in the web based Send Group Message functionality The field can either contain a qualified group name or can have the generic special value ALL This special value ALL means the message is automatically defined for all groups You must use this value only when appropriate as sharing messages affects all groups Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 426 Table eWEB_SNDGRPMSG When entering a value in this field ensure that the specified group name exists in the eKERNEL_ GROUP table and that the eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER contains at least one member An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00001 qualified group or ALL generic group WGM_Seque
161. L An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 60 eASYNC Retry_ count n This value specifies in combination with eASYNC retry intv n the number of times recovery is performed if a message cannot be delivered to the provider Note that valuable time can be spent while waiting for recovery for example 3 times 1 minutes leads to 3 minutes lost time The value is processed in eKERNEL An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eASYNC parameters 237 eASYNC Send depth n This value specifies in combination with eASYNC Send time n when eASYNC starts processing A value of 1 denotes immediate processing a larger value specifies the number of messages that must be in the queue before processing starts This value is supported only for PROXIMUS SMS and KPN SMS This is the only provider that allows the delivery of more than one message in a single dial out request thus potentially reducing communication costs at the expense of speed Nortel recommends a value of 1 for most environments because processing is usually executed as soon as possible and any related call setup costs are therefore less important An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eASYNC Send tim
162. L HOLIDAY 363 Table eKERNEL_INPGM 365 Table eKERNEL_MESSAGE_FOR MAT 373 Table eKERNEL SITE 377 Table eKERNEL_ TCPCLIENT 385 Table eLOCATION 391 Table eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT 395 Table eLOCATION RPN 399 Table eOAI 401 Table eOAP 403 Table eSMTP CLIENT 405 Table eSMTP SERVER 409 Table eWEB 413 Table eWEB SCRIPT 415 Table eWEB SCRIPT CAN CEL AUTH 423 Table eWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH 419 Table eWEB SCRIPT TRACE AUTH 421 Table eWEB SNDGRPMSG 425 Table eWEB SNDUSRMSG 429 Table eWEB TOC 433 Table eWEB USER AUTH 439 Table view 142 Task manager 81 82 TCPCLIENT Area id n 386 TCPCLIENT Comments str 389 TCPCLIENT Environment str 388 TCPCLIENT INPGM id n 386 TCPCLIENT kernel port str 385 TCPCLIENT pgm name str 387 TCPCLIENT site id n 385 TCPCLIENT socket str 387 TELEVIC example 318 Trace active script 138 Trace ended script 139 U User message User name 159 USERA Allobj b 441 USERA Comments str 444 USERA Description str 440 USERA Email str 440 USERA Language str 442 USERA Password str 440 USERA Sec level n 440 USERA Secadm b 441 USERA Service b 442 USERA_UserlD str 439 V VBV4 ini file settings 105 VBV4 ini hardware specific settings 111 Voicecard 111 VoiceCard 105 134 161 174 WCS ALA id n 416 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Web administrator 151 154 2
163. L Server 2000 ond spar Install PE Database Engine SQL Server 2000 and 2005 Chanas Padtocand BE oe 1 Help 02 SOPHO Messengen Net 02 Nortel Networks DECT Spee ER lhessenger 02 N etworks Di z es 02 Nortel Networks DECT General Install PC Nortel Networks DECT Messenger Templates Aessenger Templates 03 National Instruments General Install PC National Instruments 4 Ss 3 and F 04 Dialogic SR6 1 63 and VBVoice Is anarai Install PE Dialogic zi 44 You are logged in mih user ADMIN 05 WebServer General Install PC Web Server xj E PE Loc intranet Sign off The sign off link logs you out of the system You must always sign off if you leave your browser unattended to prevent other users from accessing eWEB functions ATTENTION Due to the users ability to activate disaster scenarios evacuation scenarios and others you must clearly inform all users of the risk they run by leaving their browser unattended In many situations users who leave their browser unattended can be held personally responsible for actions that are taken with their authenticated session Plug in Support The DECT MessengereWEB module allows embedding plug in modules that add additional functionality to the web interface The plug in modules can be integrated easily through the standard eWEB TOC table This is illustrated in Figure 174 Plug ins added to eWEB page 148 where additional table of contents entries are added for the
164. Line Select len n An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows colon eCAPG Line Omit start n This value together with eCAPG Line Omit len n and eCAPG Line O mit str are used to optionally define omit criteria which are used to omit specific records in a asynchronous datastream The value 0 denotes the omit capabilities are not in use As a result the corresponding values are ignored and no records are omitted In this case the field eCAP Line Omit len n must be 0 and the field eCAPG Line Omit str must be N A A value larger than 0 indicates select capabilities are used The value refers to the start position of the select pattern In this case the field eCAP Line Select len n must be larger than 0 and the field eCAP Line Select str must contain the select character or characters An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 12 eCAPG Line Omit len n This value together with eCAPG Line Omit start n and eCAPG Line O mit str is used to optionally define omit criteria which are used to omit specific records in a asynchronous datastream This value must be 0 if no omit functionality is in use which is specified through eCAPG Line Omit start n equal to 0 A value larger than 0 denotes omit criteria are active and the field defines the character length of the omit characters defined in eCAPG Line Omit str An example of an entry typically found in this field
165. Messenger Net Exe exe C SOPHO Messenger Net E C Temp weekday SOPHO xe eCAP exe Messenger Net Exe eCAP exe C SOPHO Messenger Net E eDMSAPIL e C Temp weekday SOPHO eDMSAPI e xe xe Messenger Net Exe xe C SOPHO Messenger Net E C Temp weekday SOPHO xe eGRID exe Messenger Net Exe eGRID exe C SOPHO Messenger Net E C Temp weekday SOPHO xe elO exe Messenger Net Exe elO exe C SOPHO Messenger Net E eKERNEL e C Temp weekday SOPHO eKERNEL e xe xe Messenger Net Exe xe C SOPHO Messenger Net E C Temp weekday SOPHO xe eSMTP exe Messenger Net Exe eSMTP exe C SOPHO Messenger Net E eSMTP ser C Temp weekday SOPHO eSMTP ser A 3 xe ver exe Messenger Net Exe ver exe Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 242 Table eBACKUP Table 11 Sample data cont d C SOPHO Messenger Net E omnithread C Temp weekday SOPHO omnithread 3 xe _rt dll Messenger Net Exe _rt dll C SOPHO Messenger Net M Messenger C Temp weekday SOPHO Messenger 3 db _CFG mdb Messenger Net Mdb _CFG mdb C b SOPHO Messenger Net M Messenger C Temp weekday SOPHO Messenger 3 jd _Data mdb Messenger Net Mdb _Data mdb Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Net
166. MinDialTone ee period Gf drattegs seconds 2 required to start dialing Putonho1d string to put caller on hold ReconnectFromHold dial string to reconnect i caller ReconnectFromBusyNoans dial string to reconnect i caller from transfer busy fee fie worse mie FE transfer PlayMsgs Figure 113 Ini settings PlayMsgs rz SETTING DEscRIPTION fonzrs DEFAULT set to 1 to allow variable number of FwdDigitsVariablelmailbox digits digit collection terminates on or timeout ne Fe of digits when requesting EwdDi gay eben mailbox number to forward to 3 Record Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 109 Figure 114 Ini settings Record rz SETTING DescRIPTION onzrs DEFAULT deletes data from the end of 0 Dialogic 100 RecChopSecs recorded messages to delete ims Tapi 500 tones Rhetorex deletes silence from end of RecChopsil recorded messages when ending O 1 in silence deletes dialtone from end of recorded messages when ending 0 1 in dialtone RecChopDialTone if 1 will discard digit that terminates a recording if 0 0 1 will leave digit in buffer for option digit processing IgnoreTermDigit Rhetorex Refer to VBV4 INI Hardware specific settings page 111
167. N 2008 Nortel Networks Microsoft Internet Explorer E ajaj x Address httoy messerger eweb rder cho x ee Nortel Send SMTP Message Release 4 0 0 Networks Aj This form allows you to send a message to the mail users that are defined In Nortel DECT Networks DECT Messenger Processing Is done directly to SMTP service Messenger NORTEL NETWORKS Send 3 message MS A To Subject Message Sand SMS message Send SMTP message Sand Sarre Massage less Send Group Message y Send User Message z Send a script massaga ork with Script messages Inquiry Alarm Inquiry Enter Device Inquiry Group inquiry Table view Maintenance Wore with Groups Security Change Password Help Info Sion off Select destination enter subject and message then press Enter 9 You see logged in with user This function allows the user to send a message to a mail address destination by means of an SMTP connection between the Apache Web Server and the SMTP server of the mail server In this process no eKERNEL activity takes place because the transaction is executed directly The list of available addresses is limited to the devices that are defined in eKERNEL DEVICE table and defined for the same site and area as the eWEB application and with output program eSMTP You can also make devices that are allocated to a remote area available through the DEV Ras Area b value in the eKERNEL DEVICE t
168. N RTEL DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 Release 7 0 Document Revision 02 01 www nortel com NN43120 301 Nortel Communication Server 1000 Release 7 0 Publication NN43120 301 Document release date 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved While the information in this document is believed to be accurate and reliable except as otherwise expressly agreed to in writing NORTEL PROVIDES THIS DOCUMENT AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED The information and or products described in this document are subject to change without notice Nortel Nortel Networks the Nortel logo and the Globemark are trademarks of Nortel Networks All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Contents Module eSMTP Initialization 13 Output program activity 15 Logging 18 Relaying and Routing 21 Windows SMTP server 23 Domino Lotus Notes 24 13 Module eSMTP server 27 Keyword processing 27 Initialization 27 Activity of eSMTP server 29 Logging 34 25 Module eSNMP Architecture 39 Send SNMP Message for Win32 45 Send SNMP Message for Web 46 Send SNMP Message for iSeries 47 39 Module eTM 63 Shutting down eTM HA 63 49 Module eTM_ HA Overview 65 Publisher and Subscriber 67 Registry settings eTM 68 Registry settings eTM HA 73 Merging registry files 79 Check tasks 81 Shuttin
169. NMPT Generic str Text eSNMPT Specific str Text eSNMPT Activate b Yes No eSNMPT Action str Text eSNMPT_ALA id n Long Integer eSNMPT GRP Name str Text eSNMPT_ Message str Memo eSNMPT Comments str Text Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 44 Module eSNMP Figure 42 eSNMP_TRAPS eSNMPT Site id ni 7 eSNMPT Address str 127001 eSNMPT Version str 1 eSNMPT_Community_str a ommunity sl public eSNMPT Enterprise OID_str 1 3 6 1 4 1 17338 32 1001 eSNMPT Genetic str 6 eSNMPT Activate b 4 eSNMPT Action str SET eSNMPT ALA id n 1120102 eSNMPT GRP Name str eSNMPT GRP Name str SNMP eSNMPT Message str SNMP trap enterprise_oid from address vbL_1_value vbl 3 value eSNMPT Comments str SOPHO 2000 IPS board failure The eSNMP module is designed to handle the parameters available in SNMPv1 traps such as community enterprise OID generic trap and specific trap These fields are considered key fields and allow the eSNMP module to associate e Action SET or RESET e Alarm identifier as specified in eKERNEL_ALARM table e Group as specified in eKERNEL_GROUP and eKERNEL_GROUP_ MEMBER e Message The message can be a combination of fixed text and replacement values In many cases SNMP traps provide a l
170. NPGM_id_n This helps to keep track of alarms in the complex definitions that occur in some configurations An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1110101 denotes site 1 area 1 eCAP 01 alarm 01 ALA INPGM id n This field specifies the unique identifier of the input program Note that this identifier is defined in the eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT table field TCPCLIENT INPGM id n Refer to the section of eKERNEL TCPCLIENT on how to set up these input programs Nortel recommends that you develop a naming convention to assign values for these identifiers Table 28 Alarm input program identifiers Byte 1 Site identifier Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ alarm parameters 317 Table 28 Alarm input program identifiers cont d Bve 35 Inputprogramiaeniier J J fees 1 ecaPoreaPloretspa Te TT p CT AE TE form o PE Ce o S TT ee S TT TE poese dT TT ph Torv dS Texte 5 07 98 input program sequence numee Nortel recommends using five digits to uniquely identify an input program With the guidelines above the identifier implies the site area input program application and sequence number The ALA_id_n and ALA_INPGM_id_n both form a unique key thus one input program with ALA_INPGM_id_n value 11101 cannot have two records wi
171. Networks All Rights Reserved elO_ modules parameters 291 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 8 elOM Comments str This field can be entered with remarks from an administrator and is informational only You can use this filed to document the physical connection here too to ease later configuration An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows OR 004 fire detection Table 21 elO module sample data page 291 provides sample elO module table data Table 21 elO_module sample data 1 1 01 FP DI 300 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP DI 330 2 Channel 2 1 01 FP AI 100 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP AI 100 1 Channel 2 1 02 FP DI 300 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP DI 330 2 Channel 2 1 03 FP DO 401 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP DO 401 3 Channel FP Al 100 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP AI 100 1 Channel FP DI 300 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP DI 330 2 Channel FP DO 401 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP DO 401 3 Channel FP DI 300 opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP DI 330 2 Channel Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 292 Table elO MODULE
172. Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA_Service exe Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3403 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 169 130 eKernel port 3403 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net eDMSAPI Port 3401 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eDMSAPI exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 169 130 eKernel port 3401 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 Registry settings eTM_HA The configuration of environments and tasks is stored in the following section Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 74 Module eTM HA HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM_ HA This section contains additional configuration settings that are needed for configuring the high availability functionality that is added in eTM HA Figure 74 Registry settings General section amp Registry Editor OF x Registry Edit View Favorites Help Site
173. Port 3211 launched eSMTP_Server Pert 3110 launched eSNMP Port 3116 launched eVBVOICE Port 3106 launched SMS Service launched a 2007 by NEC Philp Unified Solutions Maardag 11 juri 2007 ie Note eKERNEL also features an overview of modules In the overview of modules there is more focus on the TCP IP connection status between eKERNEL and clients As a result eKERNEL can show more modules than are available in Web Administrator since for example eKERNEL can also connect modules that run distributed on a remote PC For this reason the task does not run on the CPU of the Web Administrator and is not seen in Work with Tasks Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 228 Module Web Administrator User Guide Figure 201 eKERNEL overview of modules G CS eKERNEL SOPHO Messenger aNet v4 0 0 mi He GER Sie TT NEC Ph PahL06 C S0FHD hereroerne A Fahaoc COPA Mamrih 0 URL f es J1 Hikam Sea on PER pple a Sever METEO feep onn E eF Cient Maiei 1208 GekCanrected Mons 03105 ASYHC im FRE 00105 XPYOICE eTA crc 0 03103 ewes 3110 ESMTP Server 02111 SMTP N2 FI 311 ESPA 4 cESFA 07115 eLOCATION ONE eh MP amp 03117 SMS C3110 NET
174. Procedure 2 Merging reg files Step Action 1 Select the Merge command In Windows Explorer e Locate the file you wish to merge e Right click the file e Choose Merge from the pop up menu as follows Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 54 Module eTM Edit Print Open With gt UltraEdit 32 GD Add to Zip 19 Add to eTM zip BD Zip and E Mail eTM zip Send To gt Cut Copy Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Click Yes to continue Registry Editor Confirm that you wish to merge the registry lt 2 Are you sure you want to add the information in C SOPHOM 1 Exe ETM SI 4 REG to the registry Confirm completion of the registry merge Click OK fs lt gt Information in C SOPHOM 1 Exe ETM SI 4 REG has been successfully entered into the registry End The command RegEdit or RegEdt82 can be used to verify the configuration or to apply changes to an existing configuration A future release of DECT Messengerwill provide automatic procedures for configuring the Task Manager from the Configurator module In current release the eGRID module features a command button Generate registry files for eTM Click this button to read the eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT table and automatically generate the required shortcuts for each site and environm
175. RAMPENPLAN FASE3 The next window shows a preview of the script In the top section details are visible on the script such as message and group and current user The bottom section shows the group members belonging to the selected group Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 197 Your ability to check or un check the check boxes in front of groups members depends on the configuration of the script In some configurations you cannot un check group members as the check boxes are disabled submit back Please confirm script activation Dsits 1 NEc Philips FING area L Hilversum FCO ROMPENPLON FASEL Identification Description Module M 865 Francis Missiaen eDMS API If you deselect too many members the error below appears A script defines the minimum amount of group members that are part of the script submit bach Please confirm script activation site 1 NEC Philips E K Area 1 Hilversum RAMPENPLAN FASE Message RAMPENPLAN FASE D Group epMsapr D user beqn s57 Identification Description Module o sss Francs Missiaen eDMSAP Error Not enough devices selected 3 Click submit to activate the script You then return to the main window 4 Click refresh to see an update of the available scripts I
176. RNEL GROUP and eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER A message is created for that group with alarm identification and attributes specified in eDMSAPI INBOUND EVENT table The corresponding attributes are defined in eKERNEL ALARM table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows REA eDMSAPIIR Msg str This field specifies the message that is sent as a result of the IA incoming alarm generation process through eDMSAPI The group receives a message defined in this field with alarm attributes specified in eDMSAPI INBOUND EVENT table and eDMSAPI_INBOUND_RESULT table Refer to the sample data in Table 14 Sample Data page 269 for authorizeds of message definitions As illustrated in the authorizeds in Table 14 Sample Data page 269 messages are built based upon fixed characters plus the following e Calling number e Called number Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eDMSAPI _inbound result parameters 269 e msg special value e some combination of the three preceding values that are replaced by the actual value of the request A format REA Calling number translates into REA 865 when the calling number is 865 In release 3 0 and later you can use a visual DNR to a device in the Messenger new field DEV Visual dnr str in table eKERNEL_DEVICE Now when the
177. RNEL_GROUP_AUTH A special value ALL is implemented If you specify this special value all users have access to this group With ALL you do not need to enter all individual users but as a result you have no granular authority definition because all users are granted access Note that eWEB only allows maintenance of the groups that are assigned to input programs of the same site as the eWEB This means a eWEB instance of site 1 only allows maintenance of groups of site 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows FMI GRPA Comments str This field can contains remarks of an administrator and is informational only eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH parameters page 347 provides sample eKERNEL GROUP AUTH table data Table 38 eKERNEL GROUP AUTH sample data 31101 00001 31102 00001 31102 24960 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 349 Table eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER parameters Figure 216 eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER parameters listing Name Type Size GRPM GRP id str Text 128 GRPM Dev id str Text 128 GRPM Dev Site id n Integer 2 GRPM Dev Area id n Integer 2 GRPM OUTPGM Appl str Text 30 GRPM From str Text 5 GRPM To str Text 5 GRPM Mon b Yes No 1 GRPM Tue b Yes No 1 GRPM Wed b Yes No 1 GRPM Thu b Yes No 1 GRPM Fri b Yes No 1 GRPM S
178. SAPI _inbound result parameters 267 eDMSAPI PBX address str 256 eDMSAPI parameters 253 eDMSAPI table 253 eDMSAPL Ack2TimeOut n 258 eDMSAPI ALA Prty EMSG n 255 eDMSAPI ALA Prty UMSG n 255 eDMSAPI api address str 256 eDMSAPI Area id n 253 eDMSAPI Comments str 258 eDMSAPI DataPathDelay n 258 eDMSAPI eKERNEL Seats count n 254 eDMSAPI External Address str 254 eDMSAPI External Port str 255 eDMSAPI External _Seats count n 254 eDMSAPI GeneralTimeOut n 258 eDMSAPI Guarding_Polling_intv n 257 eDMSAPI Guarding Retry_intv n 257 eDMSAPI_inbound parameters 259 eDMSAPI_INBOUND table 259 eDMSAPI inbound event parameters 263 eDMSAPI_INBOUND EVENT table 263 eDMSAPI_INBOUND RESULT table 267 eDMSAPI Msg diy n 257 eDMSAPI_PBX licence str eDMSAPI PBX port str 256 eDMSAPI PBX type str 257 eDMSAPI Seats count n 254 eDMSAPI site id n 253 eDMSAPIL Area id n 259 eDMSAPIL Called dev str eDMSAPIL Comments str eDMSAPIL Site id n 259 eDMSAPII Type str 259 eDMSAPIIE Ala id Normal n 264 eDMSAPIIE Ala id Urgent n 264 eDMSAPIIE Area id n 263 eDMSAPIIE Calling dev str eDMSAPIIE Comments str eDMSAPIIE Site id n 263 eDMSAPIIR Area id n 267 eDMSAPIIR Calling dev str 251 257 259 260 263 264 268 447 eDMSAPIIR Comments str eDMSAPIIR_Descr_str 269 eDMSAPIIR GRP Name str 268 eDMSAPIIR IC Called dev str 267 eDMSAPIIR Msg str 268 eDMSAPIIR Site id n 267 eESPA parameters 271 eESPA table 271 eESPA Ala descr default str eESPA
179. SITE There are six possible connection strings supported for the DECT Messengerapplication 1 for Ms Access For authorized Provider Microsoft Jet OLEDB 4 0 Data Source C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_DATA MDB 2 for SQL 2005 Express residing on Messenger PC For authorized Provider SQLOLEDB 1 Persist Security Info Fals e User ID sa Password sa Initial Catalog Messenger_DATA Data Source 127 0 0 1 3 SQL server 2000 Desktop Engine residing on Messenger PC For authorized Provider SQLOLEDB 1 Persist Security Info False U ser ID sa Password philips Initial Catalog Messenger DATA Data Source 127 0 0 1 4 SQL Sever resides on host SQLSERVER For authorized Provider SQLOLEDB 1 Persist Security Info False U ser ID sa Password philips Initial Catalog Messenger_DATA Data Source SQLSERVER 5 SQL Sever resides on host 192 168 1 30 For authorized Provider SQLOLEDB 1 Persist Security Info False U ser ID sa Password philips Initial Catalog Messenger_DATA Data Source 192 168 1 30 6 SQL Sever resides on same system as MESSENGER For authorized Provider SQLOLEDB 1 Persist Security Info False U ser ID sa Password philips Initial Catalog Messenger_DATA Data Source 127 0 0 1 CFG_eLOG Path str This field specifies the path where the daily log files are stored in a comma separated format This field is only relevant if the eLOG licence is available If the value NONE is set the logging functionality is disabled An
180. SOE You can choose from the following sub functions 865 eDMSAPI 1 ner mn Last an 16 31 27 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send Script Message 137 e Set Script is used to activate a script The scripts are defined the ewWEB SCRIPT table e Trace Active Script is used to see an overview of activated scripts These scripts are still running e Cancel Script is used to abort a script that has been activated Trace ended Script is used to see an overview of these scripts that are completed For more information refer to e Table eWEB SCRIPT page 415 e Table eWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH page 419 e Table eWEB SCRIPT TRACE AUTH page 421 e Table eWEB_ SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH page 423 Set Script Figure 158 Choose Set Script to browse an overview of defined scripts as shown in Figure 158 Overview of defined scripts page 137 A green or red icon indicates if the eWEB user is authorized to activate the script The window also shows additional information as follows e The identifier of the group e The message that is sent to the group members e The current number of instances of the script currently active e The maximum number of instances of the script that can be active The illustration in Figure 158 Overview
181. Specifying the location to file accepted messages page 32 shows the target folder for accepted messages Figure 29 Specifying the location to file accepted messages EX processed File Edit View Favorites Tools Help EJ Back fg search Fy Folders CBristory EX A EE Address C c Inetpub mailroot Drop pracessed gt G0 Folders Name 7 Se Type a Inetpub r bc6c51d001c0ff0 8KB Internet E Ma CI AdminScripts HC Ftproot bc c51d001c0ff0700000004 eml L te Type Internet E Mail Message H iissamples Size 7 29 KB 17 E ea mailroot CI Badmail B ag Drop C1 error a Mailbox 2 Pickup QC Queue CI Route Ga SortTemp 4 4 gt 1 object s Disk free space 4 20 GB 7 29 KB My Computer Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Activity of eSMTP server 33 e Message Rejected If the message is not accepted in eKERNEL a negative reply is sent as shown in Figure 30 Message reply rejected page 33 Figure 30 Message reply rejected lt xml gt lt msgrpy gt lt id gt bc6c514001c0ff0700000004 eml lt id gt lt sts gt NACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt Refer to the log files of eKERNEL see the eKERNEL gt Logging tab to find out why the message was not accepted Following is an
182. T TALT Dev id st TALT OUTPGM Apel ALT Sequence n ALT ATALT AJALT Ak dev id st TALT AR OUTP ALT Ak OUTPGM Fa ALT Desci str 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 003292802249 1 003292802249 1 32475111111 1 922 11922 1193 1 francis messisen 1s be eSMTP eASYNC 1 32475112233 1 1 leASYNC 1 11240 eDMSAPI cs22 eDMSAPI 1 i 1 851 eOMSAPI C322 leASYNC i gi 1132475112233 eASYNC PRODOMUS eDMSAFI 1 1 1 922 eCSTA 322 eOMSAPI 1 __ 1 kristion daneels 1sbe eSMTP SMTP e0MSAPI 1 1 1 32475112233 ASYN PROMMUS 1 1 _1 32478353215 leASYNC PROXIMUS Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 336 Table eKERNEL D ICE ALT 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 337 Table eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT eKERNEL_ DEVICE FORMAT parameters Figure 213 eKERNEL_ DEVICE FORMAT parameters listing Name Type Size FMT_OUTPGM Appl str Text 30 FMT_OUTPGM Facility str Text 50 FMT_ Bytes linel n Integer 2 EMT Bytes line2 n Integer 2 FMT Bytes line3 n Integer 2 FMT Page ind n Integer 2 FMT Page more ind n Integer 2 FMT Concatination b Yes No 1 EMT Scroll depth n Integer 2 FMT AllowEmergency b Yes No 1 FMT Descr str Text 250 EMT Comments str Text 255 FMT OUTPGM Appl str This field identifies the output program The following options are supported e
183. TION instances the location detection is distributed to all eLOCATION instances of the current site and the eLOCATION with the most recent information is used to assign the site and area definition An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eLOCIR GRP Name str This field defines the group name that is used as the final destination of the resulting action of the location alarm Since the alarm generation is done on behalf of the input program eDMSAPI the definitions of groups and alarm descriptions are associated with this input program An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows SOSPBX1 eLOCIR Msg str This field defines the message that is used to generate a resulting alarm The value can be a combination of constant text and replacement values The supported replacement values are e Location field eLOCRPN Message str from eLOCATION RPN table for the corresponding RPN keyword lt rpn gt in lt msgrpy gt from eLOCATION e Location Date value of tag lt date gt from lt msgrpy gt from eLOCATION e Location Time value of tag lt time gt from lt msgrpy gt from eLOCATION Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT parameters 397 e Calling number extension or Visual dnr description of ca
184. Table elO DO 309 elO_DO parameters 309 309 Table eKERNEL_AREA 313 eKERNEL_area parameters 313 313 Table eKERNEL ALARM 315 eKERNEL alarm parameters 315 315 Table eKERNEL DEVICE 327 eKERNEL DEVICE parameters 327 327 Table eKERNEL DEVICE ALT 333 eKERNEL DEVICE ALT parameters 333 333 Table eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT 337 eKkERNEL DEVICE FORMAT parameters 337 FMT_OUTPGM_Appl str 337 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved FMT_OUTPGM Facility str 337 FMT_Bytes line1 n 338 FMT Bytes line2 n 338 FMT Bytes line3 n 339 FMT Page ind n 339 FMT_Page_ more ind n 339 FMT_Concatination b 340 FMT Scroll depth n 340 FMT_AllowEmergency_b 340 FMT _Descr_str 341 FMT Comments str 341 Table eKERNEL_GROUP 343 eKERNEL_GROUP parameters 343 GRP_id_str 343 GRP_InPGM id n 344 GRP_Name str 344 GRP_Descr str 345 GRP Comments str 345 Table eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH 347 eKERNEL GROUP AUTH parameters 347 GRPA GRP id str 347 GRPA_UserlD str 347 GRPA_ Comments str 348 Table eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER 349 eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER parameters 349 GRPM GRP id str 349 GRPM Dev id str 350 GRPM Dev Site id n 351 GRPM Dev Area id n 351 GRP OUTPGM Appl str 351 GRP From str 352 GRP To str 352 GRP Mon b 353 GRP Tue b 353 GRP Wed b 353 GRP Thu b 353 GAP Fri b 353 GRP Sat b 354 GRP Sun b 354 GRP Holida
185. This pincode is related to a device configured in the DEVICE table in the configuration database DEV PinCode str in eKernel_device table The eKernel application checks the database for the devices related to this pincode and informs the eVBVOICE application of the number of devices If the pincode is unknown in the database the WrongPincode message eVBV_WrongPincode_str plays If there are no alarms active for this pincode the user hears a message that no messages are active for this pincode VBV_Nomess sir If the confirmation is successful all the active alarms for all the devices related to this pincode are cleared The wave file entered in the eVBV_Confirm_str field plays If a wave file entered in the configuration tables does not exist the wave file entered in the eVBV_NoWavFile_str field plays It is not possible to confirm an alarm during an outbound call in the current release When a person receives a message through eVBVOICE for example a call at home the user cannot confirm the alarm or alarms during the same call In the current release you must make a new call particularly to confirm alarms SET and RESET For menu type eVBVM_L1_Menu_Type_str SET and RESET set and reset of alarms a link to the eVBVOICE MENU L2 table is necessary Menu option level 2 SET and RESET For menu types SET and RESET the related alarms must be specified in the eVBVOICE MENU L2 table Nortel Communication Server 1000 D
186. V RECORD 4 OLV 1140102 Med OLV RECORD 2 Set an alarm 1 Fire alarm 1140101 Fire dep FireSet wav 2 Security 1140103 Security SecuritySet wav 3 Confirm an alarm 4 Reset an alarm 1 Fire alarm 1140101 Fire dep FireReset wav Voice messages are stored on the system where the eVBVoice module is located This means that voice messages can only be distributed by the eVBVOICE module on the same system as the voice messages The voice messages are not automatically removed For this reason Nortel suggests that you manually remove old and handled message from time to time Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 122 Module eVBVOICE AHVR 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 123 Module eWEB When you start your web browser application and navigate to the DECT Messengersystem that has the eWEB module operational a window opens similar to the one shown in Figure 137 eWEB module Sign on page 123 Contact the system administrator to obtain the URL address assigned to the system Figure 137 eWEB module Sign on ST r Net 2001 Number On File E Mi Favorites Tools Help eek 9 A Qsearch Gyravorites CBristory Es Sp M S Address 2 http gntn1sfmi Sign on Site http GNTN
187. WEB interface An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSSA_UserlD str This field must have a username that corresponds with the USERA _UserlD str field of the eWeb user auth table or can be the keyword ALL If the value ALL is entered any user can set this script message If one or more users are defined only those users can set the related script message Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 420 Table eWEB SCRIPT SET AUTH If nothing configured in this table for a specific script message no one can activate this script message An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows KDS WSSA Comments str This field can be used by an administrator to enter remarks The field is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 421 Table eWEB_ SCRIPT TRACE AUTH Note 1 An alarm is only traceable for script message if the ALA Trace b alarm ID related to the script message has the field ALA Trace binthe eKERNEL ALARM table set to True Note 2 In the current release traceable alarms are only supported for script messages eWEB_SCRIPT_TRACE_AUTH parameters Figure
188. WSC Comments str Text 255 WSC Site id n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL_ SITE table In most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSC Area id n This field specifies the area as defined in eKERNEL_AREA table In most cases the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSC Script id n This field specifies the unique identifier of the script message within one site Script messages are a special type of message requests with the unique feature of being traceable Although you are free to enter a numeric value of choice Nortel recommends establishing a naming convention for script messages Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 416 Table eWEB_SCRIPT In the field ALA Trace b of the eKernel alarm table the administrator can activate this field note that this feature is supported only for script messages in the current release which means that the whole call flow is logged in the data database An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSC Script Descr str This field is a description of the script message In the eWeb module the visualization of the script message is performed with the description of the script messag
189. Web Administrator The length of the message you can enter is displayed in the field to the right of the Message field 5 Use the Priority menu to assign a priority to the message where the priority is one of Normal Urgent or Emergency Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 165 Priority Normal 6 Click Submit Web Administrator indicates whether the message delivery succeeded or failed End Table 6 Job aid maximum message length traditional DECT up to 48 characters SIP DECT up to 160 characters Table 7 Job aid message priorities Normal The system verifies delivery of the message without requesting confirmation from the recipient If the message is successfully delivered Web Administrator displays the result within a few seconds If the message cannot be delivered a longer delay occurs before Web Administrator displays the result The system waits until the message is delivered and confirmed by the recipient before Web Administrator displays the result The recipient has 30 seconds in which to confirm receipt During this time the Web Administrator page is nonresponsive Emergency The Emergency option is not available in some system configurations and in some configurations where it is available Emergency messages are handled in
190. YNC Silence intv n Integer eASYNC Comments str Text eASYNC Site id n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL_SITE table In most cases the value is 1 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eASYNC Area id n This field specifies the area as defined in eKERNEL AREA table In most cases the value is 1 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 234 Table eASYNC eASYNC Type str This field specifies the provider type which can be either PAGING or SMS Currently there is support for PAGING with provider BELGACOM and SMS with provider PROXIMUS or KPN Support for other providers and types can be added in future releases or can be built on request For example e PAGING requires the field eASYNC Provider str to equal BELGACOM e SMS requires the field eASYNC Provider str to equal PROXIMUS e SMS requires the field eASYNC Provider str to equal KPN eASYNC Provider str This field specifies the provider which is related to the type specified in the eASYNC Type str field which can be either PAGING or SMS Currently there is support for PAGING with provider BELGACOM and SMS with provider PROXIMUS and KPN Support for other providers and types can be added in future release
191. _ AREA table Is most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPIIE Called dev str This field specifies the Called device in an incoming call alarm generation situation handled by eDMSAPI This field specifies the number to which the message was sent An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 999 eDMSAPIIE Calling dev str This field specifies the Calling device in an incoming call alarm generation situation handled by eDMSAPI Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 264 Table eDMSAPI_ INBOUND EVENT The Calling device specified here defines those extensions that can generate an alarm by sending a message to the related called device 1 Define an extension by number for authorized 866 2 Define a generic value ALL 3 Define a generic number starting with some characters 85 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ALL eDMSAPIIE Ala id Normal n This field defines based upon appropriate record selection through CLID detection the alarm characteristics of the alarm that are initiated as a result of the incoming message process with a priority Normal The alarm identifier must match a definition in eKERNEL ALARM table and defines properties such as alar
192. _SNDUSRMSG table can define private messages per user shared messages for all users or user defined entered messages In the example shown in Figure 155 Select a message page 135 the administrator has configured four private messages six fixed messages and a user defined message Figure 155 Select a message Step 2 Please select a message or retum to step 1 Private messages for user ADMIN 2 Private user message for user admin Shared messages for all users shared user message Free Message Enter a free message Finally you can send the request to eKERNEL and submit the request for further processing Note that the example in Figure 156 Confirm your choices page 136 shows a fixed message and therefore message text need not be entered Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 136 Module eWEB Figure 156 Confirm your choices When the message is submitted to eKERNEL the message Send User Message completed normally is displayed Final message delivery depends on a number of factors and are beyond control of the eWEB user Send Script Message The Work with Script Messages window is shown in Figure 157 Send script message page 136 Figure 157 Send script message Nortel Networks N DECT Messenger
193. _TCPCLIENT table defines for the eKERNEL module an overview of all defined modules and starts a socket server for each module In theory the modules can have any valid value between 0 and 65535 however Nortel recommends against using the following e port 0 which results in a random port generation and so is unsuitable for a server e a common port 21 23 25 80 and so on Nortel recommends using the range 3000 to 3999 for assigning ports to modules and using the Area number as the second digit of the port number This means the range 31xx is used for modules of area 1 32xx for modules of area 2 and so one The last two digits can be a number starting at 01 and incrementing by one for the additional modules See the sample data for more information An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 3101 for the first module on area 1 TCPCLIENT Area id n This field refers to the area a specified in eKERNEL_ AREA table Usually this field has value 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 TCPCLIENT INPGM id n When an output only module is specified for authorized eASYNC eDMSAPI eSMTP and so on the value must always be set to 0 This indicates the module is not capable of generating alarms and is not familiar to the concept of input programs When an input capable module is specified for authorized eAPI eCAP eSMTP_ server eWEB and so on a value other th
194. able An example is shown in Figure 145 Sending messages to remote addresses page 129 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send Server Message 129 Figure 145 Sending messages to remote addresses To please select address gt please select address SUAS Francis Missiaen Message iSeries 400 Kristien Daneels Leen Maes area 2 As a result the SMTP server is contacted and a message is sent The IP address and port number is retrieved for the server defined in the eSMTP_CLIENT table with a matching site and area as used by the Apache Web Server The mail is sent following the specs of RFC821 In the composed mail the MAIL FROM keyword is automatically retrieved from the definition in the eWEB_USER_AUTH table As a result when the destination user replies to the mail the reply arrives in the correct mailbox of the sender Send Server Message The Send Server Message window is shown in Figure 146 Send Server Message page 129 Figure 146 Send Server Message D Nortel Networks DICT Messenger ADMIN 2008 Nortel Networks Microsoft Internet Explorer ala File Edt Wew Favorkes Took Help l EEEE Ades ihitoy fmessenger eWeb n e cho x ee Nortel Send Server Message Release 4 0 0 N two orks Th
195. age communicates with eKERNEL a number of configuration actions are required One of them is specifying alarm identifiers in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table for the input program that is assigned to the eWEB instance At this time you can define for instance alarm types with different lengths for example short messages of 8 bytes medium messages of 16 bytes and long messages of 32 bytes ATTENTION Because the Send Server Message is designed only to set a message and cannot reset a message you must always specify remove after SENT in the eKERNEL ALARM table otherwise the message remains active forever In the example shown in Figure 147 Alarm types page 130 you can choose between three alarm types which are defined in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table Figure 147 Alarm types Message Group please select group x Type Medium 16 bytes 7 ATTENTION You can only access alarm types in the eKERNEL ALARM table with field ALA Trace b equal to False While assigning alarm types always make a distinction between alarms for Send Server Message False and Send Script Message True The destination of the message is also defined in the database The eWEB module has an input program identifier and one or more alarm definitions For the same input program you also must predefine the group group members and group authorities in the corresponding tables eKERNEL_GROUP eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER and eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH
196. ager Figure 14 Setting SMTP relay page 23 illustrates the settings needed to grant the SMTP server access to relay from both 127 0 0 1 and 10 110 50 138 These addresses are the addresses where eSMTP modules reside Figure 14 Setting SMTP relay GNTNISFMI Properties General Access Messages Delivery LDAP Routing Security Aci control CE cates Select which computer may relay through th s virtual server Enable anonymous access and edit the Aero authentication methods for this resource z Qniy the list below All except the list below Secure communication Computers View or saan Sree pm Certificate Nc IP Address Mask Domain Name accessed Granted 127 001 _ Communication 10 110 30 138 Connection control Grant or deny access to this resouce using IP addresses of Internet domain names Connection Pa rue rant or permissions to n i through this SMTP virtual server IF Allow al computers which successfully authenticate to relay regardless of the list above OK Cancel Help eSMTP can send mail to users that do not reside in the local domain This is indicated in the log as shown in Figure 15 Relaying successful page 23 Figure 15 Relaying successful 28 10 2001 14 51 13 O TCP RCPT TO francis missiaen ls be 28 10 2001 14 51 13 I TCP 250 2 1 5 francis missiaen 1s be Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT
197. ages through HTTP Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 92 Module eTM HA C SOPHO Messenger Net Xml Messenger_CFG xmlat subscriber e converted into MDB on subscriber C SOPHO Messenger Net Xml Messenger_CFG mdbat subscriber e processed through optional SQL script described in Figure 92 Sample SQL script page 92 C SOPHO Messenger Net Xml Messenger_CFG mdbat subscriber e activated on subscriber C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG mdbat subscriber Figure 92 Sample SQL script Messenger_CFG sql WordPad oix File Edit view Insert Format Help 3 pisla a A NES ENEFINEEENET CNET EE ENS CO PED 174 1 715 1 TN UPDATE eKERNEL SITE SET CFG Comments str Backup WHERE CFG Site id n 1 GO UPDATE eKERNEL AREA SET AREA Area Comments str Backup WHERE AREA Site id n 1 Go For Help press F1 Use this optional SQL script to modify the contents of the database as arrived from the operational publisher system In some environments no changes are required in more demanding customer environments complex scenarios can be set up to allow applying changes to the database This can include changing COM ports IP address group members and so on Review your SQL changes carefully Switch back When Publisher or Subscribers detect a
198. ailure Shared messages for all groups Rampenplan Free Message K Enter free message i sslert message Finally you can send the request to eKERNEL and submit the request for further processing The example shown in Figure 152 Confirm and send message page 133 shows a situation in which a user defined message has been selected so you must enter the message text manually Figure 152 Confirm and send message Step 3 Please confirm parameters or retum to step 1 or step 2 Enter a free message max 32 bytes frestmessagetomewEs Group EDMSAPI 08 00 eDMSAPI Created on 13 02 0844 at 15 58 08 01 eDMSAPI Created on 13 02 0844 at 15 56 Send Send Group Message completed normally The Send Group Message completed normally message indicates the message has been submitted to eKERNEL Final message delivery depends on a number of factors and are beyond control of the eWEB user Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 134 Module eWEB Send User Message The Send User Message window is shown in Figure 153 Send user message page 134 Figure 153 Send user message tworks Microsoft Internet Explorer Networks DECTN Messenger In step 1 a list of groups is presented as shown in Figure 154 Select the group page 135 These groups are
199. al only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Table eKERNEL DEVICE ALT eKERNEL_ DEVICE ALT parameters Name Type Size ALT Dev Site id n Integer 2 ALT Dev Area id n Integer 2 ALT Dev id str Text 128 ALT_OUTPGM Appl str Text 30 ALT Sequence n Integer 2 ALT Alt DEV Site id n Integer 2 ALT Alt DEV Area id n Integer 2 ALT Alt dev id str Text 128 ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str Text 30 ALT Alt OUTPGM Facility str Text 50 ALT Descr str Text 255 ALT Comments str Text 295 333 ALT Dev Site id n This field refers to the site as specified in eKERNEL_SITE table Usually this field has value 1 In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 ALT Dev Area id n This field refers to the area identifier as defined in the eKERNEL AREA table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 ALT Dev id str This field defines in combination with ALT Dev Site id n ALT Dev Area id n and ALT OUTPGM Appl str a device in the system The record specifies one or more alternate devices that are to be used in case an unrecoverable error occurs when sending a message to a specified device In case of a failure a list of alternate devices can be processed upon successful message d
200. al reasons currently ignored for most peripherals The value is used in eCSTA module release 2 8 where user to user messaging is also supported in alerting phase Most other technologies of messaging are not call oriented and do not have such requirements An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows CONNECT ALA Scroll intv n This field specifies the number of seconds that is used as scroll interval when peripherals allow scrolling This parameter is due to architectural reasons ignored for most peripherals and is provided for backwards compatibility issues An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 3 ALA Group delivery str This value defines the degree of message delivery that is required on delivery of a message to a group Values can be ALL or ANY and is only relevant if the field ALA Remove after str is set to SENT If the field ALA Repeat intv n is set value is greater than 0 than this field is only relevant if ALA Confirm action str is set to YES If the field value is ALL each individual recipient handles their messages on individual basis If the field value is ANY the message is only distributed to at least one group member When the first user confirms the message is considered delivered This can result in removal of the message for all group members This can mean some group members do not see the message at all Nortel Communication Server 1000
201. allowed for device 861 865 ALL 1190101 1190102 User to User msg allowed for device 865 888 1190103 1190103 NOODOPROEP 1190104 1190104 REANIMATIE ha if s 1 1 578 1 1 578 1 1 567 1 1 567 1 1 f 57s i 1 o A To i 1 s apa Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 5 266 Table gt INBOUND E 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 267 Table eDMSAPI_INBOUND RESULT eDMSAPI inbound result parameters Name eDMSAPIIR Site id n eDMSAPIIR Area id n eDMSAPIIR IC Called dev str eDMSAPIIR Calling dev str eDMSAPIIR GRP Name str eDMSAPIIR Msg str eDMSAPIIR Descr_ str eDMSAPIIR Comments str eDMSAPIIR_Site_id_n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL_SITE table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPIIR_Area_id_n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL_AREA table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eDMSAPIIR IC Called dev str This field specified a descriptor of the called device When a message is sent to a device that is defined in eDMSAPI_INBOUN D table as type IA the resulting action de
202. alue in eCAPG GRP Name start n indicates a positional definition is available and denotes the start position of the group name An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eCAPG GRP Name len n This field specifies the length of the group name description If the fieldeCAPG GRP Name start n equals 0 the eCAPG_GRP_Nam e len n must be 0 as well If the field eCAPG_GRP_Name_start_n is not set to 0 the eCAPG GRP Name len n must be non 0 as well and define the length of the group name An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 4 eCAPG GRP Name field n This field specifies the occurrence number of the field that denotes group name and only applies when a field separator is defined In this case no positional definition is active The field must be 0 when no such definition is active A positive value indicates the field number For example when the field separator is and the datastream is 001 02 ABC the value of 1 returns 001 as group name a value 2 would return 02 as group name and 3 would return ABC as group name An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 eCAPG Msg start n This value together with eCAPG_Msg_len_n and eCAPG Msg field n refers to the message contents in the datastream This field refers to the definitions of eKERNEL ALARM table and must be appropriately configured for example message length Nortel Communica
203. alues SENT RESET or CALC This parameter is only relevant if eESPA acts as an input program so it receives external data from the espa infrastructure In most cases the eESPA interfaces is used to capture alarms and received data contains alarm information acts as input program In this situation messages are transmitted to eKERNEL immediately upon arrival and these alarms are processed within DECT Messenger In some environments the remote peripherals cannot indicate that pending alarms are reset and therefore the eKERNEL must handle the alarms Use this field to configure eKERNEL_ ALARM table to correctly handle the alarm requests and refrain from endless loop conditions As such alarms are typically set with the option remove after sent The eESPA Remove after str are then set to SENT In some environments the attached peripherals are capable of sending a reset to clear all pending alarms In such case alarms must be set using the remove after RESET value indicating all pending alarms remain in the eKERNEL database unless the reset condition is met This parameter refers to all alarms so that means that every alarm must receive a reset a reset occurs if data identifier 4 call type is equal to value 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eESPA parameters 281 If the
204. always used by eKERNEL The other modules start with a hard coded value of 14 days and contact eKERNEL to request the configuration Once the configuration is received the modules continue work with the specified number of days Note the modules other that eKERNEL only purge old log files at midnight Nortel recommends specifying at least 14 days for this parameter Special value 0 indicates no cleanup occurs This means log files remain on the system until manual cleanup takes place Note On systems with a high workload the eLOG files can consume a lot of disk space To correct this specify a small value for this parameter An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 14 CFG_log_path_str This field specifies the logging path for eKERNEL only Other modules use the drive specified in the command line parameters of the shortcut for authorized Log drive C in combination with a hard coded path C SOPHO Messenger Net Log An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows C SOPHO Messenger Net Log Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 382 Table eKERNEL SITE CFG_GarbageCollection This field specifies the rate of garbage collection internal use only CFG_GarbageCollection refers to the number of seconds when alarms are considered expired
205. an 0 must be specified This field specifies the unique identifier of the input program As specified in the eKERNEL_INPGM and eKERNEL_ ALARM table related section Nortel recommends establishing a naming convention for script messages Table 53 Recommended input program identifiers naming convention Byte 1 Site identifier Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL TCPCLIENT parameters 387 Table 53 Recommended input program identifiers naming convention cont d nes input program eme Sd D Bees 1 _ ecaPoreaPloretspa DE A ES CS AE TT p CT AE TE form o PE TT fo o ewes AE TT p CE A id OT p fose Texte 5 oros input program sequence numser Nortel recommends using five digits to uniquely identify an input program With the guidelines above the identifier implies the site area input program application and sequence number This value is refers to the unique identifier defined in the eKERNEML IN PGM table This unique identifier is also found in the eKERNEL_ALARM table where available alarm types are defined for each input program An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 11101 TCPCLIENT_ pgm name str This field refers to any of the list of available modules that can be attached to eKERNEL This list includes modules that are in
206. ances the message needs to remain active until a manual confirmation takes place This can be done through eOAP inbound SMS and confirm through CLIP or pincode eCSTA dial in and confirm using CLID or eVBVOICE dial in and confirm through DTMF Since eKernel release 2 9 18 the functionality is implemented that the message reply lt msgrpy gt sent by the eOAP module to the eKernel is treated as a NACK reply even if a ACK was sent in case the priority of the alarm is lower or equal so has an higher importance then the eOAP_ALA_Prty_DTMF_Confirm_n priority This means that alarms that are sent by OAP and are successfully delivered so status ACK and need a confirmation behave the same as alarms with status NACK The result is the alarm is repeated every eOAP Silence intv nseconds until confirmation and proceeds with the alternative device s if configured if not confirmed within the DEV Retry count ALT DEV id n eKernel device retries An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eOAP Silence intv n This value specifies the silence interval in seconds the frequency users are informed on remaining active messages The default value is 600 The function is enabled to prevent calling the provider over again for each individual change that occurs and thus leads module and their destination users some pace interval Note that a similar value is implemented in eKERNEL_ ALARM table The value here
207. and only applies when a field separator is defined In this case no positional definition is active The field must be 0 when no such definition is active A positive value indicates the field number For example when the field separator is and the datastream is 001 02 ABC the value of 1 returns 001 as message a value 2 would return 02 as message and 3 would return ABC as message An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 eCAPG Ala Descr start n This value specifies together with eCAPG Ala Descr len n and eCAPG Ala Descr field n the alarm description contents in the datastream Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eCAP generic parameters 249 The alarm description refers to the definitions in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table The value 0 denotes this field is not available in the datastream The remaining values in field eCAPG_Ala_Descr_str must be set to 0 and eCAPG Ala Descr Field_n to 0 In this case the field eCAPG Dft Ala Descr str must be used to define a default alarm description An alarm description indication can be defined based either upon string position through eCAPG_Ala_Descr_start_n and eCAPG_Ala_Descr_len_n or based upon field occurrence through eCAPG_Ala_Descr_field_n A positive value in eCAPG_Ala_Descr_start_n
208. andles the OAI Services An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 9090 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 402 Table eOAl eOAl ALA Prty DTMF Confirm n This value refers to the priority of the alarm as specified in eKERNEL_ ALARM table Alarms distributed to eOAI with a priority above the defined value are automatically considered acknowledged when the destination receives the message For most cases this is suitable However eOAI could deliver messages to infrastructure that are unable to respond In some circumstances the message needs to remain active until a manual confirmation takes place This can be done through eOAI inbound SMS and confirm through CLIP or pincode eCSTA dial in and confirm using CLID or eVBVOICE dial in and confirm through DTMF Since eKernel release 2 9 18 the message reply lt msgrpy gt sent by the eOAI module to the eKernel is treated as a NACK reply even if a ACK was sent in case the priority of the alarm is lower or equal So has an higher importance then the eOAI_ALA_Prty_DTMF_Confirm_n priority This means that alarms that are sent by eOAI and are successfully delivered so status ACK and need a confirmation behave the same as alarms with status NACK The result is the alarm is repeated every eOAI Silence intv
209. andset You can only send messages to DECT Handsets that are configured on the system by the administrator Procedure 10 Sending a message to a DECT handset Step Action 1 Log in to Web Administrator 2 In the navigation menu click DECT handset OR If multiple areas are defined click the name of the area then click DECT handset Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 163 The Send a Message page appears on which appears a list of all DECT handsets to which you can send a message J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer sl xj Fle Edt View FavorRes Tools Help Ea Back gt OA Address hitp messenger EZ_index php z ea j Please select destination m Identifier Facility Visual DNR Description Comments 02 00 c40s0 3720 3720 Default configuration 02201 C4050 3721 3721 Default configuration 02 02 C4050 3722 3722 Default configuration 860 C933 Erika Vloeberghs 865 c933 Francis Missiaen 867 C933 Jan Maes 866 C933 Kristien Daneels assword 222 C933 Mieke Goethals 863 933 Mieke Goethals 868 933 Mieke Goethals home pgup refresh podn a English 2 Ej Ei Done FE Local intranet There is room to display 14 devices on the screen at any one time if there are more than 14 handset
210. application and enter your pincode to confirm the active alarms ATTENTION It is very important that you link all possible alarms with a wave file in the eKernel Message format table If there is an alarm which must be sent to a eVBVOICE device a wave file related to this alarm id must be defined in the eKernel Message Format table If you do not define the wave file the alarm is not processed If the wave file defined in the eKernel_ message format table does not exist the eVBVOICE application always returns a NACK SNOWAV return code to the eKernel application A NACK NOWAV return code means that the end user never receives the alarm or alarms After x retries see DEV_Retry_count_ALT_DEV_id_n field in the eKernel_device Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 105 table the alarm is reset or set for an alternative device only if DEV Retry count ALT DEV id n gt 0 Note Remark in the current release you cannot configure alternative devices with an outputpgm ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str in eKErnel device _alt for eVBVOICE devices ALT OUTPGM Appl str eVBVOICE because the alternative device otherwise receives the name of the wave file specified in the eKernel Message format table instead of the original message VBV4 INI File Settings The vb
211. arameter that is used to launch the process e The second section shows a log of the changes in the state of the tasks e The third section shows some additional logging information and is updated when for instance a task is terminated from within the eTM application e The bottom section shows on the left a small icon that denotes the current state of the eTM This application can be started paused or stopped The eTM is launched by means of the following command Table 2 Launch eTM Command C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eTM exe In most cases there is only one environment configured and the eTM uses this default configuration When there is more than one environment configured a selection window opens that allows you to specify the environment that must be started as shown in Figure 52 Specify the eTM environment when more than one is configured page 52 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 52 Module eTM Figure 52 Specify the eTM environment when more than one is configured H eTM xi Warming eTM has been started without specifying an environment OK in the command line parameters Cancel The parameter Site can be used in the target value in the properties Cancel of the shortcut to select a default environment at startup Please select one of
212. at b Yes No 1 GRPM Sun b Yes No 1 GRPM Holiday b Yes No 1 GRPM Activate timestamp str Text 14 GRPM Desactivate timestamp str Text 14 GRPM Comments str Text 255 GRPM GRP id str The field defines a unique identifier for a group The field is a unique key in the database Nortel recommends defining group identifiers using the following naming convention Table 39 Recommended Group identifier naming convention Byte 1 5 Input program Byte 1 Site of input program Byte 2 Area of input program Byte 3 Input program type Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 350 Table ekERNEL GROUP MEMBER Table 39 Recommended Group identifier naming convention cont d I 1 eCAP or eAPI or eESPA ET Example 31101 00001 denotes site 3 area 1 input program type eCAP or eAPI input program sequence 01 group name 00001 Each group must be defined in the eKERNEL_ GROUP table For each defined group one or more group member must be defined in the eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER table You can assign authority to the groups by means of the eKERNEL_GROU P_AUTH table See documentation Table eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH pdf An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 31101_00001 GRPM_Dev_id_str This field contains a reference to the destination peripheral as it is known in the inter
213. aterial for detailed instructions for each alarm system The following authorizeds are provided to clarify the usage Example 1 ELDAD If the alarm is described as ELDAD alarms are sent where behavior depends on a tone code Alarms with tone code 1 2 3 and 4 each have different characteristics and need different alarm handling In the case of ELDAD define the ALA Descr str values 1 2 3 and 4 for the 4 corresponding records Example 2 TELEVIC TELEVIC sends alarms where behavior depends on tone code or message contents If the alarm is described as TELEVIC the system looks first for a string pattern first blank or first xx characters as specified in the L xx description of the INPGM Model str field of the eKERNEL_INPGM table PROTOCOL CONVERTOR L 03 If no length L xx is specified the default value is 3 Characters of message or search until first blank character NUR SAN ASS REA MUG and so on See documentation Table eKERNEL_inpgm pdf If no such definition is found the system looks for a matching tone code pattern for authorized 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 or 0 If again no definition is found the system looks for an OTHER definition Example 3 National Instruments The National Instruments distributed I O modules FP DI 300 FP DI 301 and FP DI 330 generate discrete input alarms the I O module FP AI 100 generates analogue input alarms Both modules are configured in elO_ MODULE elO_Al and elO_DI tables In
214. ber 01 and incrementing by one for the other modules Specify the leading 0 in the numbering do not specify 1 but specify instead 01 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 01 elOAI Contact str This value refers to each individual contact and is specified in the FieldPoint Explorer Valid values are in the range between 01 and 08 for the currently supported FP AI 100 Note that contact numbers start with 01 and are incremented by one You must specify the leading 0 in the numbering do not specify 1 but specify instead 01 Note that some peripherals of National Instruments include labels and documentations where contacts start numbering at 0 up to 7 whereas elO starts at 01 up to 08 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 01 elOAI Min S str The value specifies the analogue level measured on a contact to set a minus level alarm If minus level alarms are to be disabled a 00 000000 value can be specified Note All values must be specified in format 00 000000 with 2 digits before the decimal separator and 6 digits after the decimal separator The decimal separator must be set according to the operating system regional settings Refer to the FieldPoint Explorer documentation on how to configure the FP AI 100 module Each channel can individually be set according to the attached input and allow specifying the unit of measurement en the measured input range Nortel rec
215. ble field TCPCLIENT_INPGM id n Refer to Table eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT page 385 for more information on how to set up these input programs An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 11101 GUA From str This value specifies an hour and time in the format xx xx The valid range is 00 00 to 23 59 values outside this range produce unpredictable results GUA From str denotes the start of the time interval during which the guarding facility is active If the eKERNEL module does not receive any requests message request configuration request and so on from the input program during the GUA Timeout n interval a guarding alarm is activated An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00 00 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 358 Table eKERNEL_GUARDING GUA To str This value specifies an hour and time in the format xx xx The valid range is 00 00 to 23 59 values outside this range produce unpredictable results The value denotes the end of the time period during which the guarding facility is active The active time period begins at the time specified in GUA From str Note 1 GUA From str can be larger than GUA To str resulting for authorized in a job that starts at 21 00 and ends at 06 00 Note 2 A device can be active from f
216. c alarm is activated The alarm is audio and not visual Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 96 Module eVBVOICE Figure 93 eVBVOICE inbound call cYBYOICE SOPHO Messenger Net a 2 fuknownstaus I o S ED PO EE S efh Jurknown statue S O O T Figure 94 eVBVOICE outbound call eVBYOICE SOPHO Messenger Net v3 0 0 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 97 Inbound calls General configuration parameters General parameters for each eVBVOICE application are specified in the eVBVOICE table Figure 95 General configuration parameters eGRID SOPHO Messe eos7a crs evo Fred Showhebptor uses KDS E IDA2NCTALS 01200715 IDA2NICTLS DA20ICT4S An eVBVOICE application must be unique for every site area Functionality The telephone number when a user calls eVBVOICE can be a group number or a direct number as defined in the telephone switch The users hears the Welcome message eVBV Welcome str and then can select specific menu options The menu options are described in the following configuration tables All menu selections are generated with DTMF keystrokes
217. cally found in this field is as follows 1 CFG Site Descr str This field specifies a brief description of the site usually the name of the institution or the name of the city is entered here You can also enter for authorized your Nortel customer number An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Number One Systems CFG Site Admin name str This field specifies the name of the system administrator who is responsible within the institution for the installation This is usually the name of the help desk the IT department or the person responsible of the PBX infrastructure The name is displayed in some user interfaces as the person to contact to request more information An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Francis Missiaen CFG Site Admin e mail str This field specifies a valid e mail address of the person or department specified in CFG Site Admin name str In the current release the field is informational only If you install the eWEB module Nortel recommends that you enter the e mail address while configuring the Apache Web Server 3 1 20 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows francis missiaen 1s be CFG Site eKERNEL ip str This field specifies the local IP address of the system Note It is required to assign a fixed IP address for the DECT Messenger You can determine the IP address of the system with the IPCONFIG command Clic
218. change in the availability image a switch to another environment or switch back to the original environment can be appropriate Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Conclusion Conclusion 93 Careful planning and testing is required Nortel recommends you simulate every configured scenario and analyze in detail the possible impact of every scenario An off site testing procedure in a lab environment is usually appropriate to prevent loss of alarms during change in image eKERNEL and other modules are stopped and all alarms can be lost Also take into account that having a high availability solution in place affects change management Changes applied to eKERNEL must be synchronized and automatic database upgrade changes to Messenger CFG MDB must be handled manually by the system administrator Finally note that configuration changes with eCONFIG eGRID eWEB or another configuration tool can affect the total environment For example a divert to another device does not work in a backup environment if the destination device in not available or the module is unavailable Therefore due to the nature of such an architecture and maintenance issues and customer specific factors that are beyond our control the authors of eTH HA cannot accept responsibility for malfunction of the so
219. character MaxDialToneWait PauseTime ms 2000 selects the Type 0 1 0 of Windows ACM sound card or tapi VBV4 INI Hardware specific settings Note Ini settings use both upper and lower case for readability however the entry in the file is not case sensitive AccuCall Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 112 Module eVBVOICE Figure 119 Ini settings AccuCall ENT SETTING DESCRIPTION forts DEFAULT bath of tone table to be loaded by DefaultTablejAccuload and use c rhet32 acucal32 default ton y Brooktrout Rhetorex driver Dialogic Figure 120 Ini settings Dialogic ent SETTING DESCRIPTION UNITS enables a tone to all conferees upon entry of another conferee ConfTariffTone enables a tone every 5 minutes to 0 1 all conferees sets GlobalCall protocol for use finbounaerotoco1 with Type DIALOGIC ISDN ISDN ListenMonitor listeners in a DCB conference share 0 1 the same monitor port of seconds of ringback before no answer returned This setting is overridden by any loaded TSF file See Dialogic Call Progress sets GlobalCall protocol for use rurbounaeroroco1 with Type DIALOGIC ISDN ae Rhetorex ConfEntryTone NoAnswer seconds 30 Figure 121 Ini settings Rhetorex ENT S
220. cility Description Comments 865 C944 Francis Missiaen Default comments Message This is a sample message from Web Administrator The length of the message you can enter is displayed in the field to the right of the Message field 5 Click Submit Web Administrator indicates whether the message delivery succeeded or failed ATTENTION The e mail is sent on behalf of the e mail account that was configured by the administrator Therefore you have no record of this message and any responses are not delivered to you End Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 171 Send a message using Group message Group messages are messages you can send to previously configured groups of recipients Group messaging is only available if the administrator has configured it and has populated the eWEB_SNDGRPMSG table Procedure 13 Sending a message using Group message Step Action Log in to Web Administrator 2 In the navigation menu click Group message OR If multiple areas are defined click the name of the area then click Group message The Send Group Message gt Please select group page appears Es Ple Edt View Favores Tools Help Ea ER Q Address http fmessengerfEz_index php gt ea Send Group Message Please select gr
221. contains a numeric sequence number which is combined with WTC Item n and WTC Language str to generate a key The key is unique within the site WTC Group n is used to logically sort the table of contents in groups and items Nortel recommends starting the first group at 1 and incrementing by 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 434 Table eWEB TOC WTC Item n This field contains a numeric sequence number which is combined with WTC Group n and WTC Language str to generate a key The key is unique within the site WTC Item n is used to logically sort table of contents in groups and items Nortel recommends starting the first item in a group at 1 and incrementing by 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WTC Language str This field contains a 4 byte language code Refer to the documentation of the Table eWEB USER AUTH page 439 for a list of language codes This field contains a number and when combined with WTC Group n and WTC Item n results in a key which is not duplicated within a site This field specifies the language used in the field WTC Text str and in the PHP script of HTML documents defined in WTC Link str This field allows the table of contents to be mu
222. contains a reference to the destination device as known in our internal infrastructure When a device is for instance a DECT extension this field specifies the extension number for authorized 865 When a mail destination is defined this field contains a mail Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 328 Table eKERNEL_ DEVICE address for authorized francis missiaen 1s be As such the next field GRP_OUTPGM_Appl_sir further identifies the device for a specific site and area GRP Dev id str GRP OUTPGM Appl str DEV Site id n and DEV Area id n must be handled to uniquely identify a device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 1 865 eDMSAPI or 1 2 francis missiaen 1s be eSMTP DEV_OUTPGM str This field identifies the application that processes the request A device can be defined more than once For authorized DECT extension 865 can be defined for eDMSAPI eCSTA or eVBVOICE The indicated application handles the message using the capabilities of the infrastructure eDMSAPI can for instance send LRMS data profile messages non voice call to extensions such as DECT C944 and i600 eCSTA can for instance send user to user messages to voice call based peripherals such as ErgoLine D330 ErgoLine D340 Dect C311 Dect C911 Dect C322 Dect
223. cript The Activate script function in Work with Scripts is available to Supervisor and Administrator Follow the steps in the next procedure to use activate script Procedure 19 Using activate script Step Action 1 Open Work with Scripts and click Active script You can only access Activate Script in this manner and it is only available if the administrator defined scripts in the internal table eWEB_SCRIPT Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 196 Module Web Administrator User Guide EST JES Fle Edt View Favotkes Took Help EJ peak OA i Om J es Activate Script Please select script Ed work with Scripts D Activate script End script reporting English Ej EJ RAMPENPLAN FREE GROUP EZ_actsor php step 028key 1 1 48modemprevien BB Local intranet Note The Web Administrator no longer implements the tables eWEB_SCRIPT_SET eWEB_SCRIPT_TRACE and eWEB_SCRIPT_END If you want to implement details script authority provide the original eWEB interface to your users through http messenger index php The previous figure shows the configured scripts 2 Click on one of the configured scripts to select that script Please select script refresh isite 1 NEC Philips Area 1 Hilversum L RAMPENPLAN FASE1 RAMPENPLAN FASE2 D
224. ctive 24 24 hr day and night is active from 06 30 to 13 30 is active from 21 00 till 06 00 GRP_Mon_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Mondays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Mondays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP_Tue_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Tuesdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Tuesdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP_Wed_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Wednesdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Wednesdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP_Thu_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Thursdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Thursdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP_Fri_b This value specifi
225. d A callback from a predefined number for example GSM home subscriber and so on can be used to call off and confirm messages An incoming confirmation is only valid if the called device is defined in the eDMSAPI_INBOUND table with eDMSAPI Type str IC Therefore the calling device receives a O indication before the message to confirm the called device is valid and an X for an invalid destination IA When a E2 message is sent by an extension that is loRegistered field DEV_loRegister_b in table eKERNEL DEVICE is true an incoming alarm action is triggered providing eKERNEL with four pieces of information the calling device called device message and priority When the eKERNEL application receives a request the request is valid when the called device is defined in the eDMSAPI_ INBOUND table with Type IA and if the called and calling device is defined in the eDMSAPI_INBOUND_ EVENT table Therefore valid requests are indicated with a O symbol before the message sent invalid requests with a X indication An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows IA eDMSAPIL Comments str This field can optionally be used by an administrator to store reminder information describing for example usage of the extension An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows this port is used for outbound user to user messaging Table 12 Sample data eDMSAPII eDMSAPII eDMSAPII_ eDMSAPIL_ D
226. d Lotus Notes Lotus Domino Microsoft Exchange AS400 SMTP Server iSeries400 SMTP server Windows 2000 SMTP server and so on The SMTP server must be properly configured to allow inbound SMTP requests from the DECT Messengerapplications relaying and so on Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 406 Table eSMTP_CLIENT An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 110 17 6 eSMTP_srv port str This field specifies the port number used for SMTP access In most environments this is value 25 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 25 eSMTP srv domain str This field refers to the domain name used in the SMTP connection Refer to the RFC821 specifications on the process involved in message delivery through SMTP The domain parameter is associated to the HELO command in the SMTP dialog An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ibsbe be eSMTP ALA Prty DTMF Confirm n This field specifies what alarm priority levels require a confirmation Alarm priority is defined in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table Alarms that do not meet the requirements are automatically confirmed when the DECT MessengerSMTP client sends a message to an external SMTP server The message is considered sent when it reaches the server Ho
227. d groups of recipients User messaging is only available if the administrator has configured it and has populated the eWEB_SNDGRPMSG table Procedure 14 Sending a message using User message Step Action 1 Log in to Web Administrator 2 In the navigation menu click User message OR If multiple areas are defined click the name of the area then click User message The Send User Message gt Please select group page appears F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer B 8 xj Fle Edt View Favortes Tool Help Kai Back gt O Address http messenger EZ_index php zj ex Please select group English zj 8 Group EDMSAPI Test from eWEB to eDMSAPI EZ sndustmsg php step 028keym VASK VETYNBUE ke GE Local intranet Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 175 3 Select the group to which to send a message The Send User Message gt Please confirm group page appears This page lists the group members Lis x Fle Edt View Favorkes Tools Help EJ rx OA er WEB Model BASE mm WEB to eDMSAPI L Francis Missiaen 0x Device L 1 eDMSAPI 865 English i M Francis Mssisen 0x Device 1 1 eDMSAPI 865 LT ffiocaintranet If you select the wrong group back to
228. d than the field eESPA_Msg_default_str must be used to define a default message If the eESPA module acts as input program The received espa record must be translated to a valid message request and sent to the eKERNEL application This field specifies the Data Identifier normally 2 of the espa record that specifies the message In this authorized data identifier 2 display message is defined as eESPA_Datald_Msg_str Table 16 Espa record SOH1STX1US12345RS2USThe messageRS3US9RS4US3RS6U S3ETXBCC SOH Start of header The incoming alarm message must be translated to a valid message request and sent to the eKERNEL Figure 207 Example eESPA module acts as input program lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt set_or_reset gt SET lt set_or_reset gt lt msg gt The message lt msg gt lt alarmdescr gt 9 lt alarmdescr gt lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt remove_after gt SENT lt remove_after gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eESPA parameters 277 If this eESPA module acts as an output program in the current release the data identifiers for the espa records are fixed Therefore when a message request is sent by the eKERNEL to the eESPA module the data in the lt message_xx gt tag is put in data identifier
229. d is found in many other tables Peripherals better known as devices are now identified by site area output program and device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 AREA Area Descr str This field allows you to enter a small description of the area This description is for instance visualized on several windows on the eWEB interface An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Campus Sint Jan AREA Area Comments str This field can be used to add some additional comments and is informational only An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Main area with iS 3090 switch Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 315 Table eKERNEL_ ALARM eKERNEL alarm parameters Name Type ALA id n Long Integer ALA INPGM id n Long Integer ALA Descr_str Text ALA Remove after str Text ALA Prtyn Integer ALA to ringing n Integer ALA to Connect n Integer ALA to Queued n Integer ALA Silence intv n Integer ALA Scroll state str Text ALA Scroll intv n Integer ALA Group delivery str Text ALA Confirm action str Text ALA Repeat intv n Integer ALA Length n Integer ALA Trace b Yes No ALA Trace dayToKeep n Integer ALA Comments str Text nt oO N HN D B UN UN D D D D GO 5 SHS ND Oo
230. dditional interface and so on An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 110 49 171 eDMSAPI PBX port str This field specifies the port to which the PBX listens and depends on the PBX type In previous releases the recommended value was 2555 which is the default port to which a SOPHO DMC listens Starting from R3 0 there is also support for DAP controller and Nortel The recommended Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eDMSAPI parameters 257 default value for DMC is still 2555 and the recommended default value for DAP controller and Nortel is 28001 however depending on the configuration settings other values for example 2001 are appropriate An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2555 eDMSAPI PBX type str This field specifies the PBX type used to handle the DMSAPI functionality The value is introduced in R3 0 Supported values are DMC DAP and Nortel Note that the eDMSAPI PBX port str must also be set according to the recommendations of the PBX type An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows DMC eDMSAPI PBX licence str This keyword specifies the Licence that is used to connect to the PBS For DECT Messenger the licence Messenger Licence number 61 is used Note that you can also
231. description Default descrpric Input program comments 2 Menu options New Edi Menu o cre i Verwider Refresh OK Annule eVBVOICE menu option level 1 Depending on the data entered in the configuration table for the first menu eVBVOICE MENU L1 the user can select an option by pressing the corresponding keystroke or dtmf tone The users hears the wave file linked with that option When a user hears the Welcome message and presses 1 and for example the users hears the wave file AlarmConfirmation wav There are 4 different types of menu options possible for eVBVM_L1_M enu_Type_str e CONFIRM e SET e RESET e RECORD CONFIRM For menu type CONFIRM for confirmation of alarms there are no entries possible in the eVBVOICE MENU L2 table With the eVBVOICE application users can confirm messages with a personal pincode DEV _PinCode str in eKernel_ device Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 99 If a message that is sent contains a message that must be confirmed the user can make a Call to the eVBVOICE application to confirm the alarm The user hears a welcome message when connected and must select the menu option for confirmation of alarms CONFIRM The user is prompted to enter his pincode eVBVM_L1_Menu_Wavfile_str
232. description A INPUT is defined with matching records in the eKERNEL ALARM table Table 22 elOAS ALA Descr str authorized ALA id n ALA INPGM id ALA Descr str ALA Remove ALA Prty n 1160101 11601 A INPUT SENT 1160102 11601 A INPUT RESET An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows A INPUT elOAI GRP Name str The group name describes what group is informed on the error condition and refers to a group defined in eKERNEL_GROUP and eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER tables An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00003 elOAI MSG str This field describes the message that is sent to the group members Nortel recommends that you enter descriptive text that provides the recipient sufficient information to handle the alarm condition Mobile users often lack immediate access to other information resources such as plans technical specs and so on Nortel recommends that you select an appropriate message that is short and descriptive enough and keep text length less than or equal to the maximum length defined in the associated eKERNEL_ ALARM table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows TEMPERATURE OR 002 elOAI Comments str This field is available for an administrator to enter some descriptive text that allows location and identification of the attached input device and its usage Table 23 elO Al sample data page 298 provides sample elO AI modul
233. dicates the group member is active at midnight and 12 00 indicates the group member starts at noon The active period ends at the time specified in G P To str An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00 00 GRP_To str This value specifies an hour and time in the format xx xx The valid range is 00 00 to 23 59 values outside this range produce unpredictable results GRP_To_str denotes time when the defined device ceases to be an active member of the specified group GRP Name str For authorized 23 59 indicates the group membership expires at midnight and 12 00 indicates that the group membership expires at noon The active time period begins at the time specified in GRP_From_str Note 1 GRP From str can be larger than GRP To str In this case a job can start at 21 00 and end at 06 00 night shift Note 2 A device can be active from for more than one period of time on a given day For authorized 08 00 12 00 and 13 15 17 30 in this case two group members must be defined one of 08 00 12 00 and another with 13 15 17 30 To clarify the possible values authorizeds are shown in Table 42 Group member schedule authorizeds page 353 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER parameters 353 Table 42 Group member schedule authorizeds is a
234. dows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net keTM Site 1 Environment GNTNISKDS HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTNISKDS SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTNISKDS SOPHO Messenger Net eESPA Port 3113 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eESPA exe Site 1 eKernel address GNTNISKDS eKernel port 3113 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTNISKDS SOPHO Messenger Net eESPA Port 3114 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eESPA exe Site 1 eKernel address GNTNISKDS eKernel port 3 114 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTNISKDS SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA_Service exe Windowstyle 6 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 60 Module eTM Figure 5
235. dress of the eKERNEL based upon eWEB table and to obtain the port number at which eKERNEL listens based upon eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT table This process is carried out in the PHP scripts that run on the Apache Web Server As a result the Web Server can use its own IP address to retrieve the configuration data from the database The values are needed in eWEB to set up a proper socket connection to eKERNEL module and to give the user access to the correct site and area related data You can define multiple addresses for the same eWEB module An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 100 50 138 eWEB Site id n This field specifies the site number associated to the eWEB instance obtained by the IP address of the Web Server In most cases this value is 1 as defined in eKERNEL SITE An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 414 Table eWEB eWEB Area id n This field specifies the area number associated to the eWEB instance obtained by the IP address of the Web Server In most cases this value is 1 as defined in eKERNEL_ AREA An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eWEB eKERNEL address str This field specifies the IP address of the eKERNEL In the current rel
236. e Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 eKernel port 3403 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 SOPHO Messenger Net eDMSAPI Port 3401 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eDMSAPI exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 eKernel port 3401 Log drive c Windowstyle 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 90 Module eTM HA Figure 91 Example Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 licence NONE keepalive 60 Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA Service exe Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3403 Shortc
237. e In most environments this field has value 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elODO Module str This value refers to the two byte module identifier specified in the FieldPoint Explorer and in elO MODULE table A typical value is between 01 and 08 Ensure that the table elO DO only defines digital output contacts thus only the contacts with a matching digital output module Current release supports FP DO 401 modules Current implementation of elO is limited to configurations of up to 8 modules attached to one FP 1000 controller module Nortel recommends starting the first module with number 01 and incrementing by one for the other modules Specify the leading 0 in the numbering do not specify 1 but specify instead 01 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 310 Table elO DO An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 01 elODO Contact str This value refers to each individual contact and is specified in the FieldPoint Explorer Valid values are in the range between 01 and 16 for the currently supported FP DO 401 Note contact numbers start with 01 and are incremented by one You must specify the leading 0 in the numbering do not specify 1 but specify instead 01 Note that some peripherals of National Instruments include
238. e and never with the script ID An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows EMERGENCY WSC GRP Name str This parameter specifies the name of the group as defined in the field GRP Name str in the eKernel group table or another valid text is ALL If this field is equal to ALL the user can select a group otherwise the group the message destinations are fixed The groups are presented as message destinations If the group name defined does not match a group name in the eKernel_ group table no devices are shown so the alarm is not processed An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows EVACUATION WCS ALA id n This field must have a value that corresponds with any of the definitions in the eKernel_alarm table for input program related to eWEB For authorized if eWEB is input program 11701 and eKernel alarm table contains alarm identifiers 1170101 and 1170102 one of these defined values must be used In most cases a number of alarm identifiers are defined to handle different message lengths and different message priorities An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1170101 WSC_Msg_str This field describes the message that is sent to the group members Nortel recommends that you add a descriptive message that allows the recipient sufficient information to handle the alarm condition Mobile users often lack immediate access to other information r
239. e 141 Send DMS API Message IN 2008 Nortel Networks croseft Internet Enplores ortel Networks DECT N Messenger Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send DMS API Message 127 This function allows you to send an E2 data message to a peripheral that is capable of receiving messages through this technology The web interface presents all DECT extensions that are defined in the eKERNEL_ DEVICE table for the local site and area and the output program eDMSAPI ATTENTION The eWEB application is configured in the eWEB table and identifies its site and area based upon the IP address of the Apache Web Server Therefore it lists only those devices that are defined for that same site and area In a multi area environment you can access the devices that belong to another area You can assign these remote area devices on device level in the eKERNEL_ DEVICE table where the DEV Ras Area b value must be set to True Figure 142 Local extensions page 127 shows the list of extensions that all reside locally on the same site and area Figure 142 Local extensions l please select extension gt please select extension Erika Vioebergs 867 Francis Missiaen 665 Kristien Daneels 866 Mieke Goethals 868 Figure 143 Local and remote extensions page 127 sh
240. e 189 Contents of the selected group Click on device for details refresh cancel site 1 NEC Philips Area 1 Hilversum E Module eWEB Manufacturer eWEB Model BASE E Group ENET Test from eWEB to eNET Francis Missiaen 1x Device 1 1 eNET BENB121027 Francis Missiaen 1x Alternative device 1 1 eSMS 32473897171 Click on the group member to see the details on From To and Daily presence Figure 190 Group member details Module Identifier Description eNET BENB121027 Francis Missiaen From To Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Hol 00 00 w 23 x 59 v Yes Yes M Yes iv Yesi Yes m Yes x Yes x Yes x Supervisor A user with Supervisor authority is granted addition access to Work with Scripts This function is accessed through the links Activate script and End script Reporting is extended with Scripts with access to link Active scripts and Ended scripts Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 195 Figure 191 Supervisor access to Work with Scripts GJsend at J 3 EDDECT handset b Mobile phone email L Windows C SNMP trap UL Group M ge E User Message Work with Scripts Activate script portir H alarms u Scripts dc onfiquration Basic Work with scripts activate s
241. e Size INPGM id n Long Integer 4 INPGM Site id n Integer 2 INPGM Area id n Integer 2 INPGM Appl str Text 50 INPGM Manufacturer str Text 50 INPGM Model str Text 255 INPGM Bidir b Yes No 1 INPGM Resource str Text 50 INPGM Settings str Text 50 INPGM AutoCreateGRP b Yes No 1 INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM str Text 50 INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM facility str Text 50 INPGM Descr str Text 50 INPGM Comments str Text 50 INPGM id n This field specifies the unique identifier of an input capable program For each input program a record must be entered in the eKERN EL INPGM table You must also define a matching record in the eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT table field TCPCLIENT_INPGM id n Nortel recommends that you develop a naming strategy in assigning values for this identifier Nortel recommends the following naming convention Table 47 Recommended naming strategy for input programs Byte 1 Site identifier Byte 3 5 Input program identifier a Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 366 Table eKERNEL_INPGM Table 47 Recommended naming strategy for input programs cont d eres p ecaPoreaPioreesPaA OT p foe ES CEE vo id CEE form CEE TT ewes TT En Byte 4 5 ONSA program sequence L Nortel recommends using five digits to uniquely identify an input program Using this meth
242. e access support area No Comments Default comments cancel apply English E ig Module eDMSAPI EZ_config php action Work 20with 20DevkesSpry action Work 20with 200evicesAfiter 1 2 COMSAPL ititie UZIOZTogM BB Local intranet When adding a DECT handset the field Monitor refers to the ability to trace the voice call divert This typically requires an additional eCSTA module and sufficient channel licenses Leave this field set to No unless you receive instructions from the administrator Set the IO register field to No unless instructed otherwise by the administrator A value of Yes is used when the configuration implements inbound LRMS messaging A value of Yes is used for example in combination with the eLOCATION module to generate location alarms This also requires additional licenses The Remote access support site and Remote access support area are available for backwards compatibility with eWEB module but are not implemented in Web Administrator Nortel recommends that you leave the default setting of No Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 216 Module Web Administrator User Guide LE Messengergtiet Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by NEC Philips Unified Solutions QE Fie Et ven Favorites Tods Hep Fi Ord a Scand frfa A De
243. e attached input and allow specifying the unit of Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 296 Table elO Al measurement en the measured input range Nortel recommends that you first test the peripherals with the FieldPoint Explorer prior to configuring and taking elO into production Note Check your operating system settings to find out which decimal separator is in use Nortel recommends that you set the operating system to the country specific values thus the locale Belgium Dutch in Belgium even when an English operating system is installed These regional settings result in internal usage of decimal separator symbols in the form of period or comma If your system is set up with comma as decimal separator a comma must also be specified when values are entered in the database An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20 000000 elOAI Max S str The value specifies the analogue level measured on a contact to reset a plus level alarm If plus level alarms are to be disabled a 99 999999 value can be specified Note All values must be specified in format 00 000000 with 2 digits before the decimal separator and 6 digits after the decimal separator The decimal separator must be set according to the operating system regional settings Refer to t
244. e group member record is active on Sundays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GUA_Timeout_n This field specifies the timeout in seconds before the defined guarding alarm is activated if no request configuration request message request and so on of the input program is received by the eKERNEL Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 360 Table eKERNEL_GUARDING If for instance a timeout of 900 seconds is defined a guarding alarm is generated if the input program eCAP eAPI and so on does not send any request within fifteen minutes Note that some manufacturers for authorized Honeywell have the possibility to send with a fix interval a Still alive request to the eCap program The absence of this request can result in a guarding alarm An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 900 GUA_msg_str This field describes the message that is sent to the group members Nortel recommends that you enter descriptive text that provides the recipient sufficient information to handle the alarm condition Mobile users often lack immediate access to other information resources such as a site map or technical specification Nortel recommends that you keep the message length less t
245. e is available and that the modem is attached to the correct resource There are environments where many COM ports are available which can lead to confusion during configuration As well resources such as National Instruments or Watchdog adapters can also occupy a COM port For example COMO2 eASYNC Settings str This value specifies a valid setting string defining baud rate parity data bits and stop bits Valid values are modem and provider specific ATTENTION The eASYNC module performs some handshaking during the initialization phase The eASYNC module expects an OK response to these initialization steps Some modems do not reply with OK in these steps when the initial baud rate is set to a different value than 9600 N 8 1 Therefore Nortel recommends that you specify 9600 N 8 1 for PAGING BELGACOM SMS PROXIMUS and SMS KPN and not to specify the 14400 N 8 1 value that BELGACOM suggests for their paging application The baud rate is negotiated during the CONNECT phase so that is when the modems synchronize An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 9600 N 8 1 eASYNC Telnr str This field specifies the dial in number of the service provider currently limited to PROXIMUS KPN and BELGACOM Contact your service provider to get the correct number and enter the number in this field Check whether leading 0 or other PSTN access digits are required in your environment Table 10 eASYNC Telnr str
246. e n This value specifies in seconds and in combination with eASYNC_ Se nd_Depth_n the moment when actual message delivery is triggered in eASYNC module When 1 is specified immediate processing is triggered when a message request is received from eKERNEL A larger value causes the system to wait until the specified number of messages is queued before processing begins Note that processing starts due to either Send Depth or Send time whichever occurs first Time can be lost if values larger than 1 are specified An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eASYNC ALA Prty_DTMF_Confirm_n This field specifies the priority of the alarm as defined in ALARM table Alarms distributed to eASYNC with priority higher than the defined value are automatically considered acknowledged when the provider receives the message This is usually acceptable however eASYNC typically delivers messages to devices such as Pagers GSM and so on that cannot respond with a confirmation In some circumstances the message must be active until a manual confirmation takes place This can be performed through eASYNC dial in and confirm using CLID If the priority of the alarm is lower than or equal to the eASYNC ALA Pr ty DTMF Confirm n priority the message reply lt msgrpy gt sent by the eASYNC module to the eKERNEL is treated as a NACK reply even if an ACK was sent As a result when alarms that require confirmation are sent usi
247. e processed within DECT Messenger In most environments the remote peripherals cannot indicate that all pending alarms are reset and therefore the eKERNEL handles the alarms Use this field to configure the eKERNEL_ALARM table handling of alarm requests and prevent endless loop conditions Alarms are typically set with the option remove after sent The eCAPG_Remove_after_str must then be set to SENT In some exceptional environments the attached peripherals are capable of sending a general reset to clear all pending alarms This is performed through the eCAPG_Reset_start_n eCAPG_Reset_len_n and eCAPG_Reset_str parameters In such case alarms must be set using the remove after RESET value indicating all pending alarms remain in the eKERNEL database unless the reset condition is met Due to the scope of the eCAP generic implementation no granular method of resetting individual alarms is currently available and reset functionality must only be activated when the required prerequisite conditions are met An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows RESET eCAPG_Commentrs_ str Use this field to store comments or remarks pertaining to the configuration record An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Serial link to the fire detection system Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2
248. e table data Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 298 Table elO Al Table 23 elO_Al sample data ALA d escr 00 000000 00 000000 00 000400 00 000400 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 0 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved elO Al parameters 299 Table 23 elO_Al sample data cont d ALA d escr 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP UT 00 000000 00 0
249. eTM_ HA HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 76 255 SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 licence NONE keepalive 60 Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 76 255 SOPHO Messenger Net eSMTP Port 3211 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eSMTP exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 eKernel port 3211 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 Figure 72 Sample registry file illustrating a Subscriber section in production mode page 72 shows another example illustrating a Subscriber section in production mode There is no eKERNEL reference in this example as all modules refer to the eKERNEL on the publisher system Figure 72 Sample registry file illustrating a Subscriber section in production mode Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA Service exe Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3403 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP
250. eWEB 8 eSMTP_server Example 31101 denotes site 3 area 1 input program type eCAP or eAPI and input program sequence 01 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 31101 GRP_Name str As described above group identifiers are uniquely defined by combining input program identifier and group name The input program is the value specified in the eKERNEL_INPGM table Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ GROUP parameters 345 The group name field is the group indication that is typically received from the external alarm system In many environments alarm systems are capable of sending some kind of destination information in the alarm string This can for authorized be referred to with terms such as paging number group or destination Note that the above described design allows sharing the same group name between multiple input programs A first eCAP instance can have a different understanding for group 00001 than a second eCAP instance In most cases the group names are determined by third party vendors and in many environments cannot be changed With this approach you can logically link any group name and assign our internally known group members peripherals to them An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 00001
251. ease this value is the same as the eWEB Address sir field Therefore eKERNEL and the Apache Web Server must reside on the same computer Future releases can implement the architecture of distributed web servers that reside on another system for authorized located in a DMZ An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 100 50 138 eWEB Branding str This field is introduced in R3 0 and defines the branding information shown in eWEB user interface Note that tampering with branding information without permission is a copyright violation An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows NORTEL ewWEB Comments str This field can contain remarks from the administrator and is informational only Table 56 eWEB sample data page 414 shows authorizeds of data found in the eWEB table Table 56 eWEB sample data 10 110 50 138 10 110 50 138 10 110 53 138 10 110 53 138 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 415 Table eWEB SCRIPT eWEB parameters Name Type Size WSC Site id n Integer 2 WSC Area id n Integer 2 WsC_ Script id n Integer 2 WSC Script Descr str Text 50 WSC GRP Name str Text 128 WCS_ALA id n Long 4 WSC Msg str Text 255 WSC Min dev ent str Text 50 WSC Max Active n Text 50 WSC Currently Active n Integer 2
252. ease confirm to start this session with the following replacement values Site t JeKemel address LOCAL eKemel port 3116 Log drive C The module eKERNEL responds to the lt cfgrqs gt with lt cfgrpy gt This configuration is taken from the Messenger_CFG database table eSNMP The Messenger_CFG database table contains for example the port number 162 that is used to receive SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 traps See the following figure Figure 35 Messenger_CFG database table S INF TCP local port 01238 connected with remote port 03116 eKERNEL O TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrqs gt lt appl gt eSNMP lt appl gt lt site gt 1 lt site gt lt cfgrqs gt lt xml gt I TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrpy gt lt port gt 162 lt port gt lt log_path gt C S0PHO Messenger net lt log_path gt lt log_days gt 14 lt log_days gt lt cfgrpy gt lt xml gt Figure 36 eSNMP connections eSNMP SOPHO Messenger Net v4 0 0 eKernel eSNMP Help eKermel Configuration Loca 10128 8422 1589 Pot 2 Remote 10 128 84 22 3116 Logpah CASOPHO Messenger Net Staus Corrected ogdes AR s SsS SNMP local 10 128 84 22 162 Remote NA NA Status Open SW 5 ng A B Data arrival 136 bytes received from eKERNEL 00025 171235 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks
253. ease supports the following modules Table 20 elOM supported modules FP AI 100 Analogue input FP DI 301 Digital input 16 contacts FP D1 401 Digital output Refer to the corresponding chapter in this document for technical specifications on the modules An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows FP DI 330 elOM_Url_str This field denotes the URL string associated with the module Refer to the FieldPoint Explorer and other National Instrument distributed I O documentation resources for more information on the URL defined OPC server binding mechanism The FieldPoint Explorer is a recommended way to determine naming conventions Take note of the ending characters specified in Table 21 elO_module sample data page 291 Using an incorrect URL prevents binding contacts to the OPC Server resulting in system malfunction An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows opc National Instruments OPCFieldPoint FP Res FP Al 100 1 Channel elOM_Contact_cnt_n The field defines the number of contacts that are associated to the module This field can specify a smaller number than the maximum number of physical available contacts on a module in which case the remaining contacts are not bound to the OPC Server and remain non operational Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel
254. eb Administrator page 149 Procedure 8 Logging on to Web Administrator Step Action 1 To start the web interface enter the URL http messenger ez_i ndex php in Internet Explorer The login page is shown in Figure 176 Web Administrator login page page 150 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 150 Module Web Administrator Figure 176 Web Administrator login page Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer 8 xj Le Fie Edt View Fayortes Took Help Hea GA Address http messenger EZ_index php M Ca Login User Password User and password must be entered English Done T FE Loca intranet 2 To log in to Web Administrator a user name and password combination is needed Enter the default user name admin and the default password admin End Authentication Authentication is based on eWEB configuration The eCONFIG can be used to maintain users as shown in Figure 177 eWEB user authority page 151 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Work with Users 151 Figure 177 eWEB user authority VE etfeb user authority General Overview UseiID
255. ecorded message DMS API message 126 E eASYNC parameters 233 eASYNC_ALA_Prty_DTMF_Con firm_n 237 eASYNC Area id n 233 eASYNC COM Port str eASYNC Comments str eASYNC init str 236 eASYNC Password str 234 eASYNC Provider str 234 eASYNC Retry_ count n 236 eASYNC Retry_intv_n 236 eASYNC Send depth n 237 eASYNC Send time n 237 eASYNC Settings str 235 eASYNC Silence intv N 238 eASYNC Site id n 233 eASYNC Telnr str 235 eASYNC Type str 234 eBACKUP parameters 239 eCAP generic parameters 243 eCAPG Ala Descr field n 249 eCAPG_Ala_Descr len n 249 eCAPG Ala Descr start n 248 eCAPG Comments str 252 eCAPG Dft Ala Descr str eCAPG Dft GRP Name str eCAPG Dft Msg str 250 eCAPG Field Sep str 246 eCAPG GRP Name field n 247 eCAPG GRP Name len n 247 eCAPG GRP Name start n 246 eCAPG Inpgm id n 243 eCAPG Line Omit len n 245 eCAPG Line Omit start n 245 eCAPG Line Omit str 246 eCAPG Line Select len n 244 eCAPG Line Select start n 244 eCAPG Line Select str 245 eCAPG Line Sep str 243 eCAPG Msg field n 248 329 117 235 238 250 250 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eCAPG Msg len n 248 eCAPG Msg start n 247 eCAPG_ Remove after str eCAPG Reset len n 251 eCAPG Reset start n 250 eCAPG Reset str 251 eConfig 118 eDMSAPI API port str 256 eDM
256. ed both input programs and output programs With the introduction of the area concept a site can now cover several divisions These divisions can be geographically distributed to multiple locations or they can all be in the same location One advantage of the area concept is that some configuration limitations are no longer active For instance you can now define multiple instances of both input programs and output programs For authorized an immediate Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 314 Table eKERNEL_ AREA result is the ability to support two or more elO modules with the immediate advantage that analogue input and discrete input modules can now be installed in a distributed location near the contacts The most significant focus is however on output program level With the area concept you can now configure for authorized more than one instance of eDMSAPI This is most useful in larger environments for authorized 3 high range iS 3090 switches covering 3 locations in an IMP network where you can now install one eDMSAPI per area location Because communication to the central eKERNEL one per site is now on sockets basis on the WAN this dramatically reduces IMP network traffic because calls can be processed locally on each location As a result of this design the area fiel
257. ed by an administrator to store reminder information describing for authorized the usage of the alarm Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 324 Table eKERNEL_ ALARM An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Reanimation through TELEVIC Table 29 eKERNEL_ alarm sample data page 324 provides sample eKERNEL alarm module table data Table 29 eKERNEL alarm sample data D Des Remove ater Prony 1110101 1110102 1110103 1110104 1110105 1110201 1110202 1110203 1110204 1110205 1110206 1110207 1110208 1110209 1110210 1110211 1110212 1110213 1110301 1110302 1110401 1110501 1110502 1140101 1140102 1140103 1150101 1150102 2 11101 UARDING 11102 NU 11102 NU 11102 AS 11102 AS SA SA R R 2 8 EE 2 za 10 oo HU O7 O7 10 to 11102 OO SENT 1 11102 RESET 1 11102 RESET 10 11102 RE o 11102 OTHER RESET 20 11102 OTHER SENT 11102 GUARDING SENT 10 11108 APISENT SENT 10 11103 APIRESET RESET 10 11104 GENERIC SENT 10 mo 1 f en 50 mos sent 11401 EVACUATION RESET 2 tao FIRE SENT 5 11401 11501 REA SENT 9 nso ma S SENT 9 1 A 3 1 2 3 10 10 10 7 7 10 10 1 1 10 10 20 20 10 10
258. ed for this input program are sharing the same facility C4050 As a result auto creation is typically reserved for environments where the peripherals are somewhat standardized See Table eKERNEL_DEVICE page 327 and Table eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT page 337 for more information on defining device facilities An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows C4050 INPGM_Descr_str This field allows you to enter descriptive text which is visible in the eKERNEL module in the associated input program and in some web based functions An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Televic Protocol Convertor Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_INPGM parameters 371 INPGM_ Comments str This field can contain remarks from the administrator and is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 372 Table eKERNEL_INPGM 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 373 Table eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT eKERNEL_MESSAGE_FORMAT parameters Name Type Size Msg Ala id n Long Integer 4 Msg Msg str Text 50 Msg VBVoice phrase str
259. elivery Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 334 Table eKERNEL_ DEVICE ALT Define the device site area device and outpgm as a valid device in eKERNEL DEVICE table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 865 ALT OUTPGM_Appl str The field is associated with the previous field and defines the device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eDMSAPI ALT Sequence n This field is a sequence number to make a record definitions in eKERNEL_ DEVICE ALT unique Nortel recommends starting with a value of 1 and incrementing by 1s An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 ALT Alt DEV Site id n This field defines in combination with ALT Alt DEV area id ALT Alt de v id str ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str and ALT Alt OUTPGM Facility str the alternate device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 ALT Alt DEV area id n This field defines in combination with ALT Alt DEV site id ALT Alt de v id str ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str and ALT Alt OUTPGM Facility str the alternate device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 ALT Alt dev id str This field defines in combination with ALT Alt DEV Site id n ALT Alt DEV area id
260. em Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 209 The following figure contains an example where the module eDMSAPI is selected as the module that sends LRMS messages to DECT handsets 3 Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edt View Favortes Took Help send a Message S EDDECT handset D mobile phone Please select output module S O Email L windows D sump trap subset Group Mess LY Group Message Qui z English fl j Module eDMISAPI E2_config pho actor Works 20nth 20Faciltiespev_scton Work20weth 20raciitiess lter 1 1eOMSAPIGRe Lcl RE Localintranet The next figure provides an overview of the existing Facilities Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 210 Module Web Administrator User Guide D jai xl He Edt View Favortes Tools Heb Ka sek OL Address http messenger EZ index php Er Work with Facilities Site 1 Site 1 gt gt gt Area 2 SIP DECT gt gt gt Module eDMSAPI Field Facility Bytes line 1 Bytes line 2 Bytes line 3 Page indication More indication Concatination UNE
261. enger Net v2 0 7 eKernel eSMTP Logging Connections r eKemel rm Configuration local 27001 1067 FSMTPaddess 27001 Remote 127001 3111 FSMTP pat 5 Status Connected SMTP doman GNTNISFMlibsbebe Flogpath C SOPHO Messenger Net eSMTP og days Local N A Remote 127 0 0 1 Status oe Data arrival 230 bytes received from eKERNEL 00005 15 33 26 Output program activity The eSMTP module is now ready to receive message requests from eKERNEL These requests are handled on a first in first out basis The requests are received in the format shown in Figure 4 Message request format page 15 Figure 4 Message request format lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt id gt 00251 lt id gt lt to gt befmi ls be lt to gt lt pag_01 gt Test to eSMTP lt pag_01 gt lt pag_more gt N lt pag_more gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt The message requests are executed one at a time by means of a TCP sockets connection to the SMTP server of choice The actual dialog box with the SMTP server can be monitored through the eSMTP tab as shown in Figure 5 eSMTP tab page 16 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 16 Module eSMTP Figure 5 eSMTP tab 7 eSMTP SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 7 eKernel eSMTP
262. ent as shown in Procedure 3 Generate shortcuts page 55 Nortel Communication Server 1000 NN43120 301 02 01 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send SNMP Message for iSeries 55 Procedure 3 Generate shortcuts Step Action 1 Use eGRID to generate registry files for eTM Launch eGRID and click Generate registry files for eTM ToT i T1901 SOMSAPT n 1 11101 eCAP 303 1 17702 eCAP 3104 1 TON CAP x i SEER 1 11401 bios 3107 ji il 11501 eCSTA 1 3108 1 11601 el0 3109 1 11701 eE 710 1 11801 eSMTP_server m 1 _ DeSMIP 3112 pi T1103 AP 3113 1 11105 SPA GNTNISKOS 3114 i 12105 SPA 31 1 13105 p Eate Hor i 71901 e0MSAPT Generale regety fier for eTM 2 Review the information provided and acknowledge completion of the process Click OK to continue eGRID SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 xi iD The registry files are created in the directory C SOPHO Messenger Net exe Please distribute the files if necessarily to the appropriate machines Double click on the files to merge the configuration to the the registry Finally start the Task Manager module eTM End Figure 55 Example of configuration of four environments page 56 shows a configuration of four environments Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 Ju
263. ents_str This field can contain remarks from the administrator and is informational only Table 55 eSMTP_CLIENT sample data page 407 shows authorizeds of data found in the eSMTP_CLIENT table Table 55 eSMTP_CLIENT sample data Domain Confirm interval Comments feo Site Area Port Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 408 Table MTP_CLIENT 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 409 Table eSMTP_ SERVER eSMTP_SERVER parameters Name Type Size eSMTPS Site id n Integer 2 eSMTPS Area id n Integer 2 eSMIPS Email dir str Text 255 eSMIPS Poll intv n Integer 2 eSMTPS Email dir processed str Text 255 eSMTPS Email keep processed n Integer 2 eSMTPS Email dir error str Text 255 eSMIPS Email keep error n Integer 2 eSMTPS Delivery text str Text 255 eSMIPS NonDelivery text str Text 255 eSMTPS ALA id n Long Integer 4 eSMTPS_ Comments Text 255 eSMTP Site id n This field denotes the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL SITE table In most environments this field has a value of 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eSMTPS Area id n This field denotes the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL_AREA table In most environments this field has a value of 1 An authori
264. ep code 01 gt 3 lt beep code 01 gt lt priority_01 gt 1 lt priority_01 gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt Output espa record SOH1STX1US12345RS2USMESSAGERS3US3RS4US3RS5US1RS6UsS1ETXB ce An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 3 eESPA OUT Nmbr transm default str This field is only relevant if the eEPSA module acts as an output program so for message sent from the eKERNEL to the eESPA interface A lt msgrqs gt request from the eKERNEL to the espa interface contains a tag lt transmission_nmbr gt that defines the value for data identifier 5 transmission number If NONE is specified data identifier 5 is not a part of the espa record Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eESPA parameters 283 In the following authorized the data in the lt transmission_nmbr gt tag from the message request must be translated to data identifier 5 number of transmissions in the espa record Figure 212 Example eESPA module acts as output program Input lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt id gt 00851 lt id gt lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt call type gt 3 lt call type gt lt transmission_nmbr gt 1 lt transmission_nmbr gt lt alarm_cnt gt 1 lt alarm_cnt gt lt message_01 gt MESSAGE lt message_01 gt lt beep code 01 gt 3 lt bee
265. er ESPA Model BASE area 3 Ares 3 L Module eCSTA Manufacturer CSTA Model BASE English z er The following figure shows an example of a selected module In the example the configuration contains two areas The eAPI input module on area 1 is selected Site 1 NEC Philips area 1 Hilversum Module eAPI Manufacturer API Model BASE Module eCAP Manufacturer GENERIC Model BASE Module eCAP Manufacturer TELEVIC Model PROTOCOL CONVERTOR L 03 0 Module eCAP Manufacturer ELDAD Model L 48 0 RC 1 SR 2 SS 3 SS 4 SR L Module eCSTA Manufacturer CSTA Model BASE 0 Module eDMSAPI Manufacturer DMSAPI Model BASE Module eESPA Manufacturer ESPA Model BASE Module e10 Manufacturer NATIONAL INSTRUMENTS Model BASE B Module eSMTP server Manufacturer SMTP Model BASE Module eSNMP Manufacturer SNMP Model BASE Module eVBYOICE Manufacturer VBVOICE Model BASE Module eWEB Manufacturer eWEB Model BASE Area 2 Brussel L Module eESPA Manufacturer ESPA Model BASE 2 Select a group for the chosen input module In the example shown in the following figure group 00001 is chosen Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 No
266. er Net eCSTA Port 3207 El SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 B FID 0000000280 HO Windowstyle 6 EO Shorteut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 20021013143351 PID 0000000288 Task SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3107 launched 20021013143351 PID 0000003040 Task SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3207 launched 20021013143351 PID 0000003228 Task SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 launched 20021013143431 PID 0000003228 Error Task SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 no longer running 20021013143431 PID 0000000280 Task SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 launched Start SeDebug Sample Current Pseudo Process Handle FFFFFFFF Opened Process Token 352 Set SeDebug Privilege On Token Handle Opened Process 348 2 Copyright by Number One Systems Zondag 13 oktober 2002 14 34 Note When the eTM is running the system relaunches the terminated tasks within 10 seconds When the eTM form is closed through the control box on the right top of the form the application does not shut down but is instead minimized to an icon in the system tray This function is designed to prevent the user from accidentally closing the eTM and associated tasks This approach is similar to monitoring applications of other vendors such as the Apache Monitor or the SQL Server Service Manager Shutting down eTM_ HA The eTM can be shut down by ope
267. er HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI Environment GNTN1SKDS Site 2 Environment LOCAL Site 3 Environment LOCAL The first two environments reside on site 1 the other environments reside on other sites In this example the modules of site 1 are distributed across two environments two separate PC platforms The PC with environment GNTN1SFMI contains a full featured installation with one or more instances of each module the second environment GNTN1SKDS contains a subset of the modules only Figure 56 eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI reg page 57 shows the registry file corresponding to the foregoing example Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send SNMP Message for iSeries 57 Figure 56 eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI reg Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Sof
268. es whether the group member record is active on Fridays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Fridays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 354 Table ekERNEL GROUP MEMBER An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP Sat b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Saturdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Saturdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP Sun b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Sundays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Sundays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP Holiday b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on holidays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on holidays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day Note The term H
269. esources such as a site map or Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eWEB parameters 417 technical specification Nortel recommends that you keep the message length less than or equal to the maximum length defined in the associated eKERNEL ALARM table FREE is the only other valid entry This keyword enables the end user to enter a message An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows EVACUATION is active WSC Min dev cnt str This field specifies the minimum number of devices that must be selected from the group by the end user before a script message can be activated The only other valid entry in the current release is ALL therefore all devices from the group receive the message so the end user does not have the opportunity to select devices Warning you must not specify a value larger then the number of devices present in the group Note In the current release this parameter has nothing to do with the number of devices that must receive the message before clearing the message for all other devices from the group An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ALL WSC Max Active n This field specifies the maximum number of times this script message can be active The keyword NOMAX can be used to indicate there is no limit
270. essed n This field specifies the number of days the archive of processed e mail messages is kept on the hard disk The value is expressed in days and has typically a value of 5 days Adjust this value to accommodate for the number of inbound e mail messages the requested archive period and the available disk space An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 5 eSMTPS Email dir error str Once an inbound e mail is detected the eSMTP server module moves the processed e mail message to some kind of archive storage location This location is defined in eSMTPS Email dir processed str Mail that cannot be processed is moved to a separate location defined in eSMTPS Email dir error str A special value NONE can be defined here indicating the e mail messages in error are not kept online and are removed from the hard disk Although some kind of logging information is often still available the originating mail message is destroyed In most cases a directory name is specified and defines the location where the e mail messages in error are temporarily archived This archive allows system administrators to perform more detailed problem analysis Warning the value specified must be different from the value specified in the eSMTPS_Email_dir_str parameter or otherwise infinite looping condition occurs The eSMTP_server module attempts to create the hierarchical directory structure if the path does not exist An
271. ewWEB SCRIPT TRACE AUTH table 421 eWEB Site id n 413 ewWEB SNDGRPMSG table 425 ewWEB SNDUSRMSG parameters 429 ewWEB SNDUSRMSG table 429 ewWEB TOC parameters 433 eWEB_TOC table 433 eWEB USER AUTH file 142 EWEB USER AUTH parameters 439 ewWEB USER AUTH table 439 Expert configuration 228 Expert function 226 Expert PHP information 229 Expert tasks 226 Export import 230 F FMT_AllowEmergency_b 340 FMT_ Bytes line1_n 338 FMT Bytes line2 n 338 FMT Bytes line3 n 339 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 450 FMT Comments str 341 FMT Concatination b 340 FMT Descr_str 341 FMT _OUTPGM_Appl_str 337 FMT_OUTPGM Facility str 337 FMT Page ind n 339 FMT Page more ind n 339 FMT Scroll depth n 340 Functionality of eVBVOICE 97 G General configuration parameters for eVBVOICE 97 General section 73 Generate alarms 117 Generating alarms 25 Getimage 90 Group inquiry 141 Group maintenance functions 143 Group message 131 161 171 GRP Comments str 345 355 GRP Descr str 345 GRP Fri b 353 GRP From str 352 GRP Holiday b 354 GRP id str 343 GRP InPGM id n 344 GRP Mon b 353 GRP Name str 344 GRP OUTPGM Appl str 351 GRP Sat b 354 GRP Sun b 354 GRP Thu b 353 GRP To str 352 GRP Tue b 353 GRP Wed b 353 GRPA Comments str 348 GRPA GRP id str 347 GRPA_Use
272. example of the informational message that is shown S Alarm not processed Unknown group in eKERNEL GROUP table Auto create group for eSMTP server is set to False Upon reception of this negative acknowledge NACK the eSMTP server moves the original mail message to an error location unless the target directory is set to a value of NONE Figure 31 Specifying the error target directory page 34 shows the target folder for rejected messages Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 34 Module eSMTP server Figure 31 Specifying the error target directory File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Kai Back Bsearch PyFolders CBristory AS GE X A E Address ja C Inetpub mailroot Drop error gt ra Go Folders Inetpub E 4de96a6001c102 1KB Internet E Ma CI AdminScripts A 86be98b001cOfe 3KB Internet E Ma H Ftproot a0b5732001c102 1KB Internet E Ma H iissamples a47b318001c102 1KB Internet E Ma 2 mairoot b260914001c0fF0 2KB Internet E Ma CI Badmail By ee 2 Internet E Ma Drop beo 10n erro pra erro Type Internet E Mail Message d ske 1 87 KB z processe C2 Mailbox 2 Pickup Queue Route ea SortTemp 6 object s Disk free space 4 20 GB 2 6 86 KB IS My Comp
273. exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 eKernel port 3403 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 SOPHO Messenger Net eDMSAPI Port 3401 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eDMSAPI exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 eKernel port 3401 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Registry settings eTM_ HA 73 Figure 73 Sample registry file illustrating a Subscriber section in backup mode page 73 shows another example illustrating a Subscriber section in backup mode Here an eKERNEL reference is shown as the environment runs when the publisher is unavailable All modules refer to the local eKERNEL on the subscriber system Figure 73 Sample registry file illustrating a Subscriber section in backup mode Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 licence NONE keepalive 60 Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software
274. f an entry typically found in this field is as follows KDS WSTA Auth str This field is provided for security enhancements in future releases Only the value VIEW and EXCLUDE are supported in the current release If the end user must have the authority to trace a script message this field must be VIEW EXCLUDE is similar to not entering a record An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows VIEW WSTA_Comments str This field can be used by an administrator to enter remarks The field is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 423 Table eWEB SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH ewWEB SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH parameters Name Type Size WSCA Site id n Integer 2 WSCA Area id n Integer 2 WSCA Script id n Integer 2 WSCA UserID str Text 10 WSCA Comments str Text 255 WSCA Site id n This field specifies the site as defined in eKERNEL_SITE table In most environments the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSCA Area id n This field specifies the area as defined in eKERNEL_AREA table In most cases the value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSCA Script id n This field must have a value that corresponds with any of the definitions in eWEB script table for t
275. f mail produced by eSMTP module Received from GNTNISFMI ibsbe be 127 0 0 1 by GNTN1 with Microsoft SMTPSVC 5 0 2195 2966 Sun 28 Oct 2001 15 49 14 0100 From SOPHO_Messenger Net To befmi is be Subject Test to eSMTP Return Path SOPHO_Messenger Net Message ID lt GNTN1ISFMIF601Ty3RuX00000002 GNTN1SFMI ibsbe X OriginalArrivalTime 28 Oct 2001 14 49 15 0119 UTC F TIME B6ABCFFO 01C15FBF Date 28 Oct 2001 15 49 15 0100 Test to eSMTP End Logging The eSMTP application provides logging both on screen and on disk Figure 10 eSMTP on screen logging page 19 shows the on screen logging displayed on the Logging tab Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Logging 19 Figure 10 eSMTP on screen logging eKERNEL SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 Sie 1 ES TStengse ie OGRE ee Figure 11 Log files on hard disk page 20 shows an example of a log file on disk as viewed with a text editor Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 20 Module eSMTP Figure 11 Log files on hard disk 28 10 2001 14 46 32 I TCP 221 2 0 0 GNTNISFMI ibsbe be Service closing transmission channel 28 10 2001 14 46 3
276. figuration settings The window is composed of the following sections e The upper section presents a tree view of the environment and contains a hierarchical overview of all configured tasks Every task has the following keywords and values The keyword PID denotes the process identifier of the task This identifier is formatted as a 10 digit numeric value The PID is the value that is also shown when the system supplied Task Manager of Microsoft is used to represent the processes A special value 0000000000 is shown when the task is not running The keyword Window style denotes the style of the window of the task Supported values are described in Table 1 Supported window styles page 50 Table 1 Supported window styles Window is hidden and focus is passed to the hidden window Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send SNMP Message for iSeries 51 Table 1 Supported window styles coni d 1 Window has focus and is restored to its original size and position Window is displayed as an icon with focus Window is maximized with focus 4 Window is restored to its most recent size and position The currently active window remains active Window is displayed as an icon The currently active window remains active The keyword Shortcut denotes the command line p
277. from the registry Figure 67 eTM HA Task Manager Overview tab a ETM HA SOPHO Messenger Net 2 9 16 Logging E Task Manager High Availability Environments General Publisher Subscribers Images Role Publisher 11 tasks running P 1 50 0 51 1 P 1 0 0 91 1 Environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 O Copyright 2004 by IBS Technology amp Services Donderdag 3 juni 2004 14 08 38 The Logging tab provides data as shown in Figure 68 eTM HA Logging tab page 67 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Publisher and Subscriber 67 Figure 68 eTM HA Logging tab i eTM_HA SOPHO Messenger Net 2 9 16 oix Overview Socket http i send 203 bytes Socket http i is closed Socket http i connection request accepted on socket ocket http i is connected to 10 63 118 2497 Socket http _ il received 70 bytes Socket http i send 203 bytes Socket http i is closed Socket http i connection request accepted on socket Socket http i is connected to 10 63 118 2498 Socket http i received 70 bytes Socket http i send 203 bytes Socket http i is closed Socket http i connection request accepted on socket Socket http i is connected to 10 63 118 2499 Socket http i
278. ftware Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 94 Server 1000 ning Book 2 10 Copyright 2003 201 its Reserved 0 Nortel Networks All Ri 95 Module eVBVOICE ATTENTION Due to the ongoing development of the DECT Messenger product suite some modules that provide additional functionality may become available after the initial release of DECT Messenger 4 0 The following modules are described in this NTP but are not available at initial General Availability eFR eLICENSE eLOCATION eSMS eSNMP eVBVOICE The eFR module is an add on module and is licensed separately through the eLICENSE module Some of the modules listed in this attention box are available only on a site specific basis Introduction Within every eVBVOICE application there are two different call types e Inbound calls In an inbound call where the user dials a specific number related to the eVBVOICE application messages can be set SET reset RESET and confirmed CONFIRM You can also record RECORD wave files related on a specific menu option or recording general wave files e Outbound calls The eVBVOICE application can set up a call to a device and play a wave file linked to a specific alarm The eVBVOICE application is used to inform the device of a user that a specifi
279. g Integer eLOCREN REN str Text eLOCREN Message str Text eLOCREN Comments str Text eLOCRPN Site id n This parameter refers to the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_ SITE table Each eLOCATION instance is uniquely defined through a site and an area The eLOCATION RPN table defines the relation between the RPNs and the associated text that describes the physical location on the RPN For authorized the DAP Controller with IP address 10 110 49 169 port 28008 is handled by eLOCATION instance site 1 and area 1 and may feature a number of RPNs each of them defined in the eLOCATION_RPN table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eLOCRPN_Area_id_n This parameter refers to the area identifier as defined in the KERNEL_AREA table The eLOCATION RPN table defines the relation between the RPNs and the associated text that describes the physical location on the RPN For authorized the DAP Controller with IP address 10 110 49 169 port 28008 is handled by eLOCATION instance site 1 and area 1 and may feature a number of RPNs each of them defined in the eLOCATION_RPN table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eLOCRPN_RPN_ str This field contains the hexadecimal identification of the access point RPN The fields eLOCRPN_Site_id_n eLOCRPN_Area_id_n and eLOCRPN_RPN sir combine the unique key in the table eLOCATION_RPN table The value should be formatted as a two byte
280. g down eTM_HA 82 Publisher 84 Keeping track of states 87 Subscriber 87 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 65 Publisher 87 Recommendation 88 XML image 90 SQL script 91 Switch back 92 Conclusion 93 Module eVBVOICE 95 Introduction 95 Inbound calls 97 Outbound calls 104 VBV4 INI Hardware specific settings 111 Module eVBVOICE AHVR 117 Introduction 117 Configuration 118 Module eWEB 123 Sign on procedure 123 Sign off procedure 125 Send DMS API Message 126 Send SMTP Message 128 Send Server Message 129 Send Group Message 131 Send User Message 134 Send Script Message 136 Set Script 137 Trace Active Script 138 Cancel Script 138 Trace Ended Script 139 Alarm Inquiry 139 Device Inquiry 140 Group Inquiry 141 Table View 142 Work with Groups 143 Change Password 145 Info 146 Sign off 147 Plug in Support 147 Plug in module MyPortal Net 148 Module Web Administrator 149 Authentication 150 Work with Users 151 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Module Web Administrator User Guide 153 Authorization level 154 Login 159 Log out 161 Send a message 161 Change password 177 Reports of active alarms
281. g is configured correctly A typical value is between 10 and 60 seconds but must match the card configuration Large values can slow down alarm notification while very small values unnecessarily consume system resources An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 CFG_Watchdog cmd str This field specifies the signal that is sending to the COM port is a 5 byte packet that includes a checksum 0x01 0x57 0x84 CFG_Watchdog_c md str checksuml The default value is 0x21 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL SITE parameters 383 For more information see the user manual of the internal serial watchdog page 9 till 13 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0x21 CFG_INRQS id n This field specifies a value that is used internally by eKERNEL and you must not change the value unless explicitly instructed to do so The value stored in CFG_INRQS id n is used to generate unique numbers to incoming message requests Manipulation of this value can result in system malfunction The value is used to generate unique keys in the Messenger DATA database table RQS IN Resetting the value without cleaning up RQS IN can result in system failure and is unsupported ATTENTION Because table values are for performance reasons retrieved at
282. ger Task Manager Start Task Manager Pause Task Manager Stop The menu option Open Task Manager restores the main menu and can be opened to monitor the tasks in detail This menu also provides options to Start Stop or Pause processing Use the Exit menu option to terminate the eTM module and all associated tasks Select the Open Task Manager menu option in the pop up menu to open the Task Manager as shown in Figure 51 eTM Task Manager page 50 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 50 Module eTM Figure 51 eTM Task Manager 42 eTM SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 GNTN1SCTI fe T ask Manager GNTN1SCTI SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3107 SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3207 SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 20021013142837 PID 0000002452 Task SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service launched 200210131 42838 PID 0000003164 Task SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3107 launched 20021013142838 PID 0000002940 Task SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3207 launched 200210131 42838 PID 0000003088 Task SOPHO Messenger Net Kernel Site 1 launched 2 Copyright by Number One Systems Zondag 13 oktober 2002 14 30 Note The window contents vary according to your con
283. ges are delivered This functionality is necessary to be sure the user hears the messages Answering machines and voice mails perform in the same manner Figure 104 eVBVOICE Outbound calls 1110100 ELDAD ma COMO3 ELDAD wa COMO ELDAD via COMOS ELDAD via COMN3 ELDAD via COM03 mmm 11101 12 ELD 11101 ELDAD 0 TINED 11710705 GUARDIN D ON EHad_guaidrg wav Guarding eKerel geretales an 1110201 ELDAD 04 message ELDAD wa COMO4 1110202 ELOAD Od message ELDAD wa COMOd 1110203 ELO8D 04 me ELDAD wa COMO4 1110204 ELOAD 04 me ELDAD via COMO4 1110203 GUARDING ELDAD COMD4 Ekad cuarding wav Guarding ekemel gererates am 1110307 NIRA message Frefi NIRA COMDE amp messag 1170101 hresMessage wav VRIJE SCRIPT BOODSCAHP vy nawe fresJigeniMessage wav VRIJE SCRIPT EDODSCAHP v 11701 0 Remp av _Rampenclan from WEB gt relati 21101 01 mecsare Elgad 10101 way _Eldad alarm 1 21101 G2 mecsane Eljad10102 way Eldad alarm 2 21101 O messaze Eljad_quaidivg vray Guarding ekemel generates an 2110212 messa2e Teevic_quarcing mav Guardng ekemel generates an Frebe TECHN zelten voor tec Fretic BRAND zeiten voor bra Alaid 11 von DEMAC ddm p Alaid 12 von BEMAC ddm typ 211070 Al message Note The keystroke you enter to ensure messages are delivered does not confirm an alarm If you want to confirm an alarm you Must call the eVBVOICE
284. ght 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 330 Table eKERNEL_ DEVICE DEV _Prty n This field is currently not implemented but is foreseen for future enhancements DEV Retry count ALT DEV id n This field is implemented in a different fashion after eKERNEL version 2 1 0 e Before eKERNEL Version 2 1 0 The number of retries before switching to an alternative device if device site area device output program is unique is defined in the eKERNEL_device_alt table The default value is 30 which means that if an alarm has a silence interval of for instance 120 seconds the alarm is removed for this device after one hour and set for the alternative device if defined For authorized 1 gt after the second retry the alternative devices is set e eKERNEL Version 2 1 1 and later This keyword defines how many times the application tries to deliver the message before switching to an alternative device if defined in the eKERNEL_device_alt table The default value is 30 which means that if an alarm has a silence interval of for instance 120 seconds the alarm is removed for this device after one hour and set for the alternative device if defined The value 0 means that the application never tries to send the message to an alternative device and that the alarm is sent to the device every silence interval ALA_Silence_intv_n in eKERNEL_Alarm until the alarm is reset by for authorized the input program The
285. ghts Reserved 446 CFG_OUTRQS id n 383 CFG Site Admin e mail str CFG Site Admin name str CFG Site Descr str 378 CFG Site eKERNEL ip str CFG Site eKERNEL port str 378 378 378 379 CFG Site eKERNEL socket str 379 CFG site id n 377 CFG Watchdog cmd str 382 CFG Watchdog com port str 382 CFG Watchdog interval n 382 Change password 145 177 Conference 105 Configuration basic overview 192 Configuration of advanced devices 212 Configuration of advanced facilities 207 Configuration of advanced groups 218 Configuration of advanced users 222 Configuration of basic alternative devices 188 Configuration of basic group members Configuration of environments and tasks 73 Configuration of eVBVOICE AVHR Configuration tables 228 Configuring basic alternative devices Configuring basic overview 192 Configuring export import 230 184 118 188 Confirm alarms 117 DataFind 105 DECT handset 161 162 Define alarm and ID group 118 DEV Area id n 327 DEV Comments sir DEV _Descr str 329 DEV Div Area id n 331 DEV Div OUTPGM Appl str 331 DEV Div OUTPGM Facility str 332 DEV Div Site id n 331 DEV id str 327 DEV _loRegister b 331 DEV Monitor b 331 DEV OUTPGM facility str DEV OUTPGM str 328 DEV PinCode str 329 DEV Prty n 330 DEV Ras Area b 332 DEV Ras Site b 332 332 329 DEV Retry count ALT DEV id n 330 DEV site id n 327 DEV Visual dnr str Device inquiry 140 Dialogic 105 111 Directories 105 distributed ad hoc r
286. h str BU To File str BU Comments str BU Site id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in the eKERNEL_ SITE table Usually there is only one site defined and the value 1 is used An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 BU From Path str This field specifies the path of the file that must be saved An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb BU From File str This field specifies the filename of the file that must be saved An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Messenger CFG mdb BU To Path str This field specifies the target path in which to store the copied file This path must be different from the source path The target location must also be available when the eBACKUP runs Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 240 Table eBACKUP You do not need to manually build the directory tree structure as the nested directory path is built automatically step by step during the backup procedure In most cases Nortel recommends that you not overwrite a previous backup System administrators typically want to make a copy of the environment both before and after making maintenance updates and in some cases want to store a history online To establish flexibili
287. han or equal to the maximum length defined in the associated eKERNEL_ ALARM table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows HONEYWELL NOT ACTIVE GUA GRP Name str The group name describes who receives the guarding alarm and refers to a group defined in eKERNEL_ GROUP and eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows GUARDING GUA ALA id n This field refers to the unique alarm identifiers as specified in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table See Table eKERNEL_ ALARM page 315 for more information on alarm identifies In a typical environment input programs for authorized 11101 have a number of alarm identifiers for authorized 1110101 up to 1110107 each of them defining characteristics alarm priority length and so on Refer to Table eKERNEL_ ALARM page 315 for more information on naming conventions An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 11101 Refer to Table 44 Examples of alarm characteristics page 361 for more authorizeds Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_GUARDING parameters 361 Table 44 Examples of alarm characteristics 111020000 2359 O O O10 U M4 3600 ELDAD COMO4 NOT ACTIVE GUARDING 1110209 11102 18 00 0800 M M M M M O O 3600 TELEV
288. he FieldPoint Explorer documentation for more information on the configuration of the FP Al 100 module Each channel can individually be set according to the attached input and allow specifying the unit of measurement en the measured input range Nortel recommends that you first test the peripherals with the FieldPoint Explorer prior to configuring and taking elO into production Note Check your operating system settings to find out which decimal separator is in use Nortel recommends that you set the operating system to the country specific values thus the locale Belgium Dutch in Belgium even when an English operating system is installed These regional settings result in internal usage of decimal separator symbols in the form of period or comma If your system is set up with comma as decimal separator a comma must also be specified when values are entered in the database When values are entered in the database An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 15 000 000 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved elO_Al parameters 297 elOAI ALA Descr str The alarm description field is a description defined in the eKERNEL ALARM table for the associated elO module In the authorized shown in Table 22 elOAS ALA Descr str authorized page 297 an alarm
289. he eWEB interface An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WSCA_UserlD str This field must have a username that corresponds with the USERA _UserlD str field of the eWeb user auth table or can be the keyword ALL If the value ALL is entered any user can cancel this script message If one or more users are defined only those users can cancel the related script message Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 424 Table eWEB SCRIPT CANCEL AUTH If nothing configured in this table for a specific script message no one can cancel this script message An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Admin WSCA Comments str This field can be used by an administrator to enter remarks The field is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 425 Table eWEB_SNDGRPMSG eWEB_SNDGRPMSG parameters Name Type Size WGM Site id n Integer 2 WGM Area_id n Integer 2 WGM GRP Name str Text 128 WGM Sequence n Integer 2 WGM Message str Text 80 WGM AlA id n Long Integer 4 WGM Comments str Text 255 WGM Site id n This field specifies the site identifier as described in table e
290. hen eAPI is used you have the choice to specify any value The correct value depends on a number of factors one of them is the question whether the port is dedicated for one eAPI based interface or shared between multiple instances of eAPl based interface Nortel recommends that you define Keep socket open This requires a dedicated port for each eAPI However if external applications access the system through ad hoc requests to eKERNEL you must specify the value Close after receive to free the resources for other inbound requests An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Keep socket open required for all modules except eWEB or eAPI TCPCLIENT_Environment_str Use this field to define on what system the instance of the module resides In most cases all modules reside on a central system so a single PC server runs eKERNEL eDMSAPI eCAP and so on In some environments multiple PC servers are used The modules of Messenger Net run on a central system where the eKERNEL runs other modules reside on a distributed system The field TCPCLIENT_Environment_str specifies on what system the module runs This information is used by eGRID to generate the shortcuts for the task manager For every environment a REG file is produced Nortel recommends specifying LOCAL for all modules that reside on the same system as eKERNEL You can also specify the fixed IP address of the central system Using an IP address has adva
291. hirtyone femalemoney dontuseordinalsfordays spanishCformat usegender usehundredgender usethouforyear useordinalforfirstofmonthonly useofyear singularpluralhundred usegenderhundreds usegender twentyonethirtyone dontuseordinalsfordays germanformat singularpluralhundred japaneseformat japaneseflag polishformat polishflag spanishSAformat Layout A value of 0 means do not show the name type A value of 1 means show the name type Figure 110 Ini settings Layout rz SETTING DEscRIPTION unzrs DEFAULT ShowNames sets how controls are drawn 1 ShowTypes sets how controls are drawn 0 Logs Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 108 Module eVBVOICE Figure 111 Ini settings Logs INI SETTING DESCRIPTION UNITS DEFAULT controls which machine receives logging information Format is W mailslot vbvlog machinename fRemoteslot not used LocalSlot PBX Figure 112 Ini settings PBX INI SETTING DESCRIPTION UNITS DEFAULT answerDeglitch answer size detect zs connect silence in answer before DetectAnswerTime ms stopping duration of nonsilence to DetectDialTone detect as dialtone during play seconds operations 0 to disable MaxDialToneWait guca SOVER for ations seconds 6 efore abandoning
292. horized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 370 Table eKERNEL_INPGM INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM str The field INPGM_AutoCreateGRP_b allows you to indicate whether auto create is enabled or disabled If O is specified the value INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM str is ignored If 1 is specified the value INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM str is used to indicate the output program that is associated with the device that is created automatically in the eKERNEL DEVICE A typical value is C933 which assumes that all devices that are automatically created for this input program are to be processed by the C933 application See the eKERNEL DEVICE information for a list of supported output programs An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows C944 INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM facility str The field INPGM_AutoCreateGRP_b allows you to indicate whether auto create is enabled or disabled If O was specified the INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM facility str is ignored If 1 was specified the INPGM_Default_DEV_OUTPGM_facility_str is used to indicate the facility that is associated with the device that is created automatically in the eKERNEL_DEVICE table A typical value is C4050 which assumes that all devices that are automatically creat
293. ial authority to these users Users with all object special authority do not need to be granted authority in the eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH table Nortel recommends giving this special authority only to system administrators and service staff An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 denotes False USERA Secadm b This field specifies whether a user has security administrator special authority If this value is set to False 0 the user has access to all tables in the Table View within eWEB except eWEB_USER_AUTH which shows usernames and passwords in plain text If your environment requires it you can create users with administrator privileges who are allowed to maintain any user profile in eWEB For those users set this field to True 1 to allow those users to consult the table eWEB_USER_AUTH and see the user and password information Note The web interface only supports inquiry to the tables Maintenance of the tables must be performed using the eGRID interface An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 denotes False Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 442 Table eWEB USER AUTH USERA Service b This value is not implemented in the current release Nortel recommends using the value False 0 This feature is used in f
294. ically found in this field is as follows C Temp weekday SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb BU_To File_str This field specifies the file name of the destination file which is in most cases the same as the source file Therefore Nortel recommends that you specify the same value as in BY_From_File field Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Sample Data 241 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Messenger CFG mdb BU Comments str This field can be filled with reminder information for an administrator for example the usage of the file You can leave the field blank An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Configuration Database Sample Data Table 11 Sample data S i t e From path From file To path To file C Php C Temp weekday php C Program Files Apache C Temp weekday Program Fi 3 group Apache conf httpd conf les Apache Group Apache conf httpd conf C SOPHO Messenger Net E C Temp weekday SOPHO xe eAPl exe Messenger Net Exe eAPl exe C SOPHO Messenger Net E CSTA servi C Temp weekday SOPHO CSTA servi xe ce exe Messenger Net Exe ce exe C SOPHO Messenger Net E eASYNC ex C Temp weekday SOPHO eASYNC ex xe e Messenger Net Exe e C SOPHO Messenger Net E eBACKUP C Temp weekday SOPHO eBACKUP xe exe
295. ices Donderdag 3 juni 2004 14 38 44 The Subscribers section contains a structure as illustrated in Figure 77 Registry settings Subscribers 0 section page 77 and Figure 78 Registry settings Subscribers 1 section page 77 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Registry settings eTM HA 77 Figure 77 Registry settings Subscribers 0 section Registry Editor oix Registry Edit View Favorites Help C Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 13 4 Name Type Data E erm HA ab Default REG_SZ value not set a General ab Address REG_SZ 10 110 50 140 Publisher ab Description REG_SZ Maria s Voorzienigheid Images Ca P 0 50 0 51 0 P 0 50 0 51 1 ED P 0 50 1 51 0 a P 0 50 1 51 1 fa P 1 50 0 51 0 a P 1 50 0 51 1 a P 1 50 1 51 0 P 1 50 1 51 1 Subscribers ai Images My Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM_HA Subscribers 0 Figure 78 Registry settings Subscribers 1 section g Registry Editor oix Registry Edit View Favorites Help Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 13 4 Type Data Ej eTM_Ha REG_SZ value not set General REG 52 10 110 63 118 5 Publisher REG_SZ Onze Lieve Vrouw 2 7 Images P 0 50 0 51 0 ED P 0 50 0 51 1
296. ides sample elO_DI module table data Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 308 Table elO DI Table 25 elO_DI sample data GRP_ Contact Type ALA_Descr a Pf forf amp Jon omer o Digtal mputon Co CO ce os omer o EE TES Cafe fes omer o pme DE RE CO es AC M o EE TT Co es fon omer o Dome Co CO e To omer o voremo afo o To omer o EE TT Taf e os omer o EE TT Co fon omer o om afo o f os omer o voam 10 afio es omer o voeon afo e Te omer o voam ES afo e To omer o voeon Co fo omer o nomme afio s To omer o ooann aio e os omer o voremo Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 309 Table elOQ DO elO_DO parameters Name eIODO Site id n eIODO Area id n eIODO Module str eIODO_Contact_str eIODO Seconds n eIODO Comments str elODO Site id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in the eKERNEL_ SITE table In most environments this field has value 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elODO Area id n This field specifies the area identifier as defined in the eKERNEL AREA tabl
297. ies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_SITE table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elOM Area id n This field specifies the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL AREA table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elOM Module str This value refers to the 2 byte module identifier specified in the FieldPoint Explorer and in elO MODULE table A typical value is between 01 and 08 Ensure that the table elO DO defines only digital output contacts those with a matching digital output module The current release supports up to eight modules per elO instance including one FP 1000 controlling module and can refer to FP Al 100 DP DI 300 FP DI 301 FP DI 330 and FP DO 401 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 290 Table elO MODULE The current implementation of elO is limited to configurations of up to eight modules attached to one FP 1000 controller module Nortel recommends starting the first module with number 01 and incrementing by 1 for the other modules Note Specify the leading 0 in the numbering enter the value 01 not 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 01 elOM Type str The current rel
298. ieved from the available datastream In this case the same value is used for all alarms generated through this eCAP generic interface instance The value N A must be specified if this field is not used An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows N A eCAPG Dft Msg str This field is used to provide a default message in the event that no value can be retrieved from the available datastream In this case the same value is used for all alarms generated through this eCAP generic interface instance The value N A must be specified if this field is not used An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows N A eCAPG Dft Ala Descr str This field is used to provide a default alarm description in the event that no value can be retrieved from the available datastream In this case the same value is used for all alarms generated through this eCAP generic interface instance The value N A must be specified if this field is not used An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows N A eCAPG Reset start n This value together with eCAPG Reset len n and eCAPG Reset str refers to the optional reset functionality that can be deployed in the eCAP generic module In most cases a eCAP generic is implemented in environments where alarms are detected through an asynchronous serial interface such as a printer port The eCAP generic is targeted to environments where each alarm indica
299. ifies whether the group member record is active on Wednesdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Wednesdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GUA_Thu_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Thursdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Thursdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GUA_Fri_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Fridays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Fridays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GUA_Sat_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Saturdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Saturdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GUA_Sun_b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Sundays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified th
300. ilites Identifier Facility Visual DNR Description Retry count alternative devices 3000 c4050 3000 3000 30 5005 Co44 5005 5005 30 home pqup refresh podn Engish zi Mode ab SA EZ conig phor action WoA 2Oyth200eviesiry_acton Workizbwth ibe vicesiliter i 2 eDEAPIBLE LATE ON CP Sita 8 In the next window verify the input capable fields and add missing information When adding devices you need to select an existing Facility In the following window the C944 facility is selected Note that in cases that no facilities are as yet created yet you must define them first and then return to the Work with Devices entry Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 215 J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer 2 8 xj File Edt View Favortes Tools Help a Back Address http messenger EZ_index php xl i Work with Devices 20 BR Site 1 Site 1 gt gt gt Area 2 SIP DECT gt gt gt Module eDMSAPI 3 CDden Dw pa Field Value Qu Identifier Work w L Acti Facility Ca44 D End Report Visual DNR 3 Q sc Description Default description 2 Os Pincode S E advanced Devices Retry count alternative devices 1 7 Monitor No 10 register No a Remote access support site No Remot
301. inate the Task Manager and any remaining tasks launched by the Task Manager x JE Note The application also responds to a system Log off or Shut down event 3 Shut down the applications Close down all programs using the program specific instructions In most cases this means closing the main form of each application by clicking the close box on the top right of each form However some applications require specific shutdown procedures 4 Confirm the eTM termination warning dialog box Click OK Q Please confirm that you really want to terminate the module Task Manager It is highly recommended to manually close down all associated tasks prior to continuing Then press OK to terminate the Task Manager and any remaining tasks launched by the Task Manager OK Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 84 Module eTM HA Publisher Figure 83 Because all associated tasks were already manually ended gracefully no more processing is involved Any associated tasks still running are terminated through a Terminate process API call for each task that is launched from within the eTM and finally shuts down the eTM module as well End The publisher instance of eTM_HA features a TCP Server listing on a port specified in the registry Typically port 7000 is used a
302. indicates a positional definition is available and denotes the start position of the alarm description An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20 eCAPG Ala Descr len n This field specifies the length of the alarm description If the field eCAPG Ala Descr start n equals 0 the eCAPG Ala Desc r len n must be 0 as well If the field eCAPG Ala Descr start n is non 0 the eCAPG Ala Descr le n n must be non 0 as well An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eCAPG Ala Descr field n This field specifies the occurrence number of the field that denotes alarm description and only applies when a field separator is defined In this case no positional definition is active The field must be 0 when no such definition is active A positive value indicates the field number For example when the field separator is and the datastream is 001 02 ABC the value of 1 returns 001 as alarm description a value 2 would return 02 as alarm description and 3 would return ABC as alarm description An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 250 Table eCAP generic eCAPG Dft GRP Name str This field is used to provide a default group name in the event that no value can be retr
303. ing stops when you press a dtmf key or when the connection is broken The recorded message is then distributed in the same way as pre recorded messages Configuration In eConfig you define the menu structure One of the options on level 1 is to SET an alarm See the following figure Figure 130 Level 1 Set alarm Module e VBYOICE FE x Error wavefile Error wav Wrong pncode wavefile WwrongPircode w eVEBVM_L1_Menu_opticn_n eVEVM_L1_Menu_Type_str CONFI NoWavefile wavefile NoWavFie way Confirm wavefile Confim wav System wavefile System wav Record wavefile Aecord way Oulbound delivered wavefiles OutboundDe Alam priority for DT MF contimmaton 1 Silence interva 600 Comments Delaut comments Auto create group False Delaut output program eDMSAPI Delaut output program facility C333 Input program description Default cescriptic Input program comments Defauk confiaural 8 Menu options gt gt Mera options level 1 i No message wavefile NoMess way gt ral Fo f m E On level 2 you define the alarm ID and the group See the following figure Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Configuration 119 Figure 131 Level 2 Define alarm ID and group Module eVBVOICE
304. inistrator In the excerpt of the eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER definition given in Table 45 Holiday definition authorizeds page 363 extension 865 of group 00001 is not processed on holidays the remaining members are processed on holidays Table 45 Holiday definition authorizeds GRP Name str GRP Holiday GRP GRP Holiday b Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 364 Table eKERNEL HOLIDAY Table 45 Holiday definition authorizeds cont d GRP Name str GRP Holiday GRP GRP Holiday b An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20050815 denotes a fictional national holiday August 15th 2005 Holiday Comments str This field can contain remarks from an administrator and is used only for informational purpose Refer to Table 46 Holiday comments authorizeds page 364 for authorizeds of Holiday comments values Table 46 Holiday comments authorizeds Holiday str Holiday Comments str 20050101 20050501 se 20050721 20050815 National Holiday Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 365 Table eKERNEL_INPGM eKERNEL_INPGM parameters Figure 219 eKERNEL_INPGM parameters listing Name Typ
305. inition 865 You can adjust the values and click apply If you click cancel any changed are ignored End Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 218 Module Web Administrator User Guide Configuration of advanced groups The Configuration of advanced groups function is available to Administrator Follow the steps in the next procedure to configure advanced groups Procedure 25 Configuring advanced groups Step Action 1 Open the Configuration window and click Advanced 2 To access Work with Groups click Groups BEES Fle Edt View Favorkes Tools Help Ea seak gt ES address http messenger EZ_ index php a th Groups j English 4 ki BE Local intranet Groups are associated to input capable modules Therefore on the first screen a selection is requested on the Input module In the example in the following figure several input modules are available In the example groups are maintained for the input module eAPI residing in site 1 and area 1 This instance of the input module is selected Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 2
306. ion c4050 16 16 o 5 C922 16 16 0 5 2 C933 16 16 0 5 0 C944 16 16 0 5 2 home pqup refresh podn English 4 G http focalhost 6080 EZ_config php mode detallsaction iWork with Faciities fiter 1 2 eDMSAPIBEK lem U2IOZ ToghMSALEFNpdGUgMSA P BE Local intranet 9 Click apply to adjust the values 10 Click cancel if you want your changes to be ignored End Configuration of advanced devices The Configuration of advanced devices function is to Administrator Follow the steps in the next procedure to configure advanced devices Procedure 24 Configuring advanced devices Step Action 1 Open the Configuration window and click Advanced 2 Click Devices 3 Define at least one Facility before you create a device In order to create Devices for an output module you need definitions of Facilities For example if you want to add an Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 213 eDMSAPI device at least one Facility needs to be defined prior to creating a Device Note This function maintains the internal configuration table eKERNEL_DEVICE in the Messenger_CFG database J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer aj x File Edt View Favortes Tool Help Serech AP AE Address http messenger EZ index
307. ion of advanced facilities The configuration of advance facilities function is available to Administrator Follow the steps in the next procedure to configure advanced facilities Procedure 23 Configuring advanced facilities Step Action 1 Open the Configuration window and click on Advanced 2 Click on Facilities Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 208 Module Web Administrator User Guide ales Fle Edt View FavorRes Tools Help a Pek Q Address http messe JE ndexphp lo Work with Facilities Please select output module Advance D Device D Facilities English Rene MIN rr J Note The Work with facilities function maintains the table eKERNEL_DEVICE_FORMAT in Messenger_CFG database The following figure shows an overview of sample definitions as seen in eGRID interface FM OUT PO Appl sl F41 OUTFGM_ Fadly FAT Bytes Inel n FMT Byles iel n FAT Bytes ined n FMT Page d n FMT Page more ind A FMT Concatinelicn b eA SYNC KPN SABRE Sea lalslstalslslslslslslcls s clslslclslslsisls slslslsl 3 Select an output module in the first window that opens in Work with facilities This action must take place before you configure Facilities and before you create Devices in the syst
308. ions table Menu Li Menu L2 Wav file Contents of wave file option option 9 q Welcome wav Welcome at SOPHO Messenger net press 1 to set an alarm press 2 to 9 Error please retry 9 No active alarms for this pincode 9 Rampenplan wav Emergency plan is activated 9 Also wave files specified in the eKernel_Message_format table can be entered in the eVBVOICE MENU L2 table These wave files can be then be recorded by the eVBVOICE application A wave file can also be recorded by another infrastructure but it is very important to be aware that the format must be compatible Audio Format CCITT u Law 8 000 kHz 8 bit Mono Figure 103 Properties for AlarmConfirmation wav 2x Details 4 BlarmConfirmation way Copyright No Copyright information Length 3 81 sec Data Size 30528 bytes Audio Format CCITT u Law 8 000 kHz 8 Bit Mono Format Conversion F To adjust the sound quality or use less space for this sound click Convert Now Choose from al formats id Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 104 Module eVBVOICE Outbound calls An alarm that is linked with a wave file if the wave file exists can be sent to a device with the eVBVOICE module Once all the wave files for a specific call are played you enter a keystroke to ensure messa
309. irm_action_str 322 ALA Descr str 317 ALA Group delivery str 321 ALA id n 315 ALA INPGM id n 316 ALA Length n 323 ALA Prty n 319 ALA Remove after str 319 ALA Repeat intv n 322 ALA Scroll intv n 321 ALA Scroll state str 321 ALA Silence intv n 320 ALA to Connect n 320 ALA to Queued n 320 ALA to ringing n 320 ALA Trace b 323 ALA Trace dayToKeep n 323 Alarm inquiry 139 Alarms 117 ALT Alt DEV area id n 334 ALT Alt dev id str 334 ALT Alt DEV Site id n 334 ALT Alt OUTPGM Appl str 334 ALT Alt OUTPGM Facility str 335 445 ALT Comments str 335 ALT descr str 335 ALT Dev Area id n 333 ALT Dev id str 333 ALT Dev Site id n 333 ALT OUTPGM Appl str 334 ALT Sequence n 334 Alternative devices 188 AREA Area Comments str 314 AREA Area Descr str 314 AREA Area id n 313 AREA Site id n 313 Authentication 150 Authorization level of Web administrator 154 B Basic group members 184 BU Comments sir 241 BU From File str 239 BU From Path str 239 BU Site id n 239 BU To File str 240 BU To Path str 239 C Cancel script 138 CFG Comments str 383 CFG Connectionstring CFG str 381 CFG_Connectionstring_DATA str 379 CFG_eLOG_nmbr days n 380 CFG_eLOG Path str 380 CFG_GarbageCollection 382 CFG_INRQS id n 383 CFG log nmbr days n 381 CFG log path str 381 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Ri
310. is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 246 Table eCAP generic eCAPG Line Omit str This value together with eCAPG Line Omit start n and eCAPG Line O mit len n is used to optionally define omit criteria which are used to omit specific records in a asynchronous datastream This value N A must be used if the omit functionality is not used indicated by eCAPG_Line_Omit_start_n and eCAPG_Line_Omit_len_n equal to 0 This field specifies the characters that are used in the omit pattern test which must be a string with length equal to the length defined in eCAPG_Line_Omit_len_n An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eCAPG Field Sep str This field can optionally define field separators Field separators can be used when no fixed format of datastreams is available and individual fields are to be retrieved from a variable length datastream In most cases this field is not used and the special value N A is specified The generic eCAP module is targeted to handle only datastreams that use a fixed format layout for example printer ports typically produce such formatted data When a different value is specified the characters specified are used as a field delimiter For example the value can be used to define a datastream 001
311. is by default 10 seconds and must be greater than 5 When no event is received within this time a negative acknowledge is sent to the eKERNEL application or External clients for outbound calls An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 eDMSAPL Ack2TimeOut_n Time in seconds the eDMSAPI program waits for an ACK message request from the iSPBS signaling that an URGENT message has been read by the DECT user outbound calls An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 30 eDMSAPI DataPathDelay_n This keyword specifies the time in seconds to wait between receiving a StopDataResult event form a device and before sending a new StartDataPathRequest for the same device The default value is 2 seconds This parameter is implemented because the eDMSAPI module receives Universal failure events reason INVALID CALLING DEVICE when sending a StartDataPathRequest directly after receiving a StopDataResult for the same device An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eDMSAPI Comments str This field contains remarks from the administrator and is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 259 Table eDMSAPI_INBOUND eDMSAPI inbound parameters Name eDMSAPII Site id n eDMSAPII Area id n eDMSAP
312. is form allows you to send a message to a group The listed groups are retrieved DECT om he Nel Nebr BEG Messenger Stans Processing is done through Messenger fe KERNEL server NORTEL 2l message NETWORKS Group pure dl ent sears Type Shon 8byes or 3 bytes Send DMS Ae message Sand SMS message Sand Server Massage Emner Send Group Message Send User Message Sand a script message Work with Script messages inquiry Enter a message and select group then press Enter Alarm Inquiry Device Inquiry Group inquiry Table View Maintenance Work with Groups Security hange Passwor Help info Sion off FO You sre logged in with user CT TT amat Send Server Message is a function that communicates to the eKERNEL module Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 130 Module eWEB This is the opposite of the Send DMS API Message and Send SMTP Message both of which directly access the underlying services and ignore the eKERNEL module for processing major advantage of using Send Server Message is that it utilizes more product features including logging sending to a group of users assigning alarm types priorities addressing any kind of peripherals implementing confirmation procedures implementing alternatives devices and so on Because Send Server Mess
313. is usually acceptable Although current release does not implement eKERNEL to eKERNEL communication the eKERNEL always binds a socket to the port that is reserved for eKERNEL to eKERNEL traffic in a multi site configuration In single site configurations you still must enter this value The eKERNEL module always makes this sockets connection active even in single site configurations An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 9000 CFG Site eKERNEL socket str This value specifies the behavior of the socket connection reserved for eKERNEL to eKERNEL communication You must always specify the value Close after send here Other preserved values are Keep socket open and Close after receive but are currently unsupported An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Close after sent CFG_Connectionstring_DATA_ str This field specifies the connection string which contains information used for establishing a connection to the Messenger_DATA database A complete connection string contains all the information needed to establish a connection The connection string is a series of keyword value pairs separated by semicolon The connection string depends on which Database Engine is used Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 380 Table eKERNEL
314. issioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 158 Module Web Administrator User Guide Authorization level Functionality Administrator Send a Message DECT handset Mobile phone Email Windows Group Message User Message e Work with scripts Activate script End script e Reporting Alarms Active alarms Ended alarms Report Scripts Active alarms Ended alarms e Configuration Basic Group members Alternative devices Overview Advanced Devices Facilities Groups Users Expert Tasks Configuration PHP Info Import e Security Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Login Authorization level 159 Change password e Logout The following section describes the functionality of accounts that have User authorization levels Other accounts are described in Supervisor page 194 and Administrator page 204 Your system administrator provides your user name and password Keep your user name and password confidential do not exchange this information with others unless you are instructed to do so by your system administrator Procedure 9 Logging in to Web Administrator Ste
315. ist of variable binding parameters The eSNMP module supports up to 9 varbind parameters The value of those parameters can be embedded in the resulting message The following figure shows a sample of such a definition Figure 43 Message with varbind parameters SNMP trap enterprise oid from address vbl_1 value vbl 3 value Supported replacement values are listed in the following figure Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Figure 44 Send SNMP Message for Win32 45 Supported replacement values address version community enterprise oid generic trap specific trap timestamp vbl 1 oid to vbl 9 oid vbl 1 value to vbl 9 value Figure 45 When the SNMPv2 syntax is used the parameters enterprise OID generic trap specific trap and timestamp are not available These missing parameters are provided as value 0 so the existing implementation can also handle SNMPv2 traps You must specify 0 in the corresponding fields to preserve the unique key The definitions are related to site and area This means every instance of eSNMP can have an appropriate definitions The IP address of the sender is included in the key When no GenericTrap field is available the value 0 is used The use of the value 0 allows a flexible filtering of alarms for example igno
316. ith those in authority on site Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 320 Table eKERNEL_ ALARM An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 5 ALA to ringing n This field specifies the number of seconds a peripheral is kept in ringing state before taking further action This parameter is ignored for most peripherals Currently this value impacts only the eCSTA module for voice call based user to user messaging The value determines the allotted time for a destination party to answer the phone which is currently required before the first user to user messages can be sent to the extension Nortel recommends a value between 10 and 20 seconds An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20 ALA to Connect n This field specifies the number of seconds a peripheral is kept in connect state before taking further action This parameter is ignored for all peripherals and is provided for backwards compatibility issues An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 ALA to Queued n This field specifies the number of seconds a peripheral is kept in camp on busy state before taking further action This parameter is ignored for all peripherals and is provided for backwards compatibility issues An authorized of an
317. ity allows administrators and power users with group maintenance rights to predefine schedules that are activated and deactivated automatically This functionality can add flexibility in your group maintenance in handling holiday planning staff schedules and so on Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Change Password 145 Figure 170 Confirm changes Step 3 Please apply changes or delete the selected device or return to step 1 or step 2 Group Device From To Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Holiday Acbvate definition Daactivate definition Site 1 Area 1 Group 00005 Site 1 Area 1 02400 eDMSAPI CUF UE UI UE RE RE RE I y 2008 mos zla 00 Fin 00 x min y 2003 lm 04 al 00 zindon zimin Retresh Apply Delete If you select to add a new device a window similar to the one in Figure 171 Select new device page 145 is shown Select one of the configured devices and specify the additional parameters prior to adding the device Figure 171 Select new device Step 3 Please select device to add or return to step 1 or step 2 Group Device From To Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Holiday Activate definition Deactivate definition Site 1 Area 1 Group 00095 iplense select de
318. k Start on the Windows task bar and choose Run gt cmd Enter the command IPCONFIG You must prior to connecting the system to the network contact the network administrator and request a valid IP address If DHCP server is in place check for an IP address that Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL SITE parameters 379 is not within the range of the DHCP server Although there are techniques to extend the lease period to a high value obtaining an IP address from a DHCP server is not supported and can result in system malfunction An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 110 50 138 CFG Site eKERNEL port str This field specifies a port number Valid port numbers are in the range between 0 and 65535 However Nortel recommends that you avoid using ports in the range of 0 and 1024 as these ports are likely to used by other applications Note You can use the NETSTAT command to find out what ports are in use When all required service is installed for authorized DMSAPI service CSTA service PC Anywhere Web Server SMTP Server and so on you can find out what ports are currently in use Click Start in the Windows task bar and choose Run gt cmd Enter the command NETSTAT A to display an overview of TCP IP ports is use The default value 9000
319. l 169 Si nortel DECI Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet explorer TE Fle Edt View Favortes Took Help sek 7 OD Address http messenger EZ_index php z Pe Identifier Facility Description Comments 656 Created on 05 05 08126 at 12 06 Default configuration home pgup refresh padn English Zi fa BB Local intranet There is room to display 14 devices on the screen at any one time if there are more than 14 address listed click pgdn or pgup to navigate to the next page or previous page To return to the first page click home 3 Select a recipient by clicking the green arrow at the left of the entry C944 Francis Missiaen Default comments The Send a Message gt Please enter message information page appears Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 170 Module Web Administrator User Guide J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer F 8 xj File Edt View Favortes Tools Help Back OA Address http messenger EZ index php s Plesse enter message information identifier Facility Description Comments 656 Created on 05 05 08126 at 12 06 Default configuration Message BE Local intranet 4 Enter the text of your message in the Message field Identifier Fa
320. larm system is unaware of the range of groups and devices and need manual configuration In this case the value is 0 False In some cases external parties can provide a valid DECT number in alarm datastreams This can be because the external parties are aware of the infrastructure and number scheme of the DECT extension or have administrative tools available in the alarm systems that allow them to adjust the alarm information according to the DECT Messenger number scheme This means the alarm systems are capable of sending alarms containing correct destination numbers Otherwise they can provide a valid DECT number in their alarm data streams When the alarm system provides valid device names in the alarm string you can choose to eliminate the need of defining the infrastructure over again in the eKERNEL_GROUP eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER and eKERNEL_DEVICE tables ATTENTION Carefully evaluate whether you trust the external parties in ALWAYS providing valid information If you do set the value to 1 True indicating automatic creation of groups group members and devices Nortel recommends using a value of 0 False unless you are fully aware of the risks involved for authorized in receiving invalid devices If you activate this function you must indicate in the fields INPGM_Default _DEV_OUTPGM_str and INPGM_Default_DEV_OUTPGM_facility_str the additional parameters that are needed for the auto configuration process An aut
321. level 203 Follow the steps in the next procedure to report ended scripts Procedure 22 Reporting ended scripts Step Action 1 Open the Reporting window and click Scripts 2 Click Ended scripts When no ended scripts are available an empty screen is shown In the following example multiple ended scripts are available in the repository Er Fle Edt View Favorkes Tools Help Ea Bak GA net Address hetp messenger EZ_index php 2 AN FASE an rase AN FASEL AN FASE Sj BE Local intranet 3 Use the date and time criteria to identify the script 4 Click on the Script of your choice from the list presented to narrow down the details of the ended script Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 204 Module Web Administrator User Guide Please select script refresh B script 08 06 2007 18 03 01 RAMPENPLAN FASE1 O Message RAMPENPLAN FASE1 Group eDMSAPI User beg06557 1 Input request 18 f Script 05 03 2007 14 49 18 RAMPENPLAN FASE1 Message Extern Maaseik pre alarm Q Group eDMSAPI L User befmi i Input request 2 h Script 02 03 2007 13 19 19 RAMPENPLAN FASE1 O Message RAMPENPLAN FASE1 0 Group eDMSAPI User admin L Input request 7921 Oscript 01 03 2007 17 05 50 RAMPENPLAN FASE1 7 Message
322. ll Rights Reserved 394 Table eLOCATION 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 395 Table eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT parameters Name Type eLOCIR Inpgm id n Long eLOCIR Called dev str Integer Text eLOCIR Calling dev str Text eLOCIR_eLOC_Site_idn Long Integer eLOCIR_eLOC Area id n Long Integer eLCCIR CRP Name str Text eLOCIR Msg str Text eLOCIR Comments str Text eLOCIR Inpgm id n This field defines an input program identifier as defined in the table eKERNEL_INPGM The identifier refers to the input program that generates the alarm In the case of location detection the detection of the location detection alarms are identified through inbound message on special extension that are defined in eDMSAPI_INBOUND table as type LA location alarm Note that the eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT table can have definitions of more than one input program Although there is a functional relationship between eDMSAPI and eLOCATION instances there is no one to one relation between these instances An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 11501 eLOCIR Called dev str This field contains the number of the extension type LA from eDMSAPI_INBOUND table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 112 eLOCIR Calling dev str This field contains the internal extension of the calling party so the extension that ini
323. ll Rights Reserved 80 Module eTM HA Edit Print Open With UltraEdit 32 CD Add to Zip 19 Add to eTM zip t Zip and E Mail eTM zip Send To gt Cut Copy Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties 2 Confirm that you wish to merge the registry Choose Yes to continue Registry Editor 2 Are you sure you want to add the information in C SOPHOM 1 Exe ETM SI 4 REG to the registry 3 Confirm completion of the registry merge Click OK js G Information in C SOPHOM 1 Exe ETM SI 4 REG has been successfully entered into the registry End The command RegEdit or RegEdt32 can be used to verify the configuration or to apply changes to an existing configuration Future releases of DECT Messengerwill provide automatic procedures for configuring the Task Manager from the Configurator module The eGRID module features a command button Generate registry files for eTM Click this button to read the eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT table and automatically generate the required shortcuts for each site and environment as shown in Procedure 6 Generate shortcuts page 81 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Check tasks 81 Procedure 6 Generate shortcuts Step Action 1 Use eGRID to generate registry files for eTM Launch eGRID and click Generate regis
324. lling device e Called number extension of called device The replacement values are parsed by their corresponding value and SOS from calling number on location location at Location Date location time can result in for authorized SOS from 865 on location elevator 2 at 2004 01 27 14 57 Since release 3 0 it is possible to use a visual DNR to a device in the Messenger new field DEV Visual dnr str in table eKERNEL_ DEVICE Now when the system configurator configures a device with a visual DNR this DNR is used to format a message when it contains Calling number The end user is confronted with the visual DNR An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows SOS from calling number on location at Location Date location time eLOCIR Comments str Use this field to enter additional information It is informational only An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Default configuration Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 398 Table eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT er 1000 ren ning Book 2 110 ition and Cc 301 02 01 4J Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 399 Table LOCATION RPN eLOCATION_RPN parameters Name Type eLOCREN Site id n Long Integer eLOCREN Area id n Lon
325. log relay failed page 22 Figure 13 Relaying error log relay failed 28 10 2001 14 46 31 O TCP RCPT TO francis missiaen ls be 28 10 2001 14 46 31 I TCP 550 5 7 1 Unable to relay for francis missiaen 1s be Other messages can be shown instead for example 550 prohibited 550 Unable to relay and so on To correct this issue consult with the system administrator regarding the rights granted for routing and relaying in the module Nortel recommends that the IP address of eSMTP be defined in the SMTP server of the mail platform so that eSMTP is allowed to send mail to destinations that are not in the local domain The related configuration issues are beyond the scope of this document In the following pages configuration information is shown for illustration only Look for a more detailed discussion of relaying and routing issues in the official documentation for your SMTP server Windows 2000 Exchange Domino iSeries 400 and so on Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Relaying and Routing 23 Windows SMTP server In Windows SMTP Server part of the Internet Information Server you can for instance grant access by clicking Start on the Windows task bar and choosing Settings gt Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Properties gt Internet Service Man
326. lt gt Done me Local intranet e Getlmage The Getlmage request is sent from each Subscriber to the Publisher on a regular time interval as specified in the registry The publishing system responds to such a request with an XML image of the Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 86 Module eTM HA Messenger CFG database Figure 86 TCP Server Get Image response page 86 shows an example Figure 86 TCP Server Get Image response 0 110 49 170 7000 request GetImage Microsoft Internet Explorer Mi EG File View Favorites Tools Help Back gt Q A search GyFavorites media AE BE Address l http 10 110 49 170 7000 request Getimage Go Local intranet The XML image file provided by the Getlmage request can be expanded and collapsed with the plus and minus signs as shown in Figure 87 Expanded information page 86 For more information on the XML image see XML image page 90 Figure 87 Expanded information 3 http 10 110 49 170 7000 request GetImage Microsoft Internet Explorer MSIE File Edit View Favorites Tools Help EJ Back A A Qsearch Favorites Meda lt 4 G GE Address E http 10 110 49 170 7000 request Getimage Eao lt xml version 1 0 encoding iso 8859
327. ltilingual With the correct definition English users see the table of contents in English Dutch users in Dutch and so on To implement a new language 1 Define the appropriate language code in the eWEB_USER_AUTH table 2 Translate the descriptions of the links in the eWEB_TOC table 3 Edit the eWeb_mri php file that is located in C SOPHO Messenger Net Web htdocs 4 Provide an additional section for the new language The eWeb_mri php is provided in English 2909 and Dutch 2963 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2909 WTC_Text_str This field specifies the text that the web user sees in the table of contents Nortel recommends using the same language as specified in the field WTC Language str An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Welcome in English 2909 or Welkom in Dutch 2963 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eWEB_TOC parameters 435 WTC Link str This field specifies the hyperlink associated with the table of contents If blank the hyperlink is inactive This is typically used to logically group menu options in different sections and define such empty link for the header of each section See the sample in Table 59 Valid WTC Link str values page 435 for more information In most cases
328. ly found in this field is as follows 10 110 49 169 eLOC LA port str This parameter refers to the port number that is TCP Server on the DAP Controller is listening to This value for a SIP DECT system should be 28008 eLOC GeneralTimeOut_n This parameters specifies the timeout in seconds that is LOCATION is allowed to resolve location requests to the DAP Controller This value is typically set to 10 seconds When the eLOCATION module receives a location request from the eXERNEL a question is sent to the DAP Controller and the DAP Controller is responds with the last known location information The timeout parameter defines the allotted time to wait for an answer from the DAP Controller When a timeout occurs the location returned to eKERNEL is undefined N A If you experience frequent time outs you should consider increasing the value or try to isolate the resource problem An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 eLOC Retry count n This parameter defines how many retries are sent to the eLOCATION module when a negative acknowledge NACK is received on the eLOCATION request This situation is typically when there is no response from the DAP Controller on location request The requests are sent with a eLOC_Retry_intv_n interval in seconds If after eLOC Retry count n retries a negative acknowledgement is still received the request status is END in eLOCATION REEQUEST table If this request was on
329. ly sent to one eLOCATION module the alarm is set and the replacements values Location Location Date and Location Time are set to If the location request was sent to more then one eLOCATION module the parameters associated with this request see table eLOCATION_ INBOUND RESULT are relevant An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eLOC_Retry_intv_n This field specifies the interval in seconds to re send a location request to the eLOCATION module when it previously received a negative acknowledge An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eLOCATION parameters 393 eLOC_Polling_intv_n This parameter is not implemented in current release Specify value 0 here An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 eLOC Comments str Use this field to add descriptive text on the instance of the eLOCATION module For authorized identify the physical location of the DCC board in the switch An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Default configuration Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks A
330. m priority length and so on The remainder of the action is defined in the eDMSAPI INBOUND R ESULT table where a message is defined and a destination group is assigned based on calling and called device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1190101 eDMSAPIIE Ala id Urgent n This field defines based upon appropriate record selection through CLID detection the alarm characteristics of the alarm that are initiated as a result of the incoming message process with a priority Urgent The alarm identifier must match a definition in eKERNEL ALARM table and defines properties such as alarm priority length and so on The remainder of the action is defined in the eDMSAPI INBOUND R ESULT table where a message is defined and a destination group is assigned based on calling and called device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1190102 eDMSAPIIE Comments str This field can contain remarks from the administrator and is informational only Table 13 Sample Data Called Calling Alarm ID Alarm ID Comments device device Normal Urgent Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eDMSAPI inbound_ event parameters 265 Table 13 Sample Data cont d device device Normal Urgent 861 ALL 1190101 1190102 User to User msg
331. mat the message either completely replacing the message or manipulating the message by means of a prefix and suffix Refer to Table 50 eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT sample data page 375 for authorizeds on message formats Messages are built based upon fixed characters and the message special value which is replaced by the original message text as follows e A format AA message translates Hello world into AA Hello world e A format FIRE ALARM translates Hello world into FIRE ALARM An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows see Table 50 eKERNEL_MESSAGE_FORMAT sample data page 375 Msg_VBVoice_phrase_str The default value for this field is blank The value is currently ignored unless the output program eVBVOICE is used Since eVBVOICE sends its outbound information through audio and not through alphanumeric information translation of a message into an audio file needs to be defined In the current release there is no text to speech facility in the product Therefore each alarm identifier needs to be predefined with a prerecorded audio wave file Refer to the eVBVOICE documentation for more information An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows EvacuationSET wav Msg_descr_str This describes the conversion process This field is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 C
332. mation that is stored in the Messenger_DATA database which is an internal repository that temporarily stores active alarms Figure 182 Work with Active Alarms page page 179 shows an overview of the Messenger structure and enumerates the site underlying areas and all output modules Alarms are organized according to output program and the number of active alarms appears next to each output program In the example shown in the figure eDMSAPI has 2 active alarms and eESPA has 1 active alarm Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 179 Figure 182 Work with Active Alarms page F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer H Tjajxj File Edt View Favortes Tools Help Heak gt OA Address hup messenger Ez index sho x ew Work with Active Alarms Please select output module L 2 active alarms 0 A 1 active alarm Q D Active alarms B LY Ended alarms D D S OK asi p S E Advanced E 3 Cexpert D Security O me English El le PTT amtet The report provides a snapshot of an instant in time and is not updated in real time Click refresh to update the information in the report Click on a Module to see the details of active alarms for that program as shown in Figure 183 Module details
333. me Type Data 3 eTM_Ha ab Default REG_S5SZ value not set General ab Address REG_5Z 10 110 50 138 F Beat Publisher ab Description REG_SZ Sint Maarten s a E ab Port REG_S2 7000 P 0 50 0 51 1 a P 0 50 1 51 0 a P 0 50 1 51 1 P 1 50 0 51 0 ED P 1 50 0 51 1 a P 1 50 1 51 0 P 1 50 1 51 1 Subscribers I 0 Images P 0 eu IT 1 Ci Images P 0 ea My Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM_HaA Publisher i The same information is represented in the eTM_HA Overview tab as illustrated in Figure 76 Registry settings Publisher overview in eTM_HA page 76 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 76 Module eTM HA Figure 76 Registry settings Publisher overview in eTM HA a eTM_HA SOPHO Messenger Net 2 9 16 E Task Manager High Availability E Environments Environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 m General E Publisher EO Description Sint Maarten HO Address 10 110 50 138 Port 7000 EO Available 1 Subscribers Images Role Publisher 11 tasks running Image P 1 S0 0 51 1 P 1 S0 0 51 1 Environment Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 oI Copyright 2004 by IBS Technology amp Serv
334. meters 407 A value of for authorized 2 indicates alarms with priority 0 1 and 2 are considered to be confirmed using this callback procedure An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eSMTP Silence intv n This field specifies the silence interval the time between repeating outstanding messages that need confirmation The parameter corresponds with the parameter available in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table but overrules the latter value Due to bandwidth restrictions a larger value than specified in eKERNEL_ ALARM table is suitable For authorized repeating unconfirmed alarms every two minutes in a mail destination environment is not desirable A typical value is ten minutes The value must be expressed in seconds An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 600 eSMTP_From_address str This field specifies the e mail address of the sender of both eSMTP module and eWEB module form Send SMTP Message The specified value is used in the MAIL FROM tag of the mail composition process as spec RFC821 and RFC1521 Note In R3 0 there is now the ability to specify a friendly name as well The module eSMTP and eWEB now support any of the following three syntax francis missiaen ibsbe be lt francis missiaen ibsbe be gt Francis Missiaen lt francis missiaen ibsbe be gt An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows francis missiaen ibsbe be eSMTP_Comm
335. munication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 161 The middle of the left pane is a navigation menu that provides a hierarchical representation of the available functions The available links depend on the authorization level of the user and on what modules and infrastructure are installed or available The bottom part of the left pane contains a menu that allows you to change the language of the user interface The default language is English you can choose other languages if they are installed on the system The contents of the right pane vary depending on the function you select in the navigation pane Log out To log out of Web Administrator click Logout in the navigation pane Nortel recommends that you log out whenever you leave your computer unattended Send a message When the Send a Message section appears in the navigation pane you can send a message to one or more of the following depending on what modules are available and how the system is configured e DECT handset e Mobile phone Email e Windows e Group Message e User Message When all DECT peripherals are considered one logical group links are organized into a tree that is two levels deep Send a Message gt DECT handset In some larger environments with more than one PBX DECT peripherals are organized de
336. n cont d 3 14 2209 Device Device Inquiry eWEB_device_inquiry eWEB device inquiry php en a es sfs 0 2900 Mamenance dS ra S lole Jondemous o sfe o fees seuy fr CS Te a o s e 1 2909 Change Password eWEB chapwaiphe fo afe 1 2063 Paswoordwizigen ewEB chopwaphe 0 sp loeo fe S f Tr of e S o ee ERE ER 7 RERERER 2909 Contact me mailto francis missiaen 1s s be PES 2963 Kontakteer mij mailto francis missiaen 1s be s1718 2909 Number One Systems 1s launch htm HLHH 2963 Number One Systems 1s launch htm Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 438 Table eWEB_TOC Figure 221 eWEB_TOC sample result language 2909 and language 2963 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Table eWEB USER AUTH EWEB USER _AUTH parameters Name Type USERA UserID str Text USERA Password str Text USERA Sec level n Integer USERA Description str Text USERA Language str Text USERA Email str Text USERA Allobj b Yes No USERA Secadm b Yes No USERA Service b Yes No USERA Comments str Text USERA UserlD str Size 10 10 50 100 255 439 This field contains a User ID The eWEB mod
337. n attempts to connect to the eKERNEL as shown in Figure 20 eKERNEL connection attempt page 28 This is performed based upon the address and port information obtained from the Shortcut Figure 20 eKERNEL connection attempt 28 10 2001 16 08 07 S INF Application eSMTP_server SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 7 started with pa rameters Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eKernel port 3110 Log drive c 28 10 2001 16 08 08 S INF TCP local port 01127 connected with remote port 03110 eKERNEL At connection the eSMTP_server requests the eKERNEL to provide additional configuration settings as shown in Figure 21 Configuration request page 28 The eKERNEL authenticates the client and responds with a configuration reply as shown in Figure 22 Configuration reply page 29 Figure 21 Configuration request 228 10 2001 16 08 08 O TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrqs gt lt appl gt eSMTP_server lt appl gt lt site gt 3 lt site gt lt cfgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 16 08 08 I TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrpy gt lt email_dir gt c inetpub mailroot drop lt email_dir gt lt poll_intv gt 10 lt poll_intv gt lt email_dir_processed gt c inetpub mailroot drop processed lt email_dir_processed gt lt keep_processed gt 5 lt keep_processed gt lt email_dir_error gt c inetpub mailroot drop error lt email_dir_error gt lt keep_error gt 5 lt keep_error gt lt log_path gt C SOPHO Messen ger net lt log_path gt lt log_days gt 1 lt log_days
338. n the example in the following figure the script is activated once In the example configuration the script can be activated ten time as shown in the 1x 10x indicator Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 198 Module Web Administrator User Guide Please select script refresh A site 1 NEC Philips A O Area 1 Hilversum LJ RAMPENPLAN FASE1 1x 10x L RAMPENPLAN FASE2 L RAMPENPLAN FASE3 End Work with Scripts End Script The function Work with End Script is available to Supervisor and Administrator Follow the steps in the next procedure to use Work with End Script Procedure 20 Ending Scripts Step Action 1 Open the Work with Scripts window and click End script An empty screen indicates that no active scripts are present and so no active scripts are available to end In the example shown in the figure below one active script is available Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 199 12181 x Fle Edt View Favors Tools Hap Le Back gt Address http messenger EZ index php z es End Script Please select script 1 RAMPENPLAN FASE1
339. n to Web Administrator 149 Logs 105 M Main site 67 Maintain users 151 Maintenance of devices facilities groups and users 207 Menu option RECORD 101 Menu type CONFIRM 98 Menu type SET and RESET 99 Merging registry files 79 Messages from eKERNEL 15 Migrate system from eTM to eTM HA 65 Mobile phone 161 166 Module eSMTP 13 Module eSMTP_server 25 Module eSNMP 39 Module eTM_HA 65 Module eVBVOICE 95 Module eVBVOICE AHVR 117 Module eWEB 123 Module Web Administrator 149 Module Web administrator user guide 153 Msg Ala id n 373 Msg_ Comments str 375 Msg_descr str 374 Msg Msg str 374 Msg_VBVoice phrase str 374 N National Instruments example 318 Outbound calls 95 Output program activity 15 P P 0 91 1 91 Password PBX 105 159 177 451 PHP 229 PlayMsgs 105 Plug in modules 147 Plug in support 147 Publisher 87 92 Publisher and subscriber model 67 Publisher section 73 R Record 105 RECORD 118 Record specific alarm message 117 Recording wave files 101 reg files 79 Registry definitions 87 Relaying and routing eSMTP 21 Reporting active scripts 200 Reporting ended scripts 202 Reports of active alarms 178 Reports of ended alarms 181 Reports on alarms 183 Reset alarms 117 Rhetorex 105 111 S Sample data 241 SAPI ASR 105 SAPLTTS 105 Script message 136 Send a message 161 Send an SNMP trap 204 Send DMS API message 126 Send group message 131 Send message requests 2
340. nal infrastructure The site area output program application and device identifier identify peripherals These four values define a peripheral unambiguously A number of sample records are shown in Table 40 GRPM_Dev_id_str sample records page 350 Table 40 GRPM_Dev_id_str sample records Output program Facility 32479638338 eASYNC PROXIMUS 9789074 eASYNC PAGING 475353215 eASYNC PROXIMUS bekds 1s be eSMTP SMTP Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL GROUP MEMBER parameters 351 Table 40 GRPM Dev id str sample records cont d Er program Facility oom fo fo wooo feo wooo feo wooo so no eo bo F eo EEN i o h foso feo fo o h fowo feo o GRPM Dev Site id n This value refers to the site identifier of the input program that is associated with the group Refer to Table eKERNEL SITE page 377 for more details on the site parameter An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRPM Dev Area id n This value refers to the area identifier of the input program that is associated with the group Refer to Table eKERNEL AREA page 313 for more details on the site parameter An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRP OUTPGM Appl str This field provides the ou
341. nce_n This field is a sequence number and makes the records unique in the database The field allows you to define the sequence used to present the data in the Send Group Message function Nortel recommends that you start with a value of 1 and increase by one for subsequent messages An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 WGM_Message str This field specifies the message that is shown to the eWEB user in the Send Group Message functionality and is finally sent to the destination users Note the length of the message must be smaller than or equal to the maximum length associated with the WGM_AIA_id_n definition in eKERNEL ALARM table For authorized when an alarm identifier defines maximum length in eKERNEL_ALARM table of 48 bytes the specified message must not be longer that 48 bytes A special value FREE can be defined enabling the end user to enter a message An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Evacuation qualified or FREE user defined message WGM_AIA_id_n This field must have a value that corresponds with any of the definitions in ekERNEL ALARM table for the eWEB interface For authorized if eWEB is input program 11701 and ALARM table contains alarm identifiers 1170101 and 1170102 and 1170103 one of these defined values must be used In most cases a number of alarm identifiers are defined to handle different message lengths and different message priorities
342. nd list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind liet Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list Varbind list 17338 400 1 2 17338 400 1 17338 400 17338 400 17338 400 17338 400 17338 400 17338 400 10 10 00 00 3 3 On OUI UT de de Lu LU NN Additional Parameters Remote IP address 10 110 49 170 Remote port 2 2 eae 00162 0 65535 Code character set ID 00500 Character value log 2 wee 0 eee N Y Yes N No F3 Exit F4 Prompt FS Refresh F12 Cancel F13 How to use this display F24 More keys Contact Nortel product support to obtain more details Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 49 Module eTM The module eTM is an application that is represented as a small icon in the system tray on the bottom right hand side of the desktop This tray is usually populated with other applications as shown in Figure 49 System Tray page 49 where the eTM icon is shown to the immediate left of the clock Figure 49 System Tray RESTE HET 23 33 When the mouse is moved over the icon in the system tray right click to open the menu shown in Figure 50 Open Task Manager page 49 Figure 50 Open Task Manager Open Task Mana
343. nd password is found you are able to continue working in the eWEB module It is important to know that during the sign on procedure two additional parameters are fetched the language code and the security level The language code determines the language of the forms that are presented to the user If for example the language code is 2909 Belgian English the panels are in English If the language code is 2963 Belgian Dutch the panels are in Dutch The security level determines the table of contents options that are presented to the user A user with a limited security level has only a small number of options available whereas a user with a high security level has many options available Refer to the documentation of Table eWEB_TOC page 433 for more information on the table of contents mechanism Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Sign on procedure 125 In the illustrations on the following pages the user shown has a language code that refers to English forms and a security level that gives access to all available options The information displayed varies depending on your security level and language code When you sign on a window similar to the one shown in Figure 139 eWEB main window page 125 is displayed Figure 139 eWEB main window Welcome
344. ne 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Module eTM Figure 55 Example of configuration of four environments Registry Editor Registry Edit View Favorites Help A SOPHO Messenger Net Ej em 3 SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net 5 SOPHO Messenger Net a SOPHO Messenger Net a SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net 3 SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net 5 SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO Messenger Net 5 SOPHO Messenger Net 3 SOPHO Messenger Net Site 2 Environment LOCAL 5 SOPHO Messenger Net C SOPHO Messenger Net Site 3 Environment LOCAL SOPHO Messenger Net 3 SOPHO Messenger Net a SOPHO Messenger Net A SOPHO SysDirector Net a TCP Monitor Bi Es iT Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI CSTA Service eASYNC Port 3105 eCAP Port 3102 eCAP Port 3103 eCAP Port 3104 eCSTA Port 3107 eDMSAPI Port 3101 elO Port 3108 eKernel Site 1 eSMTP Port 3111 eSMTP_server Port 3110 eVBVOICE Port 3106 Site 1 Environment GNTN1SKDS CSTA Service eCSTA Port 3207 eESPA Port 3113 eESPA Port 3114 eKernel Site 1 eESPA Port 3115 eKernel Site 2 CSTA Service eDMSAPI Port 3101 eKernel Site 3 My Comput
345. ne 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved elO Al parameters 303 Table 23 elO_Al sample data cont d 2 2 o 0 00 000000 00 000000 12 000000 20 000000 A INP Analog 118 UT 0 Input 08 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 304 Table elO Al Table 23 elO_Al sample data cont d Cc o n t Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 305 Table elO DI elO_DI parameters Name eIODI Site id n eIODI Area id n eIODI Module str eIODI_Contact_str eIODI_ContactType str eIODI_ALA Descr_str eIODI GRP Name str eIODI_MSG str eIODI Comments str elODI Site id n This field refers to the site identifier as defined in the eKERNEL SITE table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elODI Area id n This field refers to the area identifier as defined in the eKERNEL AREA table In most environments this value is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 elODI Module str This value refers to the 2 byte module identifier specified in the FieldPoint Explorer and in elO MODUL
346. never change the current value manually CFG_Comments str This field provides space for the administrator to enter comments such as reminder information describing for authorized the full name of the site Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 384 Table eKERNEL SITE An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Development site of Number One System Table 51 eKERNEL_SITE sample data page 384 shows authorizeds of data found in the eKERNEL_SITE table authorized data is split to improve readability Table 51 eKERNEL_SITE sample data peseripton Admin Address Table 52 eKERNEL_SITE sample data continued Log Watch Log path Garbage dog Comments C SOPHO DISAB Ox 58 Messenger net LED 21 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 385 Table eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT eKERNEL TCPCLIENT parameters Name TCPCLIENT Site id n TCECLIENT Kernel port TCPCLIENT Area id n TCPCLIENT INPGM id n TCPCLIENT Pom name str TCPCLIENT Socket str TCPCLIENT Environment TCPCLIENT Comments str Type Size Integer 2 str Text 5 Integer 2 Long Integer 4 Text 20 Text 50 str Text 50 Text 255 TCPCLIENT site id n
347. ng Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 226 Module Web Administrator User Guide D I DOs DODI aE ape 3 Figure 199 Backward compatibility isix Ple Edt View Favorites Tools Help Ea awe TE a Address http IImessenger EZ_index php zj eo Nork with User al Site 1 Site 1 Field Value Identifier supervisor _ Password supervisor _ Security level Supervisor a Description Default description 777 Language English Email address N A All object authority No Security administrator authority No Service authority No Extension N A Comments Befautt comments 77 cancel apply BE Local intranet a Expert The Expert function is available to Administrator A number of additional links can be available in Web Administrator Expert tasks The Expert tasks function is available to Administrator Work with Tasks provides a list of active tasks that are detected in a TASKLIST command line output The list of active tasks function is available when you run a U S version of the Windows XP operating system An empty screen is returned in other environments The contents of this view is comparable to what you see in eTM The list of tasks enumerates the processes that are known in the system and registers as Messenger related tasks Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning
348. ng a Publisher site Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 76 255 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 76 255 SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA_Service exe Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 76 255 SOPHO Messenger Net eAPI Port 3212 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eAPI exe Site 1 eKernel port 3212 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 76 255 SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3202 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 eKernel port 3202 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 76 255 SOPHO Messenger Net eDMSAPI Port 3201 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eDMSAPI exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 76 255 eKernel port 3201 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 continued on next page Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 72 Module
349. ng eASYNC and successfully delivered status ACK they continue to behave as if the status is NACK The alarm is repeated every eASYNC Silence intv n seconds until confirmation is received If the alarm is not confirmed within DEV Retry count ALT DEV id n eKERNEL_ device retries it is sent to the alternative devices if configured Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 238 Table eASYNC An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eASYNC Silence intv n This value specifies how frequently users are informed of remaining active messages The default value is 600 seconds which reduces unnecessary calling traffic to the provider Note that a similar value is implemented in eKERNEL_ ALARM table The value here overrides the value in the eKERNEL ALARM table due to bandwidth constraints An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 600 seconds eASYNC Comments str This field can contain remarks from the administrator and is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 239 Table eBACKUP eBACKUP parameters Name BU Site id n BU From Path str BU From File str BU To Pat
350. ng this field in Nortel environments only An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2000 for DECT handset with DNR 2000 and hardware ID 00300 DMC DEV_Descr_str This description is used to show information on devices in the eWeb module Nortel recommends adding the name of the owner of the device An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows DECT Kristien Daneels DEV_PinCode_str Some business processes need a confirmation of end user Some technologies provide this during alarm notification such as LRMS messaging on eDMSAPI allow using OK to confirm message delivery However some notification technologies do not offer immediate end user confirmation during notification eASYNC eSMTP eSMS and so on Some modules provide inbound confirmation eCSTA by means of inbound voice call based upon CLIP eVBVOICE by means of inbound voice call based on DTMF entered pincode and eSMS my means of inbound SMS message based on CLIP of mobile phone or pincode in SMS message With these pincodes all messages for all devices with a matching pincode can be cleared For authorized pincode 12345 clears the alarms for those devices that specify 12345 in the DEV PinCode str field An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 12345 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyri
351. nger system The Template databases reside in the path C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Templates and are typically installed as part of the installation process step 02 02 SOPHO Messenger Net Templates The administrator can decide to not install these templates WARNING Warning The Import function replaces the active Messenger_CFG MDB configuration database so all configuration is lost Only use the Import as part of an initial system setup When you customize Messenger_CFG MDB no longer use the Import capabilities as this results in the loss of all entered configuration data Follow the steps in the next procedure to install and configure Export import Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 231 Procedure 27 Installing and configuring Export import Step Action Open the Configuration window and click Expert 2 Click Import link A window similar to the window in the following figure appears The contents and available databases can vary ees Fle Edt View Favortes Tool Help eus D Address http messenger EZ_index php gt Import Configuration a Please select configuration database to import Description Comments 00 empty Tue 27 Nov 2007 14 02 52 0800 01 eDMSAPI and eLOCATION and eWEB on iS3000 Tue 27 Nov 2007
352. ning the pop up menu shown in Figure 50 Open Task Manager page 49 and choosing the Exit menu option ATTENTION Nortel recommends that you close applications using shut down exit or close options in the applications themselves to ensure a clean shutdown This helps to protect volatile data properly close down serial and sockets communications free resources clean up garbage and so on To stop processes gracefully follow the steps described in Procedure 4 Shutting down eTM page 63 Procedure 4 Shutting down eTM Step Action Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 64 Module eTM Open the eTM_HA pop up menu Right click the eTM_HA icon in the system tray Stop the eTM_HA e Choose the menu item Task Manager Stop e Choose the menu item Exit The following confirmation prompt is shown do not click OK or Cancel yet eTM SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 GNTNISCTI x Please confirm that you really want to terminate the module Task Manager It is highly recommended to manually close down all associated tasks prior to continuing Then press OK to terminate the Task Manager and any remaining tasks launched by the Task Manager x JE Note The application also responds to a system Log off or Shut down event Shut down the applica
353. nseconds until confirmation and proceeds with the alternative device s if configured if not confirmed within the DEV_Retry_count_ALT_DEV_id_n eKernel_device retries An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eOAI Silence _intv n This value specifies the silence interval in seconds the frequency users are informed on remaining active messages The default value is 600 The function is enabled to prevent calling the provider over again for each individual change that occurs and thus leads module and their destination users some pace interval Note that a similar value is implemented in eKERNEL_ ALARM table The value here overrides the value in the eKERNEL ALARM table due to bandwidth constraints An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 600 eOAI Comments str Use this field to enter administrator comments It is informational only An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Default eOAI configuration Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 403 Table eOAP eOAP parameters Name eOAP Site id n eOAP Area id n eOAP Framework Address str eOAP Framework Port n un M L H eOAP ALA Prty DIMF Confirm n eOAP Silence intv n eOAP Comments str nnn Onn n a eOAP Site id
354. ntages when deploying the high availability eTM_HA For modules that reside on a different PC Nortel recommends specifying the fixed IP address of the distributed system An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows LOCAL or 192 168 3 100 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL TCPCLIENT parameters 389 TCPCLIENT Comments str This field can be used by an administrator to enter reminder information describing for authorized usage of the module An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows This module handles input of ELDAD Table 54 eKERNEL_TCPClient sample data page 389 shows authorizeds of data found in the eKERNEL_TCPClient table Table 54 eKERNEL_TCPClient sample data 3104 1 31103 eAPI Close after receive o EE EE ES CE CT VE om EE CE eme keon Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 390 Table eKERNEL TOPCLIENT 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 391 Table e LOCATION eLOCATION parameters Type Long Integer Long Integer Text Text Long Integer N eLO0C Retry count on Long Integer eLOC_Ret
355. ntifier for a group The field is a unique key in the database Nortel recommends defining group identifiers using the following naming convention Table 35 Recommended Group identifier naming convention Byte 1 5 Input program Site of input program Byte2 Area of input program ewes mputprogemyps O RE PRET T7T 7 VE SO frue D A ET Te 5 nut program sequence number Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 344 Table eKERNEL_ GROUP Example 31101 00001 denotes site 3 area 1 input program type eCAP or eAPI input program sequence 01 group name 00001 For each defined group one or more group member must be defined in the eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER table You can assign authority to the groups by means of the eKERNEL_GROU P_AUTH table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 31101_00001 GRP_InPGM_id_n As described above group identifiers are uniquely defined by combining input program identifier and group name The input program is the value specified in the eKERNEL_INPGM table Nortel recommends following the naming convention set out in Table 36 Recommended Group identifier naming convention page 344 Table 36 Recommended Group identifier naming convention Byte 1 5 Input program e a P eCAP oreAPloreESPA O oe as a 7
356. nts It can contain information on physical location cabling building plan references and so on It can also be used to add MAC addresses and IP addresses here An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Default configuration Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 401 Table eOAI eOAI parameters Name eOAI Site id n eOAI Area id n eOAI_ Framework Address str eOAI Framework Port n un M L e eOAI ALA Prty DIMF Confirm n eOAI Silence intv n eOAI Comments str Quy nn ony n a eOAI Site id n This field describes the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL SITE table An instance of eOA is uniquely defined by means of a site and area identifier An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eOAI Area id n This field describes the area identifier as defined in the eKERNEL_ AREA table An instance of eOA is uniquely defined by means of a site and area identifier An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eOAI Framework Address str This field describes the IP address of the Framework that handles the OAI Services An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 127 0 0 1 eOAI Framework Port n This field describes the port number of the Framework that h
357. nvolves a sockets connection between eSMTP and the SMTP server of choice For such a connection eSMTP is TCP client and the SMTP server is TCP server listening on port 25 Initialization The eSMTP module is started by means of a shortcut Figure 1 Example of required keywords page 13 shows an example of the required keywords Figure 1 Example of required keywords C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eSMTP exe Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eKernel port 3111 Log drive C The following keywords are used Site The Site keyword denotes the site that is assigned to the eSMTP module e eKERNEL address The eKERNEL address keyword denotes the IP address that is assigned to the eKERNEL module The eSMTP contacts this IP address to connect to the eKERNEL e eKERNEL port The eKERNEL port keyword denotes the port number that is assigned in the configuration for the eSMTP client instance Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 14 Module eSMTP On startup the eSMTP application attempts to connect to the eKERNEL This is performed based upon the address and port information obtained from the shortcut At connection the eSMTP requests the eKERNEL to provide additional configuration settings This is known as a configuration request The eKERNEL in turn authenticates the clien
358. od the identifier indicates the site area input program application and sequence number An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 11101 INPGM_Site_id_n This field specifies the number of the site as defined in eKERNEL_SITE table In most cases this is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 INPGM_Area_id_n This field specifies the number of the area as defined in eKERNEL_AREA table In most cases this is 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 INPGM_Appl_str This field indicates the specification of the input program There is a predefined list of supported values each of them refers to a module In the current release only the following values are supported eAPI eCAP eESPA eSNMP eVBVOICE eCSTA elO eWEB and eSMTP_ server Other modules can be added to the list in future releases The recommended naming convention dictates the use of an appropriate value for the field INPGM id n The eCAP and eAPI input programs have identities such as xx1xx and the eVBVOICE input programs have identifiers xx4xx and so on An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eAPI Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_INPGM parameters 367 INPGM Manufacturer
359. odule details page 180 should only be used by Expert users to provide them with the ability to selectively set an alarm Alarms are normally set automatically following normal call flow Prior to release 4 0 removing an alarm can be done only through general Reset all alarms in eKERNEL or through low level database maintenance tools such as SQL Server 2000 Enterprise Manager Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 181 Reports of ended alarms The system generates reports of ended alarms that are processed through eLOG and makes them available to users with User expert Supervisor and Administrator privilege You are provided access to the internal repository that is maintained through the eLOG module through Work with Ended Alarms Work with Ended alarms writes information into a comma separated file for every input request output request and output response You can use the optional eLOG module to access the information provided by Work with Ended alarms Note eLOG is a an add on module which you can purchase separately as part of a Premium Package The eLOG repository is stored for a configurable number of days You choose a date in the first selection screen The default is the current day Figure 184 Work with Ended alarms First selection screen
360. oliday refers to the dates defined in the eKERNEL HOLIDAY table At installation time a few dates are defined The tables must be maintained by an administrator You can use this calendar for other purposes such as indicating official closing days if this is suitable to your working environment An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GRPM_Activate_timestamp_str This field specifies the timestamp when the record becomes activated The format is YYYYMMDDHHMMSS The GRPM_Activate_timestamp_str and GRPM_Desactivate_timestamp_ str fields can be used to define a time interval where records are active This functionality allows to anticipate on future changes in availability of staff and is typically used in environments where planning is needed for staff regimes changing schedules holiday period and so on An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20010101000000 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER parameters 355 GRPM _Desactivate timestamp str This field specifies the timestamp when the record becomes deactivated The format is YYYYMMDDHHMMSS The GRPM_Activate_timestamp_str and GRPM Desactivate timestamp_ str fields can be used to define a time interval where records are active This functionality all
361. ommends that you first test the peripherals with the FieldPoint Explorer prior to configuring and taking elO into production Note Check your operating system settings to find out which decimal separator is in use Nortel recommends that you set the operating system to the country specific values thus the locale Belgium Dutch in Belgium even when an English operating system is installed These regional settings result in internal usage of decimal separator symbols in the form of period or comma If your system is set up with comma as decimal separator a comma must also be specified when values are entered in the database Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved elO Al parameters 295 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 03 000000 elOAI Min R str The value specifies the analogue level measured on a contact to reset a minus level alarm If minus level alarms are to be disabled a 00 000000 value can be specified Note All values must be specified in format 00 000000 with 2 digits before the decimal separator and 6 digits after the decimal separator The decimal separator must be set according to the operating system regional settings Refer to the FieldPoint Explorer documentation for more information the configuration of the FP Al 100 module
362. on detection ith cut through 2 INI SETTING INT SETTING DESCRIPTION units Overrides Tl bit pattern LoopStart settings see below to use 0 1 0 loopstart protocol Selects number of winks de mo N e ammediate A 2 E single wink default 2 after incoming ring Bible wink frinkTime Time in ms for wink duration fns 150 PrewinkDelav Prewink transmit delay in ms frs 0 Voicecard Dialogic T1 specific settings T1 bit pattern settings are used to configure the T1 bit patterns for the A amp B bits for non standard T1 configurations The first digit is the value for A bit the second is the value for B bit The values can be 00 01 10 or 11 where 00 means look for both A and B bits off 01 means look for A bit off B bit on and so on Valid values for tihookflash_ start and t1hookflash end are as follows Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 114 Module eVBVOICE Figure 124 e 0 set the bit specified in tihookflash clear any others e 1 set the bit specified in tihookflash leave others unchanged e 2 clear the bit specified in tihookflash leave others unchanged The difference between tianswer and tihangup settings is used to test for hangup notification from the switch For example if tianswer is 11 and tihangu
363. on the Publisher level that refers to the same environment for each image and with a definition on the Subscriber level that refers to the same environment for each image In this initial setup no environment changes occur and initial testing can take place In a later stage you can modify environments A copy of the production environment is usually made at the Subscriber sites for example Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 140 and Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 140 backup In this backup environment the tasks can be altered for example an eKERNEL instance can be added and eKERNEL_address refers to a local instance of eKERNEL Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Keeping track of states 89 Figure 90 Example Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 Windows Registry Editor Version 5 00 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA Service exe Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3403 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP ex
364. on the Publisher site Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 68 Module eTM HA The eTM HA software must be installed on both the Publisher and the Subscriber site Based upon configuration settings in the registry the instance behaves as Publisher or as Subscriber The following functionality is available e eTM functionality Launch tasks associated with an environment Keep track of running processes of an environment Restart tasks that are missing e eTM_HA specific functionality on Publisher TCP server listening on an administration port default 7000 Handling KeepAlive requests from Subscriber Handling Getlmage requests from Subscriber Keeping track of state of Publisher and Subscriber Changing the environment depending on the Publisher and Subscriber states e eTM_HA specific functionality on Subscriber TCP client connecting to Publisher administration port Sending KeepAlive requests to Publisher Sending Getlmage requests to Publisher Keeping track of state of Publisher and Subscriber Changing the environment depending on the Publisher and Subscriber states During a change of environment all running tasks of a previous environment are ended and new tasks of the new environment are launched During such an event the Subscribe
365. opyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ MESSAGE FORMAT parameters 375 Msg_ Comments str This field can be updated with remarks of the system administrator The value is informational only Table 50 eKERNEL_MESSAGE FORMAT sample data page 375 show s authorizeds of data found in the eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT table Table 50 eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT sample data Msg Aladin Meg mag sir Meg VBVoice phase str moon animes me faiimessase mons facimessae Poros fems I 1110201 BEMAC message ALARM 1110202 BEMAC message 1110203 BRAND message s 1110203 TECHN message Wormald_technical wav Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 376 Table eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 377 Table eKERNEL SITE eKERNEL_ SITE parameters Name Type Size CFG Site id n Integer 2 CFG Site Descr_ str Text 50 CFG Site Admin name str Text 50 CFG Site Admin email str Text 128 CFG _ Site eKernel _ ip str Text 15 CEG Site _eKernel_port str Text 5 CFG Site _eKernel socket str Text 50 CFG Connectionstring DATA str Text 255 CFG_eLOG Path_str Text 255 CFG_eLOG nmbr days n Integer 2 CEG Connectionstring CFG str Text 255 CEG Log nwbr days n Integer 2 CFG Log path str
366. or more than one period of time on a given day For authorized 08 00 12 00 and 13 15 17 30 in this case two group members must be defined one of 08 00 12 00 and another with 13 15 17 30 If the same time is specified in more than one case only the first record is processed Table 43 Guarding schedule authorizeds page 358 shows authorizeds of Guarding schedules Table 43 Guarding schedule authorizeds Remark Guarding is active 24 24 hr day and night Guarding is active from 06 30 to 13 30 Guarding is active from 21 00 till 06 00 GUA Mon b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Mondays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Mondays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 GUA Tue b This value specifies whether the group member record is active on Tuesdays Accepted values are True 1 or False 0 When 1 is specified the group member record is active on Tuesdays When 0 is specified the record is not active on this day An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_GUARDING parameters 359 GUA_Wed_b This value spec
367. osing the eTM and associated tasks This approach is similar to monitoring applications of other vendors such as the Apache Monitor or the SQL Server Service Manager Shutting down eTM_HA The eTM can be shut down by means of the pop up menu shown in Figure 66 Open Task Manager page 65 using the Exit menu option Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Check tasks 83 ATTENTION Nortel recommends that you close applications using shut down or exit close options in the applications to ensure a clean shutdown This helps to protect volatile data properly close down serial and sockets communications free resources clean up garbage and so on To stop the processes gracefully follow the steps in Procedure 7 Shutting down eTqM HA page 83 Procedure 7 Shutting down eTM_HA Step Action 1 Open the eTM_HA pop up menu Right click the eTM_HA icon in the system tray 2 Stop the eTM_HA e Choose the menu item Task Manager Stop e Choose the menu item Exit The following confirmation prompt is shown do not click OK or Cancel yet eTM SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 GNTNISCTI Q Please confirm that you really want to terminate the module Task Manager It is highly recommended to manually close down all associated tasks prior to continuing Then press OK to term
368. oup SNMP trap L Group Message User Message jts z 87 Group EDMSAPI Test from eWEB to eDMSAPI EZ_sndgrpmsg php step O2Bkey MV4xXKVETVNBUEk Local intranet 3 Select the group to which to send a message The Send Group Message gt Please confirm group page appears This page lists the group members Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 172 Module Web Administrator User Guide Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer Fle Edt View Favortes Toos Help Please confirm group Mol S O Email D windows continue back D snmp trap D Group Message Osi User Message 5 Dare 8 Manufacturer eWEB Model BASE IMSAPI Test from eWEB to D L Francis Missiaen 0x Device 1 1 6DMSAPI 865 so x English zl A i If you select the wrong group click back to select a different group 4 Click continue to confirm the group selection The Send Group Message gt Please select message page appears Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 173 F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator
369. ows the list of extensions that all reside locally on the same site and area but also displays an extension that resides on another area which is made available through the DEC_Ras_Area_b value in the eKERNEL_DEVICE table Figure 143 Local and remote extensions please select extension z please select extension Erika Vioebergs 867 Francis Missiaen 865 Kristien Daneels 866 Leen Maes 880 area 2 Mieke Goethals 868 Note The Send DMS API Message form always contacts that local DMS API Service of the same site and area as the Apache Web Server In a multi area environment where there are possible multiple eDMSAPI applications defined the local DMS API service contacts all peripherals Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 128 Module eWEB The user can enter a message and the message type normal or urgent and click Enter to transmit the message The application waits for message delivery or failure In the case of urgent messages this delay can sometimes be quite long because the application waits for the user to acknowledge receipt of the message by pressing OK on the DECT handset Send SMTP Message The Send SMTP Message window is shown in Figure 144 Send SMTP Message page 128 Figure 144 Send SMTP Message D Nortel Networks DECT Messenger ADMI
370. ows to anticipate on future changes in availability of staff and is typically used in environments where there is need for on front planning of staff regimes changing schedules holiday period and so on An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20991231235959 GRP Comments str This field can optionally be used by an administrator to store reminder information describing for authorized a description of the file usage An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Backup of regular anesthetist during holidays Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 356 Table eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 357 Table eKERNEL_GUARDING eKERNEL_GUARDING parameters Figure 217 eKERNEL_GUARDING parameters listing GUA INPPGM id n long 4 GUA From str Text 5 GUA To str Text 5 GUA Mon b Yes No 1 GUA Tue b Yes No 1 GUA Wed b Yes No 1 GUA Thu b Yes No 1 GUA Fri b Yes No 1 GUA Sat b Yes No 1 GUA Sun b Yes No 1 GUA Timeout n Integer 2 GUA msg str Text 255 GUA GRP Name str Text 50 GUA ALA id n long 4 GUA Comments str Text 255 GUA INPPGM id n This field specifies the unique identifier of the input program Note that this identifier is defined in the eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT ta
371. p Action 1 Open the your web browser and in the Address field enter the URL where Web Administrator is installed for example http messenger ez_index php The Login page appears Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 160 Module Web Administrator User Guide 3 Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer E sl xj File Edt View Favortes Took Help Ea Fr O Address hitp f messenger EZ_index php z Ca amp Bl Loain r User admin Password Heer submit User and password must be entered z E Done FF Local intranet 2 In the User field enter the user name provided by your administrator 3 In the Password field enter the password provided by your administrator The password appears as a series of asterisks 4 Click Submit If you enter an incorrect user name or password an error message appears Invalid user and password combination Try again if you still cannot log in contact your system administrator End The Web Administrator page The top part of the left pane of the Web Administrator page shows graphics or images that are related to the environment or the functionality that appears on the page When you select an option in Web Administrator the graphic changes to represent the selected function Nortel Com
372. p code 01 gt lt priority_01 gt 1 lt priority_01 gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt Output espa record SOH1STX1US12345RS2USMESSAGERS3US3RS4US3RS5US1RS6UsS1ETXB cc An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eESPA Comments str This field can be filled with comments to allow administrators to add some remarks to the configuration record Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Server 1000 OO mmissioning Book 2 10 Copyright 2003 201 its Reserved 0 Nortel Networks All Ri 285 Table eESPA OUTBOUND CFG eESPA_outbond_cfg parameters Name eESPAO Site id n eESPAO Area id n eESPAO ALA Prty from n eESPAO ALA Prty ton eESPAO BeepCode str eESPAO Priority str eESPAO Comments str eESPAO Site_id This field specifies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_SITE This value is in most environments equal to 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eESPAO Area id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_ AREA This value is in most environments equal to 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eESPAO ALA Prty from n This field refers to the ALA Prty n field of the table eKERNEL ALARM and defines the priority of an ala
373. p is 10 the B bit going to 0 is used to detect hangup The difference between tiringing and ttidle is used to test for incoming ring indication in the same way Loopstart overrides the tianswer settings to monitor B bit changes only and forces the other settings to use the following values e tlidle 01 e tlringing 00 e tihangup 00 no change e tthookflash 01 Ini settings Voicecard Dialogic T1 specific settings INI SETTING DESCRIPTION bits to set for idle line bits to set for IVR tol ans bits to change for a hookflash how hookflash Figure 125 wer call to st VBVoice uses the following events to determine start and end of an incoming call VBVoice events to start and end an incoming call LoopStart 0 Transition tiringing LoopStart 1 Fro idle STON Gilles State change on bit B Transition from tlanswer to Transition from tiidle to tihancup Voicecard Rhetorex specific settings Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 115 Figure 126 Ini settings Voicecard Rhetorex specific settings INI SETTING DESCRIPTION maximum duration of PCPM on no answer F t 7 seconds 40 Rhetorex only Voicecard Rhetorex T1 specific settings When the first seizure attempt fails a random back off is
374. pas mune Be Site 1 MEC Philips gt gt gt Area 1 Hilversum gt gt gt Module eCMSAPE Field Value Identifier Facility Cada ly Desenption Default desorption nt alternative devices 1 no m EET eS SE AE TY F Fives inant 9 Type apply to insert the definition 10 To return from the detailed screen click cancel Note Nortel highly recommended that you add a meaningful Description as this is represented to the Web Administrator during further maintenance Nortel also strongly recommends that you specify first name and last name or any other unique reference to define the owner of the peripheral 11 To maintain an existing device click the green arrow in front of an existing definition Identifier Facility Description Retry count alternative devices 865 C944 Francis Missiaen 1 12 Click edit to maintain the record 13 Click delete to remove a record cancel edit delete In the example in the following figure edit is clicked to maintain details of selected device 865 Note that some fields cannot be altered If you want to alter some fields you Must recreate the device Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 217 J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Inte
375. pending on the PBX they are registered too In such an environment links are organized into a tree that is two levels deep Send a Message gt DECT handset gt Area This would be the case in a environment with two areas the DECT handsets from one campus can be logically assigned in one area and the DECT handsets from another campus can be logically assigned in another area An example of such a multi area environment is shown in Figure 181 A multi site environment page 162 In this example the DECT handset Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 162 Module Web Administrator User Guide peripherals are logically split into four different areas The administrator defines the name for each area such as campus address building and so on When you send a message you must first select the area Figure 181 A multi site environment 3 Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer aA F T ajaj xj Fle Edt View Favortes Tools Help a He OL Address http messenger EZ_index php z CH send a Message S O DECT handset L me Eden E Awor A De Grep JOa s config 5 38 3 Da S O Exp secur Hint Gh English zj g BE Local intranet Send a message to a DECT handset Use the following procedure to send a message to a DECT h
376. pends on the called and calling devices The value must be the extension number of the device where the message is sent In most situations each device defined in eDMSAPI_INBOUND table as IA has at least one record in this table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 999 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 268 Table eDMSAPI_ INBOUND_ RESULT eDMSAPIIR_ Calling dev str This field specified a descriptor of the calling device As described in eDMSAPI documentation section incoming E2 messages are notified within eDMSAPI through calling device and called device When an incoming message to a device that is defined in CDMSAPI_INBOUND table as type IA incoming call alarm generation is detected by eDMSAPI the result action depends on the Called and Calling device The value must be the extension number to which the message was sent Possible values are Define an extension by number for authorized 866 Define a generic value ALL Define a generic number starting with some characters 85 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows ALL eDMSAPIIR GRP Name str This field specifies the group of users that is notified as a result of the IA incoming alarm generation process through eDMSAPI The group must be defined in JK E
377. phone Email Windows Security Logout Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 156 Module Web Administrator User Guide Authorization level Functionality User advanced Send a Message DECT handset Mobile phone Email Windows Group Message User Message Security Logout User expert Send a Message DECT handset Mobile phone Email Windows Group Message User Message Reporting Alarms Active alarms Ended alarms Report Configuration Basic Group members Alternative devices Overview Security Change password Logout Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 157 Authorization level Functionality Supervisor Send a Message DECT handset Mobile phone Email Windows Group Message User Message Work with scripts Activate script End script Reporting Alarms Active alarms Ended alarms Report Scripts Active alarms Ended alarms Configuration Basic Group members Alternative devices Overview Security Change password Logout Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Comm
378. php ea Please select output module 7020s DOZ ODO aE De OG OO ro Bas Ad i Devices Faalities zj English E BE Local intranet l Area 2 sip DECT In the example in the next figure a DECT handset is added 4 In the first window select the Output module In the example the DECT handsets handled by the eDMSAPI module covering Site 1 and Area 1 are maintained An overview of the existing Devices is shown When no definitions are available an empty screen is shown 5 Use the home pgup and pgdn links to navigate through the list of definitions 6 To add a new definition click the insert link 7 To change an existing definition click the green arrow Note that a Device is considered a unique key so for example if you define 865 once you cannot add a second 865 definition The next figure illustrates the addition of a new device To adda new device you click on insert Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 214 Module Web Administrator User Guide BDR Fle Edt View Favores Tools Help Ea Back O Address hittp messenger EZ_index php z ea RE Work with Devices Site 1 Site 1 gt gt gt Area 2 SIP DECT gt gt gt Module eDMSAPI subset insert fac
379. ppropriate to reserve room for page indication and so on Refer to the sample data in Table 34 eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT sample data page 341 for authorizeds An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 16 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL DEVICE FORMAT parameters 339 FMT Bytes line3 n This field specifies the number of bytes available on the third line In general the value is smaller than the actual available size to reserve room for page indication and more indication When a customer has infrastructure with extensions capable of displaying three lines of 16 bytes alarm lengths up to 48 bytes can be displayed without page indication and more indication In most cases Nortel recommends that you reserve the third line for page indication and more indication thus specifying 0 for the third line An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 FMT Page ind n This field specifies the number of bytes reserved for page indication Recommended value is five bytes which allows the XX XX syntax A lower number of characters can be used if space is limited See Table 32 Page identification syntax page 339 for authorized values Table 32 Page identification Note This value is only implemented on the eDMSAPI and eCSTA
380. put only output only or capable of both input and output This list of supported modules currently includes eAPI eASYNC eCAP eESPA eCSTA eDMSAPI elO eSMTP eSMTP server eVBVOICE and eWEB Other modules can be included in the future An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows eCAP TCPCLIENT socket str This field defines what happens to an inbound socket connection when eKERNEL receives data The following values are supported Keep socket open Close sockets after send or Close sockets after receive As the values imply you can choose to keep the link open close the link after receiving data or close the link after sending data Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 388 Table eKERNEL_TCPCLIENT The majority of modules must be defined with Keep socket open This means a permanent socket connection remains active Nortel recommends using Keep socket open for all modules unless specified otherwise Note 1 For the eWEB module the value Close after receive must be specified if no script messages are used If the Send Script Message functionality is implemented in eWEB the value Close after send must be specified This is a major issue because closing a connection too soon can prevent eKERNEL from sending a feedback to the eWEB module Note 2 W
381. r Table 17 Espa record SOH1STX1US12345RS2USThe messageRS3US9RS4US3RS6U S3ETXBCC SOH Start of header Start of text End of text Record separator The incoming alarm message must be translated to a valid message request and sent to the eKERNEL Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eESPA parameters 279 Figure 209 Example eESPA module acts as input program lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt set_or_reset gt SET lt set_or_reset gt lt msg gt The message lt msg gt lt alarmdescr gt 9 lt alarmdescr gt lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt remove_after gt SENT lt remove_after gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt If this eESPA module acts as an output program In the current release the data identifiers for the espa records are fixed Therefore when a message request is sent by the eKERNEL to the eESPA module the data in the lt beep_code_xx gt tag is put in data identifier 3 beep coding In the following authorized the data in the lt beep_code_xx gt tag from the message request must be translated to data identifier 3 beep coding in the espa record Figure 210 Example eESPA module acts as output program Input lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt id gt 00851 lt id gt lt group gt 12345 lt group gt lt call type gt
382. r applies the last database image received from the Publisher and optionally applies changes defined in an SQL Script Registry settings eTM The configuration of environments and tasks is stored in the following section HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM This section contains definitions of environments and tasks as described in the documentation of module eTM Module eTM page 49 These settings can be entered manually of can be generated by the eCONFIG or eGRID modules Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Registry settings eTM 69 ATTENTION If the environment names for eTM HA are not defined with a name containing the local IP address rename the registry structure generated by eGRID or eCONFIG so that the IP address is available in the name The eTM structure can contain one or multiple environments If you launch the eTM_HA exe without additional parameters the program analyzes the available environments of the registry and prompt for an initial environment at startup Figure 69 Example of two environments page 69 shows an example with two environments defined One environment is called Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 the other is called Site 1 Environment 10 110050 138 backup Figure 69 Example of two environments
383. r is up to 32 characters long When an SNMPv1 or SNMP v2 trap is received a message is sent to eKERNEL eKERNEL considers the eSNMP modules as an input program and requires the typical parameters needed for generating a message See the following figure Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 42 Module eSNMP Figure 38 Parameters used by eKERNEL to generate a message O TCP lt xml gt lt msgrqs gt lt snmp gt lt address gt 127 0 0 1 lt address gt lt version 1 lt version lt community gt public lt community gt lt enterprise oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 17338 32 1001 lt enterprise oid gt lt generic trap 6 lt gen eric_trap gt lt specific_trap gt l lt sapecific_trap gt lt timestamp gt 0 lt timestamp gt lt vbl_1 oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 2 854 6 1 1 1 lt vbl1 1 oid gt lt vbl 1 value gt 2003 lt vbl 1 value gt lt vbl_ 1 type gt 2 lt vbl 1 type gt lt vbl_ 2 oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 2954 6 1 1 2 lt vb1 2 oid gt lt vbl 2 value gt 2 lt vbl 2 value gt lt vbl 2 type gt 2 lt vbl_ 2 type gt lt vb1_3_oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 2854 6 1 1 3 lt vb1 3 oid gt lt vbl 3 value gt Perflib lt vb1 3 value gt lt vbl1 3 t ype gt 4 lt vb1_3_ type gt lt vbl 4 oid gt 1 3 6 1 4 1 2854 6 1 1 4 lt vbl_4 oid gt lt vbl 4 value gt GNTN1SFMI lt v bl 4 value gt lt vbl 4 type gt 4 lt vbl_ 4 type gt lt vbl_ 5 o1d gt 1 3 6
384. r running page 61 Figure 61 Red icon indicates a task that is no longer running 20020829223534 PID 0000002396 Task Phone amp Net Vision Production 238 launched 20020829223604 PID 0000002396 Error Task Phone Net Vision Production 238 no longer running 20020829223604 PID 0000002712 Task Phone Net Vision Production 238 launched eTM checks every five seconds to ensure that each task is still running When the eTM is paused or stopped the routine that verifies and restarts the process is temporarily interrupted This interruption usually occurs during maintenance of one of more of the programs that are guarded by the eTM Such a temporary condition is shown in the log as illustrated in Figure 62 Yellow icon indicates a task that is paused page 61 Figure 62 Yellow icon indicates a task that is paused 20020829223534 PID 0000002396 Task Phone Net Vision Production 238 launched 20020829223604 PID 0000002396 Error Task Phone Net Vision Production 238 no longer running 20020829223604 PID 0000002712 Task Phone Net Vision Production 238 launched 20020829224030 Phone Net Task Manager module has been paused 20020829224033 Phone Net Task Manager module has been started Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Ne
385. rator can enter remarks in this field This value is informational only An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows two lines and indicators Table 34 eKERNEL_DEVICE_FORMAT sample data page 341 provides sample eKERNEL_ DEVICE FORMAT table data Table 34 eKERNEL_DEVICE_FORMAT sample data Scroll Application Facility mer unez unes vese woe conent Fa eASYNC PROXIM 120 US ere eo ecsta con 16 1 o o o 4 eosta coz o 5 2 4 eosta cess 16 s o 5 2 4 ecsta sso 2 o o 5 2 o 4 ecsta sso 20 o o o o o 4 ecsta P375D 19 o o o o o 4 epmsapi c4oso 16 1 o 5 2 se epmsapi caoso 16 16 o 5 2 99 ge EEE ER RUE eSMTP SMTP 32 0 er Le et A Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 342 Table eKERNEL D ICE FORMAT 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 343 Table eKERNEL_ GROUP eKERNEL_ GROUP parameters Figure 214 eKERNEL GROUP parameters listing Name Type Size GRP id str Text 128 GRP InPGM id n Long Integer 4 GRP Name str Text 128 GRP Descr str Text 50 GRP Comments str Text 255 GRP id str The field defines a unique ide
386. re one or more traps by not specifying the corresponding alarm and for example assigning priorities Note that generic traps are reserved values in SNMP protocol as shown in the following figure Generic traps cold start warm start link down link up authentication failure egp neighbor loss enterprise specific Send SNMP Message for Win32 A sample program of Send SNMP Message is available on the DECT Messenger CD in the directory 09 Add ons Send SNMP Message When you install the program it resides in the directory C Program Files Send SNMP Message Exe and is called Send SNMP Message Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 46 Module eSNMP When the program is launched a window appears and defaults to IP address 127 0 0 1 and port 162 If Send SNMP Message is installed on the same PC as the eSNMP module the default value should not be changed If Send SNMP Message is installed on a different PC adjust the IP address and port to match the PC where eSNMP runs The window contains several input capable fields that allow you to set every parameter When pressing the Send button an SNMPv1 trap is sent to eSNMP Figure 46 Send SNMP Message gt F Send SNMP Message v4 0 0 m Community String public IP Address ii 27 0 0 1 Enterprise OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 28088 32 1
387. re set to O If an eCAPG Reset start n value is specified for example 35 the parameter eCAPG Reset len n and eCAPG Reset str are to be defined The eCAPG Reset len nindicates the length of the string that must be compared to activate a reset condition If for example the text GENERAL RESET must be encountered in position 35 then eCAP Reset len n must be set to 13 the length of the string and eCAP Reset str must be set to the text GENERAL RESET An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 13 eCAPG Reset str This parameter also refers to the optional reset capabilities and contains the string that must be found in the starting position eCAP Reset start n with length eCAP Reset len n In most cases the reset functionality is not used and the default value N A is defined An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows GENERAL RESET eCAPG Remove after str This parameter accepts the value SENT or RESET Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 252 Table eCAP generic In most cases the eCAP generic interfaces is used to capture alarms from an asynchronous serial line for example printer port and received data contains alarm information In this situation messages are transmitted to eKERNEL immediately upon arrival and these alarms ar
388. retrieved from the eKERNEL_GROUP and eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER tables All the groups that use a matching input program with the appropriate eWEB module site area are shown to the user Collapse or expand the group to see the group members Click the arrow to select the group Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Figure 154 Select the group Step 1 Please select a group Site 1 Area 1 Input program 11701 eWEB o Group 11701_EASYNC gt Group 11701_ECSTA Send User Message 135 Sample Site 1 MERA eWEB BASE EASYNC Test from eWEB to e4ASYNC ECSTA Test from eWEB to eCSTA laj Group 11701_EDMSAPI EDMSAPI Test from eWEB to eDMSAPI 00 00 23 59 1 1 eDMSAPI 08400 8001 00 00 23 59 1 1 6DMSAPI 08 01 gt Group 11701 EDMSAPI3 EDMSAPIS eDMSAPI_SIPDECT Group 11701 10 EIO Test from WEB to e10 EL Group 11701_ENET ENET Test from eWEB to eNET E gt Group 11701 ESMS ESMS Test from eWEB to eSMS 5 Group 11701_ESMTP ESMTP Test from eWEB to eSMTP E gt Group 11701_EVBVOICE EVBVOICE Test from eWEB to eVBVOICE Step 2 provides an overview of the user messages that are preconfigured for your current user profiles which is used during the login procedure in the initial window of eWEB As shown in Figure 155 Select a message page 135 the eWEB
389. rlD str 347 GRPM _ Activate timestamp str 354 GRPM Desactivate timestamp str 355 GRPM Dev Area id n 351 GRPM Dev id str 350 GRPM Dev Site id n 351 GRPM GRP id str 349 GUA ALA id n 360 GUA Comments str 361 GUA Fri b 359 GUA From str 357 GUA GRP Name str 360 GUA INPPGM id n 357 GUA Mon b 358 GUA msg str 360 GUA Sat b 359 GUA Sun b 359 GUA Thu b 359 GUA Timeout n 359 GUA To str 358 GUA Tue b 358 GUA Wed b 359 Guarding example 318 H Holiday Comments str 364 Holiday str 363 IBM AS 400 47 IBMi5 47 Inbound calls 95 Ini settings 105 111 Initialization of eSMTP server 27 INPGM Appl str 366 INPGM Area id n 366 INPGM_AutoCreateGRP_b 369 INPGM Bidir b 368 INPGM Comments str 371 INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM facil ity str 370 INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM str 370 INPGM_Descr_str 370 INPGM id n 365 INPGM Manufacturer str 367 INPGM Model str 367 INPGM Resource str 368 INPGM Settings str 368 INPGM Site id n 366 Input program 25 Inquiry functions of all tables 142 Installing export import 230 Internet Information Server 23 K Keyword processing 27 L Languages 105 Layout 105 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Log in to Web administrator 159 Log off 125 Log out of Web administrator 161 Logging 18 Logging eSMTP_server 34 Logging o
390. rm A low value indicates an important alarm a high value a less important alarm With the fields eESPAO ALA Prty from n and eESPAO ALA Prty to n you can specify a range of alarm priorities and set a relationship to the beepcode record type and the priority record type of the espa datablock The Data identifier for the beepcode record type is 3 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 286 Table eESPA OUTBOUND CFG The Data identifier for the priority record type is 6 Table 18 Example eESPAO ALA Prty_from to_n values When a lt msgrqs gt is sent to the eESPA with an alarm priority equal to 2 for pager 4567 a datablock is created with a beepcode 1 data identifier 3 and a priority 2 High data identifier 6 Therefore all alarms with a priority between 0 and 2 have these specifications Example datablock RS record separator US Unit separator Alarm priority equal to or between 0 and 2 1US4567RS2USExampleRS3US1RS6US2 Alarm priority equal to or between 3 and 5 1US4567RS2USExampleRS3US3RS6US 1 Alarm priority equal to or between 6 and 999 highest possible value 1US4567RS2USExampleRS3US9RS6US3 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 eESPAO ALA Prty_to_n See eESPAO ALA Prty from n An authorized of an entry typicall
391. rnet Explorer F x File Edt View Favortes Tools Help Ka Back Address hitp J messengerfEz_index shp ew BE Site 1 Site 1 gt gt gt Area 2 SIP DECT gt gt gt Module eDMSAPI Field Value Identifier 5005 Facility Ca44 e Visual DNR 5005 e C ser Description 15005 ES Pincode E T on Savides Retry count alternative devices Bo gt ee Monitor No Fe 10 register res Comments Default configuration English zj E Module eDMSAPI EZ_config php action Work 20with 20DevkesSpry action Work 20with 200evicesAfiter 1 2 eOMSAPI amp ititie UZIOZTogM BE Local intranet When the delete link is clicked the device is removed Note The current release of Web Administrator allows deleting a device without checking if it is in use by other configuration tables Many configuration tables can be involved for example eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER and eKERNEL_DEVICE_ALT but also the tables related to inbound eCSTA eDMSAPI and eLOCATION definition Carefully verify if a device is used prior to deleting it In future release additional in use checks are to be implemented to prevent deleting devices that are defined on another level When you click edit some non key fields can be altered Note The name of the definition cannot be changed You need to insert a new definition if you want another Device name In the example in the following figure edit is clicked for def
392. rom the list gt Set script gt Trace active script gt CANCEL SCRIPT gt Trace ended script Script description Set by Timestamp set Message Cur active Max active Trace Ended Script Trace Ended Script shown in Figure 163 Trace Ended Script page 139 allows you to monitor the event handling of scripts that are finished Figure 163 Trace Ended Script gt Set script gt trace active srcipt gt Cancel script gt TRACE ENDED SCRIPT Script description Set by Timestamp set Message El RAMPENPLAN FASE1 KDS 2001 11 05 09 02 27 RAMPENPLAN ACTIEF 860 eCSTA Area 1 Alarm PENDING Dev END Last update 09 02 27 E RAMPENPLAN FASE3 KDS 2001 11 08 16 31 27 MSG RAMPENPLAN FASES 865 eDMSAPI Area 1 Alarm PENDING Dev END Last update 16 31 27 Alarm Inquiry Alarm Inquiry allows you to see all relevant parameters for the eKERNEL_ ALARM file as shown in Figure 164 Alarm inquiry page 140 Only those records are shown that refer to the site where the current eWEB instance resides The information is retrieved from two tables eKERNEL ALARM and eKERNEL_INPGM You can either display data for all input programs by specifying ALL or select one input program Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 140 Module eWEB Figure 164 Alarm inquiry Nortel Networks
393. rs Figure 215 eKERNEL GROUP AUTH parameters listing Name Type Size GRPA GRP id str Text 128 GRPA UserID str Text 10 GRPA Comments str Text 255 GRPA GRP id str This field refers to the unique group identifier as described in the eKERNEL GROUP table Each group identifier must be defined in the eKERNEL GROUP table The member of each group identifier must be defined in the eKERNEL_ GROUP MEMBER table At least one group member per group identifier must be defined because empty groups result in loss of alarms The table eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH allows an administrator to grant access to eWEB users In eWEB there is a group maintenance function Work with Groups User without all object authority in their ewWEB USER AUTH table definition can see only those groups that are defined in the eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH table A typical authorized is a hospital where the person responsible for a department is allowed to maintain only their own departmental groups and not the groups of other departments An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 31101_00001 GRPA_UserlID_str This field specifies the username that is granted access to the group This value must match the definition of the users in eWEB USER AUTH table Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 348 Table eKE
394. rtcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eASYNC exe Site 1 eKer nel address GNINISFMI eKernel port 3105 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe CSTA_Service exe Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eDMSAPI Port 3101 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eDMSAPI exe Site 1 eK ernel address GNTN1SFMI eKernel port 3101 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eSMTP Port 3111 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eSMTP exe Site 1 eKer nel address GNINISFMI eKernel port 3111 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eIO Port 3108 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eIO exe Site 1 eKernel address GNTN1SFMI eKernel port 3108 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send SNMP Message for iSeries 59 Figure 57 eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SKDS reg Win
395. rtel Networks All Rights Reserved 186 Module Web Administrator User Guide Please select group subset back Site 1 NEC Philips E O area 1 Hilversum module eAPI Manufacturer API Model BASE L Group 00001 Test from eAPI The next figure shows the current group member for the example The left hand section provides the current group members The right hand section provides a list of all available peripherals The bottom area provides space to show details lz xi Fle Edt View Favorkes Took Help Back gt Q Address hitp fimessengerfEZ_index php d s Work with Group Members d a Message Bsen 20 D ECT handset e phone Click on group member for details A LY SNMP trap p Message LL Ej i FT E Local intranet 3 Click on an existing group member to see details The following figure shows the details after clicking on 865 Francis Missiaen The bottom area shows details such as the start hour end hour and weekly presence Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 187 Work with Group Members Click on group member in the overview below for Click on device to add group member details refresh cancel subset B S ite 1 NEC Philips E Mod
396. rtel Networks All Rights Reserved 254 Table eDMSAPI eDMSAPI Seats count n This field specifies the total number of seats available for E2 messaging aCsOpenStream Sending an E2 message to a DECT extension consumes one seat one seat is allocated between the StartDataPath and the StopDatPath For receiving E2 messages generation of an alarm DECT extensions that are configured to generate alarms table eKERNEL_ DEVICE field DEV_loRegister_b must be loRegistered The number of possible loRegisters is related to the number of seats available If eDMSAPI is configured with a larger value than available too many simultaneous E2 data requests are initiated simultaneously which leads to a large number of failed requests An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 30 eDMSAPI eKERNEL _ Seats count n This field specifies the number of seats reserved for message requests lt msgrqs gt from eKERNEL An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 5 eDMSAPI External Seats count n This field specifies the number of seats reserved for applications with direct access to the eDMSAPI For example the eWeb module The number of seats specified in the field is part of the number of seats defined in the eDMSAPI Seats count n field An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eDMSAPI External Address str This field specifies the IP address of the PC where the
397. rtes Tools Help EJ ga Back Oo les Plesse select destination Identifier Facility Description Comments 32479467238 SMS Francis Missiaen 32479638338 SMS Kristien Daneels home poup refresh podn Ej Done FF Local intranet There is room to display 14 devices on the screen at any one time if there are more than 14 phones listed click pgdn or Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 167 pgup to navigate to the next page or previous page To return to the first page click home home pgup pgdn 3 Select a recipient by clicking the green arrow at the left of the entry C944 Francis Missiaen Default comments The Send a Message gt Please enter message information page appears Taai Fle Edt View Favortes Took Heb E Back gt OA As htp imessengez deg ee Send a Message gt Plesse enter message information Identifier Facility Description Comments befmi ibsbe be SMTP Francis Missiaen Subject fis is sample subject Body This is sample e mail send by Web Administrator 3 2j submit ance enoish Boon TIT name i 4 Enter the text of your message in the Message field Identifier Facility Description Comments 865 C944 Francis Missiaen Default comments Message This is a sample
398. rved 132 Module eWEB Figure 149 Send Group Message N 2008 Nortel Networks Microsoft Internet Explores FR Nortel Networks DECTN Messenger In step 1 shown in Figure 150 Select a group page 132 you can choose from a list of groups These groups are retrieved from the eKERNEL_GROUP and eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER tables All the groups that use a matching input program with the appropriate eWEB module site area are shown to the user Collapse or expand the group to see the group members Click the arrow to select the group Figure 150 Select a group Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Send Group Message 133 The next step offers an overview of the group messages that are preconfigured for the selected group As shown in Figure 151 Select a message page 133 the eWEB_SNDGRPMSG table can define private messages per group shared messages for all groups and also user messages In the example shown in Figure 151 Select a message page 133 the administrator has configured four private messages one fixed message and one user specified message Figure 151 Select a message Step 2 Please select a message or retum to step Private messages for group EDMSAPI iSeries allure gt Win32 failure 2 Domino failure gt Firewall f
399. ry_intyn Long Integer eLoc_Polling_inty_n Long Integer a Text Uh ds UT UT a om n ul eLOC Site id n This parameter refers to the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_ SITE table The eMODULE instance is uniquely defined through a site and an area so eLOC Site id n and eLOC Area id n form a unique key in the table An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eLOC Area id n This parameter refers to the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL AREA table The eMODULE instance is uniquely defined through a site and an area so eLOC Site id n and eLOC Area id n form a unique key in the table One instance of eLOCATION module can work with only one SIP DECT system Each SIP DECT system should have it own eLOCATION instance for location detection An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eLOC LA address str If SIP DECT is used this parameter refers to the IP address of the DAP Controller that is handled by the instance of the eLOCATION module Refer to the system administrator of the PBX to obtain the IP address The DAP Controller port is performing the role of TCP Server the eLOCATION module is performing the role of TCP Client Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 392 Table eLOCATION An authorized of an entry typical
400. s Microsoft Internet Explores ortel Networks DECT Messenger Table View The Table View function allows you to perform inquiry functions of all tables available in Messenger_CFG database Only users with security administrator special authority rights can access the eWEB_USER_AUTH file Users who lack security administrator special authority rights cannot access this table which contains sensitive information such as passwords An example of a table is shown in Figure 167 Table View page 143 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Work with Groups 143 Figure 167 Table View lt I Nortel Networks H CRETE EN 2KESNEL_GROUP_AUTH Work with Groups Click Work with Groups to access group maintenance functions Users with all object special authority can access all groups while users without these rights can access only groups specified in eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH Note If no groups are shown the user has no all object special authority or no access to any group You must grant if necessary access to one or more groups through the eKERNEL_GROUP_AUTH table In step 1 shown in Figure 168 Select a group page 143 select a group You can collapse or expand a group to preview the group member information Figure 168 Select a group Nortel
401. s grow exponentially as the state of publisher and every subscriber forms a number of combinations for each Boolean state Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 88 Module eTM HA Figure 89 Example of an image at the publisher level page 88 shows a network where one Publisher and two Subscribers lead to eight images and depend on each Boolean state of available 1 or unavailable 0 The syntax for images on publisher level are similar to P 1 S0 1 S1 1 Each section is separated by a minus sign The P 1 or P 0 denotes the state of the publisher e The S0 1 or S0 1 denotes the state of first subscriber e The S1 1 or S1 1 denotes the state of second subscriber Figure 89 Example of an image at the publisher level gi Registry Editor Registry Edit View Favorites Help eTM_HA A Name Type Data a General REG_5Z value not set HE Publisher REG 5Z Site 1 Environment 10 110 50 138 Images P 0 50 0 51 0 O P 0 50 0 51 1 P 0 50 1 51 0 fem iP 0 50 1 S1 1 P 1 50 0 51 0 J CD P 1 50 0 51 1 E P 1 50 1 51 0 P 1 50 1 51 1 7 4 gt My Computer HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM_HA Publisher Images P 0 S0 1 S1 1 The registry keys are to be entered manually Recommendation Nortel recommends that you begin with a definition
402. s gt gt gt Area 1 Hilversum gt gt gt Module eAPI Manufacburer API Model BASE Field Value Name 00002 Description This is a new group Comments Default comments cancel edit delete 7 Click edit to alter a number of input capable fields 8 Enter changes then click apply Site 1 NEC Philips gt gt gt Area 1 Hilversum gt gt gt Module eAPI Manufacturer API Model BASE Field value Name 00002 Description This is a new group Comments Default comments cancel apply 9 To delete an existing definition select the group and click delete Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 222 Module Web Administrator User Guide Site 1 NEC Philips gt gt gt Area 1 Hilversum gt gt gt Module eAP Manufacturer AP Model BASE Ficld Yalue Name 00002 Description This is a new group Comments Default comments cancel edit elete Note In current release of Web Administrator no check is performed to verify if the group is in use e There can be group members but they are not removed automatically when a group is deleted You should verify of group members exist and remove them prior to deleting the group e The group can be defined elsewhere in the business logic of the Messenger configuration for example
403. s or can be built on request For example e BELGACOM required when eASYNC Type str is PAGING e PROXIMUS or KPN required when eASYNC_Type str is SMS eASYNC Password str This field specifies the password to access the service provider This field is only relevant when eASYNC Type str is SMS For the provider PROXIMUS you must enter a password proximus in the initialization string In this field you can enter the password For KPN no password is required QASYNC Password str NONE The default value is NONE and means that no password is required Note Password is case sensitive Example of initialization string for provider PROXIMUS password proximus 01 00121 0 01 32475353215 proximus 3 534D5320746F2050726F78696D 7573207769746820534F50484F204D657373656E676572404E6574 A3 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eASYNC parameters 235 Example of initialization string for provider KPN 01 00084 0 01 0620032328 3 456D657267656E637920534F532031 20457661637561 74696F6E E2 An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows NONE eASYNC COM Port str This field specifies the COM port that handles the asynchronous communication Usually an asynchronous modem is attached to port COMO2 In this case specify COMO2 ATTENTION Verify that the resourc
404. s as follows 0 INPGM Resource str This value must be set to blanks for the modules eAPI IO SMTP server VBVOICE and WEB The value must be set to the COMxx for the module eCAP The indication COMxx must specify an available and valid COM port that is not in use for other resources is exclusively reserved and is connected to the alarm system An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows COM01 INPGM Settings str This value must be set to blanks for the modules eAPI IO SMTP server VBVOICE and eWEB Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_INPGM parameters 369 The value must be set to the so called COM setting for the module eCAP RS 232 interfaces The settings must be a supported combination of baud rate parity data bits and stop bits The value must off course match the settings of the attached alarm system An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 9600 N 8 1 INPGM_AutoCreateGRP_b This value is an important value for relation to eKERNEL_ GROUP and eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER and eKERNEL_DEVICE This value defines whether alarms from the defined system must automatically create a group in eKERNEL_ GROUP table and a group member in the eKERNEL_GROUP_MEMBER table and a device in eKERNEL_DEVICE table In most cases the a
405. s listed click pgdn or pgup to navigate to the next page or previous page To return to the first page click home home pgup refresh pgdn In order to speed up the process of finding the destination you can use the search field If the search field is empty all records are retrieved If you enter subset criteria only matching records are retrieved You can click clear to clear the subset criteria Please select destination missiaen 3 Select a recipient by clicking the green arrow at the left of the entry Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 164 Module Web Administrator User Guide C944 Francis Missiaen Default comments The Send a Message gt Please enter message information page appears F Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 ex Fie Edt View Favorites Took Help Back gt OA Address hitp f messenger EZ_index php z 20 Please enter message information identifier Facility Visual DNR Description Comments 02 00 C4050 3720 Default configuration Message PE CE submit cancel fi a FB Local intranet ji 4 Enter the text of your message in the Message field Identifier Facility Description Comments 865 C944 Francis Missiaen Default comments Message This is a sample message from
406. s the default port The TCP Server is a multiple accept model so multiple clients can connect at the same time The number of simultaneous connections is also defined in the registry Specify a number at least as great as the number of subscribers Nortel recommends specifying a value that equals the number of subscribers multiplied by three to provide room for recovery in case of bad connection attempts The netstat command can be used on the Publisher to verify that the TCP Server is listening sample data is shown in Figure 83 Sample netstat command and returned data page 84 Sample netstat command and returned data C gt netstat a n Active Connections 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O O Address Foreign Address State 21 0 0 LISTENING 25 LISTENING 80 LISTENING 90 LISTENING LISTENING LISTENING LISTENING LISTENING O O O O O O O O O O O O OOOOOO O O O O O O O OO Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Publisher 85 ATTENTION The TCP Server is used for internal processing only Do not attempt to access the server unless instructed to do so The TCP Server is to be accessed from the Subscribers only You can test this connection from the subscriber PCs only with Internet Explorer An HTTP request to port 7000 must reply
407. s wav EvaoualionSET wav 1140101 No Wavefle wavefile NeWavFle nav 2 3 Bewakingnev AHWR 1140103 Confrmwavefle Confirm waw ie ER System wavefie System nev EvazsalionRESET wav 1140101 Record wavefle Recording way 1 Weloreway eae _ in Outbound delivered wavefles QutboundDe 1 9 Alam prioritp for DT MF confirmation 1 WiereFincede wav 0 Inger de NowavFle wav lEris geen wav im 0 Uw callis beves 0 Syeteem op afst Drak op voor Silence interval 600 Outbound cals gt Comments Auto create croup False Defaut output program eDMSAP Defout cutput program feciliy CSCS Input program description Default descrpric Input progiam comments 8 0 Menu options New Edk gt gt gt Menu optors level 1 Verwider Refresh DK Annular All possible alarms that can be set SET or reset RESET with a dtmf keystroke must be entered in this table Although there is no password access protection you can secure the activation of an emergency by choosing a very large menu option Choosing a large menu option is very difficult to guess by an unauthorized person Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Introduction 101 When a message is set or reset and accepted by the
408. ssan com 23820 Mscrloncousr 2 Oudirer S Resze 9 Tools view Sour Send Sr an SNMP trap NEC PHILIPS UNIFIED SOLUTIONS NEC PHILIPS 1P 127 0 0 1 Version 1 Community public Enterprise OID 1 3 6 14 1 28088 32 1 a senc a Message 1 DECT handset Varbind 1 Sample message from Web Administrator DO Mobile phone DEPTT Demeil m L windows Yarbind 3 D wif phone Varbind 4 Varbind 5 Varbind 6 Varbind 7 varbind 8 Yarbind 9 submit Please entar message information Send SNMP Message for iSeries A similar program called Send SNMP Message is available for the IBM eServer iSeries platform This program is also referred to as IBM AS 400 or IBM i5 This Send SNMP Message for iSeries features a command line interface and is easily embedded in existing legacy code written on CLP RPG RPG LE an so on Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 48 Module eSNMP Figure 48 Send SNMP message SNDSNMPMSG Send SNMP Message SNDSNMPMSG Type choices press Enter Version 2 6 1 ew we eee 1 CORRE a 5 8 ee Enterprise OID 4 1 17338 400 1 Generic trap 4 Number Specific trap 1 2 2a Character value Timestamp a er ee ee a Character value Varbind list 17338 400 1 1 Varbind list Varbind list Varbi
409. ssenger_CFG MDB from C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb directory is overwritten 5 Click continue to log off To log on again enter admin password and the default password admin from the template configuration database Import configuration completed normally continue 6 Change the default password for admin as soon as possible to prevent intrusion by users that attempt to authenticate with admin and admin defaults 7 Refer to the chapter DECT Messenger Templates in volume 1 of this document for further information such as information related to creating shortcuts End Any further configuration is beyond the scope of Web Administrator Refer to the other documentation for further details on additional configuration steps using eGRID or eCONFIG Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 233 Table eASYNC eASYNC parameters Figure 204 eASYNC parameters Name Type eASYNC Site id n Integer eASYNC Area id_ n Integer eASYNC Type str Text eASYNC Provider str Text eASYNC Password str Text eASYNC COM Port str Text eASYNC Settings str Text eASYNC Telnr_ str Text eASYNC Init str Text eASYNC Retry intv_n Integer eASYNC Retry count n Integer eASYNC Send depth n Integer eASYNC Send time_n Integer eASYNC_ALA Pr ty_DIMF Conf irm_n Integer eAS
410. stantial benefit Only in very special environments with internal LAN only mail exchange and dedicated resources are time critical intervals suitable An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 eSMTPS Email dir processed Once an inbound e mail is detected the eSMTP server module moves the processed e mail message an archive storage location A special value NONE can be defined here indicating the processed e mail messages are not kept online and are removed from the hard disk Although some kind of logging information is often still available the originating mail message is destroyed In most cases a directory name is specified and defines the location where the processed e mail messages are temporarily archived This archive allows system administrators to perform more detailed problem analysis Warning the value specified must be different from the value specified in the eSMTPS Email dir str parameter or otherwise an infinite looping condition occurs The eSMTP_server module attempts to create the hierarchical directory structure if the path does not exist An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows c inetpub mailroot drop processed Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eSMTP_SERVER parameters 411 eSMTPS Email keep proc
411. system configuration configures a device with a visual DNR this DNR is used to format a message when the message contains Calling number The end user is confronted with the visual DNR instead of the device id An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows see Table 14 Sample Data page 269 eDMSAPIIR_Descr_str This field is informational only eDMSAPIIR_Comments_str This field is used by administrators to add some remarks The value is informational only Table 14 Sample Data Called Calling device device Message ok TEST msg from Calling number to Called number BE cn e E2TESTGR TEST 86 msg P P P 1 1 860 86 REA REA msg from Calling number to Called number Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 270 Table eDMSAPI_ INBOUND_ RESULT Table 14 Sample Data cont d Called Calling device device Message 1 1 REA msg from Calling number to Called number 1 1 REA msg from Calling number to Called number 1 1 REA msg from Calling number to Called number 1 1 REA msg from Calling number to Called number __ oo pe fpa pe pr ALL NOOD NOOD msg from Calling number to Called number ALL REA msg from Calling number to Called number Nor
412. t continued on the next page Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 38 Module eSMTP server 28 10 2001 17 09 08 I TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrpy gt lt email_dir gt c inetpub mail root drop lt email_dir gt lt poll_intv gt 10 lt poll_intv gt lt email_dir_processed gt c inetpub mailroot drop processed lt email_dir_processed gt lt keep_processed gt 5 lt keep_processed gt lt email_dir_error gt c inetpub mailroot drop error lt email_dir_error gt lt keep_error gt 5 lt keep_error gt lt log_path gt C SOPHO Messen ger net lt log_path gt lt log_days gt 1 lt log_days gt lt cfgrpy gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 09 29 O TCP lt xml gt lt ms grqs gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 eml lt id gt lt from gt francis missi aen 1s be lt from gt lt to gt kristien daneels 1s be lt to gt lt subject gt Reanimation lt subject gt lt msgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 17 09 29 I TCP lt xml gt lt ms grpy gt lt id gt c5773da601c103b900000004 eml lt id gt lt sts gt ACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 39 Module eSNMP ATTENTION Due to the ongoing development of
413. t and responds with a configuration reply Figure 2 eSMTP configuration request page 14 shows the configuration request Figure 2 eSMTP configuration request 28 10 2001 15 28 39 S INF Application eSMTP SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 7 started with parameters Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eKernel port 3111 Log drive C 28 10 2001 15 28 40 S INF TCP local port 01065 connected with remote port 03111 eKERNEL 28 10 2001 15 28 40 O TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrqs gt lt appl gt eSMTP lt appl gt lt site gt 3 lt site gt lt cfgrqs gt lt xml gt 28 10 2001 15 28 40 I TCP lt xml gt lt cfgrpy gt lt smtp_address gt 127 0 0 1 lt smtp_address gt lt smtp_port gt 25 lt smtp_port gt lt smtp_domain gt GNTN1SFMI ibsbe be lt smtp_domain gt lt email_from gt Messenger Net lt email_from gt lt format gt 32 0 0 0 0 lt format gt lt log_path gt C SOPHO Messenger net lt log_path gt lt log_days gt 1 lt log_days gt lt cfgrpy gt lt xml gt When the configuration is received a window similar to the one shown Figure 3 Configuration information page 15 opens The configuration can be viewed in the Connections tab Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Output program activity 15 Figure 3 Configuration information 42 eSMTP SOPHO Mess
414. tel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 271 Table eESPA eESPA parameters Name Type eESPA Site id n Integer eESPA Area id n Integer eESPA Link Type str Text eESPA ControlStation b Boolean eESPA Polling intv n Integer eESPA Polling address list str Text eESPA_LocalAddress n Byte eESPA _ExternalAddress _n Byte eESPA Datald _Group_ str Text eESPA Group default str Text eESPA Datald Msg str Text eESPA Msg default str Text eESPA Datald Ala _descr_ str Text eESPA Ala descr default str Text eESPA Remove after str Text eESPA NAK retry cnt n Integer eESPA Timeout n Integer eESPA _Handshaking_ n Integer eESPA OUT Call type default str Text eESPA OUT Nmbr_ transm default str Text eESPA Comments str Text eESPA Site id n This field specifies the site identifier as defined in eKERNEL_SITE This value is in most environments equal to 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eESPA Area id n This field specifies the area identifier as defined in eKERNEL_ AREA This value is in most environments equal to 1 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2
415. ters An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 5 eCAPG Line Select len n This value together with eCAPG Line Select start n and eCAPG Line Select str are used to optionally define selection criteria which are used to select only those records in an asynchronous datastream that are defined This value must be 0 if no select functionality is in use which is specified through eCAPG Line Select start n equal to 0 A value larger than 0 denotes select criteria are active and the field defines the character length of the selection characters defined in eCAPG Line Select str An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eCAP generic parameters 245 eCAPG Line Select str This value together with eCAPG Line Select start n and eCAPG Line Select len n is used to optionally define selection criteria which are used to select only those records in a asynchronous datastream that are defined This value N A must be used if the select functionality is not used indicated by eCAPG Line Select start n and eCAPG Line Select len n equal to 0 The field contains the characters that are used in the select pattern test which must be a string with length equal to the length defined in eCAPG
416. th the same ALA_id_n value 1110101 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 11101 ALA Descr str This field is a very important parameter in the DECT Messengeralarm handling ATTENTION Do not confuse this value with the ALA Comments str field for giving a description to the alarm The ALA Descr str contains a string of one or more characters The eCAP alarm capture programs use these characters to find an appropriate alarm definition for a received alarm string The proper usage of this field is highly depending on the proprietary protocol implementation in eCAP and other input programs such as eWEB In many cases some rules are defined for handling alarms from external systems The alarm generates some kind of string with information and DECT Messengermust find out how to handle the string The retrieval of the alarm definition from the eKERNEL_ALARM table is performed using the ALA Descr str field Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 318 Table eKERNEL_ ALARM A special value OTHER can be defined If specified the OTHER description is used to handle alarms that were not identified by a qualified description Alarms with descriptions that do not either match a qualified description or the value OTHER are ignored Refer to other reference m
417. the latter two files the alarm type can be defined default is D INPUT and A INPUT If these defaults are used ALA_Descr_id_str must have records for D INPUT and A INPUT Example 4 Guarding A special feature in the eCAP input program consists of a method to verify the amount of time between two requests If a specific type has elapsed this can be caused by a failure in the external alarm system or the physical interface In such case GUARDING can be implemented This is configured in the eKERNEL_GUARDING table The link between eKERNEL_GUARDING and eKERNEL_ALAR M is performed Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ alarm parameters 319 through an alarm identifier but Nortel recommends specifying GUARDING in the alarm description field An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows GUARDING ALA Remove after str This field can have the value SENT or RESET If the field value is SENT the message is removed after successfully sending the message If the field value is RESET the message remains in the database until an explicit reset signal is received from the alarm system Again this value is generally depending of the proprietary implementation of the alarm system and the attached peripherals Some devices can send a SET and RESET indication for a
418. thenticate on Web Administrator You should consider sharing this chapter Module Web Administrator User Guide with the end user as well as providing the end user with further information Note Nortel highly recommends that you enter the first name and last name in the field description The security level is in Web Administrator catalogued into 5 different levels User basic User advanced User expert Supervisor and Administrator Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 225 Figure 197 Web Administrator security level Security level Supervisor v User basic Description User advanced u Language The language can be selected from the list as shown in Figure 198 Available languages page 225 The languages available depends on languages installed on the system The following figure shows that the languages available are English French German and Spanish Figure 198 Available languages Language English Email address All object authority The remaining fields in the Work with Users window are available for backwards compatibility with eWEB However these fields are not implemented in Web Administrator You can leave the default values Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioni
419. through eWEB F User admin Send a message lold password FF p Send OMS API message New password Send SMTP message Confirm password pue Send Server Message Send Group Message 9 Enter Send a script message Inquiry Alarm Inquiry Device Inquiry Group Inquiry Table View Maintenance Work with Groups Security Change Password Help Info Sign off Re in wh user oF papisciaweee Note More advanced security settings or resetting passwords of users that forgot their password still must be performed through eGRID in the eWEB_USER_AUTH table Some additional tables with extension _AUTH are available for more detailed security implementation Info The Info page provides web based access to Adobe Portable Document Format PDF files The eWEB user must install on their desktop PC a suitable Adobe Acrobat Reader to open the PDF files A PDF reader is shipped on the CD ROM but if you can access the Internet Nortel recommends you download the software from the Adobe web site There are PDF files that handle installation issues others that provide information on table configuration issues and others that are more module functional Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Plug in Support 147 Figure 173 Info more documentation Nortel Networks DECT Messenger
420. tiated the alarm by sending a message to an extension type LA specified above This field can contain a fully qualified extension number for instance 860 or a generic extension using an ending wildcard character for instance 86 or a generic value ALL Fully Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 396 Table eLOCATION INBOUND RESULT qualified definitions have a higher priority than generic definitions For authorized entries a call from number 860 uses the 860 definition and not the generic 86 definition An example of an authorized entry typically found in this field is 860 eLOCIR_eLOC Site id n The fields eLOCIR eLOC Site id n and eLOCID eLOC Area id n correspond to the eLOCATION instance site and area identifier that responds to the location request In case there are more than one eLOCATION instances the location detection is distributed to all eLOCATION instances of the current site and the eLOCATION with the most recent information is used to assign the site and area definition An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eLOCIR_eLOC Area id n The fields eLOCIR eLOC Site id n and eLOCID eLOC Area id n correspond to the eLOCATION instance site and area identifier that responds to the location request In case there are more than one eLOCA
421. tion Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 248 Table eCAP generic As explained for the group name the field can be either defined on position through eCAPG Msg start n and eCAPG Msg len n or occurrence through eCAPG Msg field n The value 0 denotes this field is not available in the datastream The remaining values in field eCAPG Msg len n must be set to 0 and eCAPG_Msg_field_n to 0 In this case the field eCAPG_Dft_Msg_str must be used to define a default message A message indication can be defined based either upon string position through eCAPG Msg start n and eCAPG_Msg_len_n or based upon field occurrence through eCAPG_Msg_field_n A positive value in eCAPG_Msg_start_n indicates a positional definition is available and denotes the start position of the message An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 6 eCAPG_Msg_len_n This field specifies the length of the message If the field eCAPG_Msg_start_n equals 0 the eCAPG_Msg_len_n must be 0 If the field eCAPG_Msg_start_n is non 0 the eCAPG_Msg_len_n must be non 0 and define the length of the message Note the length specified in eKERNEL_ALARM table An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 16 eCAPG_Msg_field_n This field specifies the occurrence number of the field that denotes message
422. tion results in sending an alarm request to the eKERNEL interface Due to the nature of such requests and the scope of the current eCAP implementation these alarms results in setting an alarm a so called lt msgrqs gt transaction that contains a set request In most cases you define these alarm types in eKERNEL_ ALARM table as alarms that are removed after sent Therefore the parameter eCAPG Remove after str is in most cases set to set Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eCAP generic parameters 251 In such environments the default value 0 must be used for both the fields eCAPG Reset start n and eCAPG Reset len n and the default value N A must be used for the parameter eCAPG_Reset_str In some environments all alarms must remain active in eKERNEL unless a specific reset signal is encountered This reset indication typically indicates a complete reset of all alarms of this interface for example resetting a fire detection infrastructure after some warning alarms In this case the field eCAPG Reset start n must be set to the start position of the reset character pattern An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 35 eCAPG Reset len n This parameter is related to the eCAPG Reset start n parameter If the reset functionality is not used both parameters a
423. tions Close down all programs using the program specific instructions In most cases this means closing the main form of each application by clicking the Close box on the top right of each form However some applications require specific shutdown procedures Confirm the eTM termination warning dialog box Click OK eTM SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 GNTNISCTI Q Please confirm that you really want to terminate the module Task Manager It is highly recommended to manually close down all associated tasks prior to continuing Then press OK to terminate the Task Manager and any remaining tasks launched by the Task Manager x JE Because all associated tasks were already manually ended gracefully no more processing is involved Any associated tasks still running are terminated through a Terminate process APl call for each task that is launched from within the eTM and finally shuts down the eTM module too End Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 65 Module eTM HA ATTENTION Setting up the eTM HA module in a networked environment is a complex Overview task and requires training to set up maintain and use in the DECT Messengerenvironment Read the following documentation closely and refer to the training session on eTM HA for more details
424. to Nortel Networks DECT Messenger Release 4 0 0 Network ME 2720250 150 navigation ame an the loft ta explore the Nata Networks DECT Messenger DECT Messenger X lt Ni rege pare Le You are logged in with user zj D E M Wifiocairerance al Sign off procedure To log off choose the last option in the list on the left side of the window Sign off You are also automatically logged off when either of the following occurs e Twelve hours elapse after initial sign on e You leave the eWEB web site for instance by selecting another URL in the address field of your browser or selecting another web site through Favorites Home Back and so on Figure 140 Expired login page 126 shows an expired state requiring a new logon Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 126 Module eWEB Figure 140 Expired login Warning Page has Expired The page you requested was created using information you submitted in a form This page is no longer available As a security precaution Internet Explorer does not automatically resubmit your information for you To resubmit your information and view this Web page click the Refresh button Send DMS API Message The Send DMS API Message window is shown in Figure 141 Send DMS API Message page 126 Figur
425. tput program application identifier of the application that processes the request A device can be used more than once depending of the used output program For authorized a DECT extension 865 can be defined for two or more modules The indicated application handles the message using the capabilities of the infrastructure For authorized the eDMSAPI module can send E2 data profile messages non voice call based to extensions such as DECT C4040 and C4050 The supported values are shown in Table 41 Supported output applications page 352 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 352 Table ekERNEL GROUP MEMBER Table 41 Supported output applications sending SMS to PROXIMUS KPN and PAGING to BELGACOM sending voice call related user to user messages sending E2 data messages to DECT C922 and C933 sets sending messages t ESPA 4 4 4 infrastructure enabling disabling discrete output contacts sending mail to SMTP compliant infrastructure sending wave files through voice calls GRP_From_str This value specifies an hour and time in the format xx xx The valid range is 00 00 to 23 59 values outside this range produce unpredictable results GRP From str denotes the start of the time interval where the defined device is an active member of the specified group GRP_Name str For authorized 00 00 in
426. tr This field can be used by an administrator to enter remarks The field is informational only Table 60 eWEB_TOC sample configuration page 436 shows authorizeds of data found in the eWEB_TOC table Figure 221 eWEB_TOC sample result language 2909 and language 2963 page 438 shows an authorized of the eWEB_TOC result for language 2909 and language 2963 Table 60 eWEB_TOC sample configuration 3 f3 2 o 2909 Send a message a Send a message a a OO 2909 Send DMS API message eWEB_eDMSAPI php 2963 Zend DMS API boodschap eWEB_eDMSAPI php 2909 Send SMTP message eWEB_eSMTP php 2963 Zend SMTP boodschap eWEB_eSMTP php 2909 Send Server Message eWEB_sndsrvmsg php 2963 Zend Server boodschap eWEB_sndsrvmsg php 2909 Send Group Message eWEB_sndgrpmsg_1 php 2963 Zend Groep boodschap eWEB_sndgrpmsg_1 php EF 2909 Send User Message eWEB_sndusrmsg_1 php ess 2963 Zend Gebruiker boodschap eWEB_sndusrmsg_1 php Ca Ts fo 200 Senda sert message SSS EARNER 2909 Work with Script messages eWEB_script php 2963 Werken met Script eWEB_script php n eg Pa a 0 2009 finary BOGET e EN eet 2909 Alarm Inquiry eWEB alarm inquiry php 2963 Alarm overzicht eWEB_alarm_inquiry php Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eWEB_TOC parameters 437 Table 60 eWEB_TOC sample configuratio
427. try files for eTM 1 1l 1 1 il 1110 1 ue 3105 1 71401 evBVOICE GNTNISMI 3107 7 11501 eCSTA 1 3108 1 11601 el0 3103 1 17701 eWEB 3110 att 1 11801 eSMTP server _ 3111 1 D eSMTP anz 1 T1103 eAPI 3113 1 11105 ESPA GNTNISKDS A 3 12105 ESPA 3207 2 OeCSTA 35 1 13105 ESPA hats 3101 1 31301 eDMSAPI 2 Review the information provided and acknowledge completion of the process Click OK to continue eGRID SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 G The registry files are created in the directory C SOPHO Messenger Net exe Please distribute the files if necessarily to the appropriate machines Double click on the files to merge the configuration to the the registry Finally start the Task Manager module eTM End Note Do not forget to verify that the names of the environments in the eTM registry keys contain the IP address if not rename the key to include the IP address Nortel recommends that you use the following naming conventions in the registry Site n Environment x x x x and Site n Environment x x x x backup Check tasks The program verifies all tasks with a time interval specified in the registry usually 5 seconds When the eTM_HA is paused or stopped the routine that verifies and restarts the process is temporarily interrupted Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010
428. turer API Model BASE s Dw a pe subset insert ER EN Awo Name Description Comments er 00001 Test from eAPI Default configuration Drep 00 OO a home pgup refresh podn English zj i Module eAPI Manufacturer API Model BASE EZ_config php action Work e20wkth 20Groupstipry_action Work 20with20Groups it Bi Local intranet The next figure has the details of group 00002 Site 1 NEC Philips gt gt gt Area 1 Hilversum gt gt Module cAPI Manufacturer API Model BASE Field Value Name 00002 Description This is new group Comments Default comments cancel apply Nortel highly recommends that you add a meaningful Description as this is represented to the Web Administrator during further maintenance 6 Click the green arrow in front of a definition to maintain an existing entry For example in the next figure the group 00002 is maintained Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Authorization level 221 Site 1 NEC Philips gt gt gt Ares 1 Hilversum gt gt Module eAPI Manufacturer API Model BASE Name Description Comments 00001 Test from API Default configuration 00002 This is a new group Default comments The detailed screen shows the selected definition Ste 1 NEC Philip
429. tware Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eSMTP_server Port 3110 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eSMTP_server exe Site 1 eKernel address GNTN1SFMI eKernel port 3110 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3102 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP exe Site 1 eKernel address GNTN1SFMI eKernel port 3102 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3103 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP exe Site 1 eKernel address GNTN1ISFMI eKernel port 3103 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eCAP Port 3104 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP exe Site 1 eKernel address GNTN1SFMI eKernel port 3104 Log drive C Windowstyle 6 continued on next page Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 58 Module eTM HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment GNTN1SFMI SOPHO Messenger Net eASYNC Port 3105 Sho
430. tworks All Rights Reserved 62 Module eTM A system administrator can also terminate a task from within the eTM HA environment using a Terminate process API call Note Using the Terminate process API call can cause data loss as this does not provide any graceful cleanup or shutdown of the associated program To terminate a process use the menu Kill task option as shown in Figure 63 Kill Task page 62 The Kill task option is available only when the tree view is expanded and the mouse is right clicked on the PID xxxxxxxxxx line Figure 63 Kill Task eTM SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 GNTNISCTI E Task Manager GNTN1SCTI SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3107 SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3207 El SOPHO Messenger Net eKernel Site 1 fee PID 0000000281 Windowstyle 6 Check task E Shortcut CASO et Exe eKERNEL exe Site 1 When Kill task is clicked the running task is terminated as shown in Figure 64 A task is terminated page 63 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 63 Figure 64 A task is terminated 42 eTM SOPHO Messenger Net 2 8 0 GNTN1SCTI E Task Manager GNTN1SCTI SOPHO Messenger Net CSTA Service SOPHO Messenger Net eCSTA Port 3107 SOPHO Messeng
431. ty in the backup approach a number of special values are supported in the eCAB module These special values are valid only in the BU To Path str field e The special value timestamp is used at the beginning of the backup to calculate the current time stamp formatted in a 14 character string containing both date and time indication YYYYMMDDHHNNSS The path is dynamically recalculated and provides a new unique directory path C Tempi timestamp SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb becomes C Temp 2001 1009190312 SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb e The special value weekday is used at the beginning of the backup to calculate the current time stamp formatted in a one character string containing the day of week indication 1 Monday 2 Tuesday 3 Wednesday and so on The path is dynamically recalculated and provides a new unique directory path C Temp weekday SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb becomes C Temp 3 SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb The special value weekdayname is used at the beginning of the backup to calculate the current time stamp formatted in a character string containing the name of the day of week Monday Tuesday Wednesday and so on The path is dynamically recalculated and provides a new unique directory path The day of week is in the language identified in the regional settings of the Windows environment C Temp weekdayname SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb becomes C Temp Wednesday SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb An example of an entry typ
432. ule eDMSAPI De viens on area 1 Hilversum D car lissiaen Module identifier Description eDMSAPI 865 Francis Missiaen From To Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun H j 00 v oo se 23 visa Yes Im Yes IM Yes Yes M Yes im Yes M Yes y Yes w update remove 4 To update the details change the start hour and end hour and click the update link In the example shown in the next figure an update is done by changing From into 08 00 and To into 12 00 and clicking the update link Module Identifier Description eDMSAPI 865 Francs Missiaen From To Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Hol jos ml o0 x 12 m oo x Tes m res ml Yes x res m res ves w Yes x ves v update remove 5 Click the remove link to remove a group member See the example in the following figure Module Identifier Description eDMSAPI 865 Francis Missiaen From To Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Hol oo vjoo v 23l lssl vesl ves ves veslw vesim ves ves Yes v update remove 6 Select a destination device in the right hand area to insert a new group member In the example shown in the next figure the eSMS peripheral 32473897171 belonging to Francis Missiaen is selected The Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 188 Module
433. ule must define at least one user profile for authentication purposes Nortel recommends that you create a user profile for each user that has access to the eWEB interface to avoid alarms generated by unauthenticated users Note 1 In many environments other computer infrastructure is in use such as iSeries 400 Windows NT Lotus Notes and so on and users often desire to use the same username on every platform In this case Nortel recommends that you ask the ICT manager for a list of existing user profiles so that DECT Messengercan use the same User IDs On iSeries 400 the OS 400 command WRKUSRPFF can be used to determine defined users Note 2 The USERA UserlD str field is restricted to a length of 10 bytes An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows FMI Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 440 Table eWEB USER AUTH USERA Password str This field contains a 10 byte password The eWEB interface allows users to change their own password Therefore you can create new users with default passwords for authorized the same as the User ID and ask users to change their password when they log in for the first time Note eWEB stores passwords without encryption in the Access 2000 database and are therefore available to anyone who can access the D
434. uring configuration of the Microsoft component A typical configuration sends inbound mails to the directory c inetpub mailroot drop These e mail files are in fact readable text files that can be opened with a text editor such as Notepad Figure 17 Example of inbound e mail page 26 shown an example of an inbound e mail Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 26 Module eSMTP server Figure 17 Example of inbound e mail x sender francis missiaen ls be x receiver kristien daneels ls be Received from gntnisfmi 10 110 49 102 by GNTN1SFMI ibsbe be with Mi crosoft SMTPSVC 5 0 2195 2966 Wed 27 Jun 2001 14 50 25 0200 From beibsbru ibsbe be To kristien daneels 1s be Subject Reanimation MIME Version 1 0 Content Type multipart mixed boundary _ _NextPart_000_01C07713 6DAD45D0 Content Disposition inline Return Path beibsbru ibsbe be Message ID lt GNTN1SFMIfznRukVykX00000004 GNTN1SFMI ibsbe be gt X OriginalArrivalTime 27 Jun 2001 12 50 25 0293 UTC FILE TIME BC2773D0 01COFF07 Date 27 Jun 2001 14 50 25 0200 _ _NextPart_000_01C07713 6DAD45D0 Content type text html Content transfer encoding binary lt html gt lt body bgcolor FFFFFF link 336699 alink 336699 gt lt body gt lt html gt NextPart_000_01C07713 6DAD45D0
435. us can either indicate a positive acknowledge or a negative acknowledge The format of the message reply is shown in Figure 7 Message reply format page 17 Figure 7 Message reply format lt xml gt lt msgrpy gt lt id gt 00251 lt id gt lt sts gt ACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt The e mail message is delivered to the mailbox of the destination user Note that intermediate processing on the external SMTP server or servers is responsible for message delivery This process is completely out of the control of the eSMTP application Figure 8 Example of mail produced by eSMTP module page 18 shows an example of the mail that is produced by the eSMTP module when viewed using Microsoft Outlook Express DECT Nortel Communication Server 1000 Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 18 Module eSMTP Figure 8 Example of mail produced by eSMTP module Test to eSMTP File Edit View Tools Message Help B Re ee AN Reply Reply All Forward Print Delete Previous Next Addresses From SOPHO_Messenger Net Date zondag 28 oktober 2001 15 49 To befmi 1s be Subject Test to eSMTP Test to eSMTP Figure 8 Example of mail produced by eSMTP module page 18 shows an example of the raw data of the mail that is produced by the eSMTP module Figure 9 Raw data o
436. use the external licence external licence number An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows Messenger eDMSAPI Guarding Polling intv n This field specifies the polling interval for testing the iSLink in seconds The PBX sends a System Status request with a frequency equal to eDMSAPI Guarding Polling intv n seconds The guarding process in the eDMSAPI module which continuously checks the iSLink connection automatically re establishes the connection when the eDMSAPI_ Guarding_Polling_intv_n eDMSAPI_Guarding_Retry_intv_n Time is the value in this field An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 60 eDMSAPI Guarding Retry_intv_n This field specifies the time to wait in seconds before retrying to establish an iSLink after a failed link setup is detected An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 20 eDMSAPI Msg dly n This field specifies the delay in seconds between sending the individual requests send normal message and send urgent message Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 258 Table eDMSAPI An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 3 eDMSAPI GeneralTimeOut_n This field specifies the Time in seconds the eDMSAPI program waits for an event from the CSTA service This value
437. ust synchronize the eKERNEL modules on all systems Also the latest layout of Messenger_CFG of publisher after automatic upgrade changes at first run must be manually placed in the directory of the Subscribers Getlmage puts a file Messenger_CFG xml in the same directory and replaces this file on receipt of a Getlmage result If you want to review this file make a copy in another location before doing so for example C Temp You can for example launch the Internet Explorer and associate XML files to this program as Internet Explorer has built in functionality to parse XML documents WARNING Do not open the file in the C SOPHO Messenger Net Xmi because the file can be allocated by the viewer and must be replaced when the next KeepAlive result is received SQL script When a Subscriber detects a change between P 1 and P 0 1 The Subscriber ends all running tasks associated with the current environment At this time Messenger functionality is disrupted and pending and new alarms can be lost 2 The SQL image in C SOPHO Messenger Net Xml repository Messenger_CFG xml is imported to the workspace C SOPHO Messenger Net Xml access database Messenger CFG mdb For this reason the Messenger_CFG mdb on Publisher and Subscriber sites must always use the same layout Thus the following repositories exist e original database on publisher C SOPHO Messenger Net Mdb Messenger_CFG mdbat publisher e transferred as XML im
438. ut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eCAP exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 169 130 eKernel port 3403 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Philips SOPHO Messenger Net eTM Site 1 Environment 147 93 169 130 backup SOPHO Messenger Net eDMSAPI Port 3401 Shortcut C SOPHO Messenger Net Exe eDMSAPI exe Site 1 eKernel address 147 93 169 130 eKernel port 3401 Log drive C Windowstyle 1 XML image The Subscriber receives the result of the Getlmage in a flat file repository located in the following directory C SOPHO Messenger Net Xml Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Keeping track of states 91 ATTENTION This directory must be created manually on Subscriber systems Also a copy of the Messenger _CFG mdb with the exact layout of the database of the publisher must be created in this directory If the database is missing or has incorrect layout system malfunction results An update of eKERNEL on the Publisher site must always be synchronized with the same update on subscribers systems and the eKERNEL can automatically add changes to the database at startup Therefore after applying a new version of eKERNEL you must first start eKERNEL and then copy the Messenger CFG mdb database If you install new versions of eKERNEL you m
439. uter Note Because these rejected inbound mail messages are still available online you can let the administrator determine the cause of the problem and if necessary adjust the configuration settings In many cases the problems are related to wrong configuration or processing of unexpected mail messages Spawn mail hackers and so on After the configuration is fixed the messages in error can be either deleted or moved back to the Dropped directory for reprocessing Logging The eSMTP_server application provides logging both on screen and on disk Figure 32 On screen logging page 35 shows the on screen logging that can be found in the Logging tab Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Logging 35 Figure 32 On screen logging Figure 33 Log file on disk page 36 shows the log file stored on disk Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 36 Module eSMTP server Figure 33 Log file on disk 28 10 2001 16 08 07 S INF Application eSMTP_ server SOPHO Messen ger Net v2 0 6 started with parameters Site 3 eKernel address LOCAL eKernel port 3110 Log drive C 28 10 2001 16 08 08 S INF TCP local port 0112
440. uthorized a switch button van be set to on or off others cannot generate a RESET for authorized a push button can only generate a push signal while pressing the contact In some cases you can have difficulty determining whether alarms have reset or not In fact some third party alarm system vendors are not aware of the signals provided In these cases you must specify SENT to prevent alarms that do not receive a RESET from remaining active in the system An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows SENT ALA_Prty_n This field specifies the priority of an alarm A low value indicates an important alarm a high value a less important alarm Nortel recommends that you exercise caution when assigning priorities to alarms For some output devices high important alarms are shown first and low priority alarms are shown last Other output programs such as eSMTP and eASYNC allow you to automatically confirm arrival of messages when distributed while others require confirmation procedures based upon a call back procedure using CLID on eCSTA of DTMF pincode on eVBVOICE Nortel recommends that you begin by assigning all alarms to default priority 5 for authorized nurse calls and so on and assigning more important alarms to a lower value 1 for MUG 2 for REA 3 for ASS and so on and less important alarms to a higher value 6 for SAN and so on In most cases alarm priorities are subject to discussion w
441. uture releases to grant access to service functions that can be implemented in eWEB at a later stage An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 denotes False USERA Language str This field contains a 4 byte identifier that denotes the language used for eWEB access and eGRID access Enter one of the valid language codes provided in Table 61 Currently supported language values in eWEB page 442 The codes are in the range 2900 2999 A small number of languages are currently supported but additional languages can be implemented if needed Table 61 Currently supported language values in eWEB page 442 shows the codes for currently supported languages while Table 62 Language values reserved for future implementation page 442 shows codes reserved for future language support Table 61 Currently supported language values in eWEB 2909 Belgian English 2963 Belgian Dutch 2966 Belgian French Table 62 Language values reserved for future implementation Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved EWEB USER AUTH parameters 443 Table 62 Language values reserved for future implementation cont d 2938 English Uppercase Support for Double Byte Character Set DBCS Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning
442. v4 ini file is by default located in the c winnt directory Note Ini Settings use both upper and lower case for readability However the entry in the file is not case sensitive Voicecard related settings are documented in the Hardware Installation manual and in the online help Conference Figure 105 Ini settings Conference INI SETTING MvirBridging fp fh Conference ntr ufo P Ld DataFind Figure 106 Ini settings DataFind Ent SETTING DESCRIPTION UNITS DEFAULT 0 for multi threaded ODBC DoODBCInMainThread Dialogic Voicecard related settings are documented in the Hardware Installation manual and in the online help Directories Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 106 Module eVBVOICE Figure 107 Ini settings Directories for help files Languages Languages controls which rules are used for each language Settings are made by adding any combination of flag values for example English 0x1 0x20000 0x20001 The following are the flags available english 0x1 usegender 0x4 useordinalforfirstofmonthonly 0x100 singularpluralhundred 0x102 special version of hundred singular hundred and plural hundreds useitaliangender 0x40 always use male one if saying 81 or 101 or something usethouforyear 0x80
443. value CALC is specified some alarms receive a reset and other alarms not Therefore the eKERNEL application checks to determine if the alarm description with remove after SENT exists If so this alarm type is processed otherwise the alarm is processed as if remove after RESET is specified If the alarm description is not configured in the eKERNEL_ ALARM table the alarm is not processed An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows SENT eESPA NAK retry cnt n This field specifies the number of retries to re transmit a message after receiving a NAK A device that has control of the communication line can transfer data to the other devices When unable to accept the message the receiving device sends a negative acknowledge with a 1 or 2 or 3 NAK sequence and the sending device can then retransmit the block If after eESPA NAK retry cnt n attempts the transmission still fails and the sending device terminates transmission with the EOT character An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 2 eESPA Timeout n This values specifies in seconds how long the station waits if no valid transactions are detect on the communication line before sending a EOT and terminate the communication and regain control An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 10 eESPA Handshaking n This field sets and returns the hardware handshaking protocol The possible
444. vice zl please select device 1 1 00001 eESPA ESPA 4 44 1 1 08400 eDMSAPI 8000 1 1 F F F y 0000 mif00 Fa oo on 00 f min y 2099 for alm 00 zindo min ve Note You can access only the devices that belong to the same site as used by the eWEB module Figure 171 Select new device page 145 shows devices of site 3 because in this example eWEB is running in site 3 area 1 Change Password Change Password allows you to enter a new password You must enter your User ID your old password Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 146 Module eWEB e your new password e your new password for verification This option eliminates the need for an eGRID based administration of passwords of existing user profiles Figure 172 Change password F Nortel Networks EI 218 x Fie Edt View Fevortes Tods Heb EJ Fed OY Addess hitp finessengerfoWeb_index so Er 2 Nortel Change password Release 4 0 0 Networks Aj This form allows you to change your password in the Nortel Networks DECT Messenger database Since no synchronisation with other security resources is Implemented your DECI changes will only affect your access to Nortel Networks DECT Messenger resources Messenger
445. wNUGOVy100000001 GNTN1SFMI ibsbe be gt Queued mail for delivery 28 10 2001 14 51 16 O TCP quit 28 10 2001 14 51 16 I TCP 221 2 0 0 GNTNISFMI ibsbe be Service closing transmission channel 28 10 2001 14 51 17 O TCP lt xml gt lt msgrpy gt lt id gt 00001 lt id gt lt sts gt ACK lt sts gt lt msgrpy gt lt xml gt Relaying and Routing ATTENTION A common configuration error related to relaying and routing settings occurs when eSMTP tries to deliver a message to a mail destination user that is not residing in the same domain as shown in Figure 12 Relaying and Routing error on screen page 22 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 22 Module eSMTP Figure 12 Relaying and Routing error on screen 42 eSMTP SOPHO Messenger Net v2 0 7 eKernel eSMTP Logging Connections r eKemel rm Configuration local 27001 1067 fSMTPaddess 272001 Remote 127001 3111 SMTPpot 5 Status Connected SMTP doman GNTNISFMLibsbebe i Flogpath C SOPHO Messenger Ne eSMTP Lods Local N A Remote 127 0 0 1 om or MM Data arrival 230 bytes received from eKERNEL 00005 15 33 26 The error is usually recorded in the log files with a message similar to the one shown in Figure 13 Relaying error
446. wever at this stage there is no guaranteed message delivery because there is no read indication This situation is similar to eASYNC where SMS and PAGING as well do not foresee end user confirmation An SMTP mail can be pending between intermediate server for authorized in an internet environment or remain unread in the mailbox for a large amount of time Confirmation techniques can be appropriate to force mail destinations to respond to the alarm request This can be accomplished by calling back to a predefined DID number In eKERNEL release 2 9 18 and later the functionality is implemented that if the priority of the alarm is lower than or equal to this value so has an higher importance the message reply lt msgrpy gt sent by the eSMTP module to the eKERNEL is treated as a NACK reply even if a ACK was sent Therefore alarms that are sent using eSMTP and are successfully delivered so status ACK and that need a confirmation have the same behavior as alarms with status NACK This results in the alarm repeating every eSMTP_Silence_intv_n seconds until confirmation If the alarm is not confirmed within the DEV Retry count ALT DEV id n eKERNEL_device retries the alarm is sent to the alternative devices if configured Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eSMTP_CLIENT para
447. where the alarm systems can set a SET and RESET or when the alarm system sends an alarm once at SET The ALA_Repeat_intv_n is set to a value larger than 0 if the alarm system is incapable of sending a RESET indication and repeats active alarms on frequent basis When the appropriate alarms are no longer repeated the situation is interpreted as a RESET condition You can use this option to provide a steady repeat interval for authorized active alarms are repeated every 20 seconds and a continuously repetition repeat is not stopped after 10 repeats When repeat interval is known you can add a small safety factor for authorized add 5 to 10 seconds and define the ALA_Repeat_intv_n as such An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 0 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eKERNEL_ alarm parameters 323 ALA Length n This field specifies the length of the alarm that is considered as relevant Nortel recommends that you set the length to correspond to the length of the received alarm signal although this is not always necessary You can just as easily change messages in the alarm systems so the length fits your environment and peripherals For instance if you keep message length to 16 bytes or less the messages fit on a single line on a DECT C4040 or DECT C4050
448. with the error code shown in Figure 84 TCP Server Error response page 85 Figure 84 TCP Server Error response 2 http 10 110 49 170 7000 Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Bak x A Search fg Favorites Meda EU 3 4 Address http 10 110 49 170 7000 7 Pc lt xml version 1 0 encoding iso 8859 1 gt lt Error gt Request is not supported lt Error gt fox Local intranet In an operational environment the eTM_HA instances of the Subscribers send these two requests to the publisher on a regular basis KeepAlive and Getlmage e KeepAlive A KeepAlive request is exchanged between subscriber and publisher and allows both parties to verify the presence of the other Interval and timeout between attempts are defined in the registry Figure 85 TCP Server Keep Alive response page 85 shows an example of what is sent during this exchange To test this response Nortel recommends using Internet Explorer on the Subscriber Figure 85 TCP Server Keep Alive response A http 10 110 49 170 7000 request KeepAlive Microsoft Internet Explorer P E3 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help E3 Back f Qsearch Favorites meda LES S SI 3 Address E http 10 110 49 170 7000 request KeepAlive lt xml version 1 0 encoding iso 8859 1 gt lt Keep liveResult gt 10 110 50 138 4709 lt Keep liveResu
449. works All Rights Reserved 243 Table eCAP generic eCAP generic parameters Name Type eCAPG Inpgm id n Long Integer eCAPG Line _ Sep str Text eCAPG Line Select start n Integer eCAPG Line Select len n Integer eCAPG Line Select str Text eCAPG Line Omit start n Integer eCAPG Line Omit len n Integer eCAPG Line Omit str Text eCAPG Field Sep str Text eCAPG GRP Name start n Integer eCAPG GRP Name len_n Integer eCAPG GRP Name f ield n Integer eCAPG Msg_ start n Integer eCAPG Msg len n Integer eCAPG Msg field n Integer eCAPG Ala Descr start n Integer eCAPG Ala Descr len n Integer eCAPG Ala Descr _ field i n Integer eCAPG Dft GRP I Name str Text eCAPG Dft _Msg_ str Text eCAPG Dft Ala Descr str Text eCAPG Reset start n Integer eCAPG Reset len n Integer eCAPG Reset str Text eCAPG Remove _ after str Text eCAPG Comments str Text eCAPG Inpgm id n This field refers to the input program identifier as defined in eKERNEL_INPGM table An example of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 11101 eCAPG Line Sep str This field specifies the character sequence that is used to separate input lines that are processed through the generic eCAP interface This value must be formatted using one or more 2 byte hexadecimal ASCII values Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright
450. xtemal internet hosts to be sent to external internet domains Verify connecting hostname in Disabled NS Allow conmections only from the following SMTP internet hastnames IP addresses Dery connections from the fallawing SMTP internet hostnames IP addresses Verify sender s domain in DNS Disabled Consult with your network administrator for more information on configuration aspects and network design Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 25 Module eSMTP server The eSMTP_server module is a member of the input program family Therefore the eSMTP_ server is capable of generating alarms to eKERNEL The name eSMTP_server can be rather confusing In fact there is no SMTP server functionality implemented in the module This means the application is not acting as an SMTP server and is not listening on port 25 for inbound SMTP requests The module eSMTP_server must always be seen in conjunction with the SMTP Server component that is shipped with Windows as part of the Internet Information Server software Refer to Module eSMTP_ server page 25 for more information The actual role of SMTP server handling inbound sockets connections on port 25 is played by the Microsoft component This component stores inbound mails in a directory structure as specified d
451. y b 354 GRPM Activate timestamp str 354 GRPM Desactivate timestamp str 355 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved GRP Comments str 355 Table eKERNEL_GUARDING 357 eKERNEL GUARDING parameters 357 GUA INPPGM id n 357 GUA From str 357 GUA To str 358 GUA Mon b 358 GUA Tue b 358 GUA Wed b 359 GUA Thu b 359 GUA Fri b 359 GUA Sat b 359 GUA Sun b 359 GUA Timeout n 359 GUA msg str 360 GUA GRP Name str 360 GUA ALA id n 360 GUA Comments str 361 Table eKERNEL HOLIDAY 363 eKERNEL HOLIDAY parameters 363 Holiday str 363 Holiday Comments str 364 Table eKERNEL INPGM 365 eKERNEL INPGM parameters 365 INPGM id n 365 INPGM Site id n 366 INPGM Area id n 366 INPGM Appl str 366 INPGM Manufacturer str 367 INPGM Model str 367 INPGM Bidir b 368 INPGM Resource str 368 INPGM Settings str 368 INPGM_AutoCreateGRP_b 369 INPGM Default DEV OUTPGM str 370 INPGM_ Default DEV OUTPGM facility str 370 INPGM_Descr_str 370 INPGM Comments str 371 Table eKERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT 373 eKkERNEL MESSAGE FORMAT parameters 373 373 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Table eKERNEL SITE eKERNEL_ SITE parameters 377
452. y found in this field is as follows 999 eESPAO BeepCode str This field specifies the data that must be entered in the espa datablock for record type beepcode data identifier 3 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eESPAO Priority str This field specifies the data that must be entered in de espa datablock for record type priority data identifier 6 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved eESPA outbond cfg parameters 287 An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 3 eESPAO Comments str This field can be used to store comments enabling administrators to add remarks to the configuration record See Table 19 Sample eESPAO Comments str values page 287 for authorized eESPAO Comments str values Table 19 Sample eESPAO Comments str values Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 1000 i Copyright 2003 201 0 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 289 Table elOQ MODULE elO_modules parameters Name eIOM Site id n eIOM Area id n eIOM Module str eIOM Type str eIOM Url str eIOM Contact cnt n eIOM Comments str elOM Site id n This field specif
453. y_achon Work 20with 20Faciiiest iter 1 2 eDMSAPIBbtie LI BB Local intranet 7 To return from the detailed screen click the cancel link When you click the delete link clicked the facility is removed ATTENTION In the current release of Web Administrator no validation is to see if the definition is in use This means you must verify if a facility is used before you delete the facility For example if devices exist with facility C944 you must not delete the facility Future releases may implement a disabled delete link when a definition is in use 8 Click the edit to alter some non key fields Note The name of the definition cannot be changed You need to insert a new definition if you want another Facility name In the example in the following figure the edit link was clicked for definition C944 Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 212 Module Web Administrator User Guide J Nortel DECT Messenger Web Administrator Microsoft Internet Explorer F aj xj File Edt View Favortes Tool Help Ea Back gt Address hitp J messengerfEz_index shp ew Site 1 Site 1 gt gt gt Area 2 SIP DECT gt gt gt Module eDMSAPI subset insert devices Facility Bytes line 1 Bytes line 2 Bytes line 3 age indication More indicat
454. ypes of alarms fire reanimation and security Also assume that the alarm recipients are located in all of the iS3070 locations Figure 134 Example 1 Customer site Msg Net 1S3070 1S3070 Fi St Niklas Maria Voorzienigheid 1S3070 183070 Msg Net St Maarten OLV Hospital Also assume for Example 1 that there is one eVBVoice module on site Your goal is to add ad hoc voice messages to the reanimation alarms The IVR menu could look like the following figure Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved Configuration 121 Figure 135 Example 1 IVR menu Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Alarm Group Message 1 Set an alarm 1 Fire alarm 1140101 Fire dep FireSet wav 2 Reanimation 1140102 Medical RECORD 3 Security 1140103 Security SecuritySet wav 2 Confirm an alarm 3 Reset an alarm 1 Fire alarm 1140101 Fire dep FireReset wav Example 2 for Example 2 assume the location is the same site as in Example 1 In Example 2 however a reanimation alarm is set for a specific node or group The IVR menu could look like the one shown in the following figure Figure 136 Example 2 IVR menu Menu level 1 Menu level 2 Alarm Group Message Reanimation alarr 1 st Niklas 1140102 Med Niklas RECORD Set 2 st Maarten 1140102 Med Maarten RECORD 3 Maria Voorz 1140102 Med Maria
455. ypically found in this field is as follows eDMSAPI DEV Ras Site b This field is a Boolean value and can be either True 1 or False 0 The default value is False 0 This field is currently not implemented but is reserved for future enhancements when multi site facilities are implemented In future versions eKERNEL to eKERNEL communications will be implemented so alarms for devices located on another site can be sent to the remote eKernel An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows False 0 DEV Ras Area b This field is a Boolean value and can be either True 1 or False 0 The default value is False 0 This field specifies the behavior of the eWEB based function Send DMS API Message The Send DMS API message default only presents those devices that are defined in the eKERNEL DEVICE table and have output program eDMSAPI and reside on the same site and area as the eWEB input program For authorized if the eWEB application is defined on site 1 and area 1 the Send DMS API Message presents the eDMSAPI devices of site 1 area 1 Some multi area environments require that you present devices that are configured for a remote area You can select for each device whether the remote device is available to the local eWEB area or not An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows False 0 DEV Comments str This field can contain remarks from the administrator and is information
456. zed of an entry typically found in this field is as follows MESSAGE COULD NOT BE DELIVERED eSMTPS ALA id n When an inbound e mail message is accepted or rejected by eKERNEL the sender receives a delivery or non delivery report This report is sent from eKERNEL to eSMTP client The eSMTP module is a prerequisite To produce such outbound message eKERNEL must known the alarm identifier that is used to produce the message for eSMTP This value must match the value specified in eKERNEL_ ALARM table Verify the length of the delivery and non delivery messages specified in eSMTPS Delivery text str and eSMTPS_NonDelivery_text_str An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1180101 eSMTPS Comments This field can contain remarks from an administrator and is informational only Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 413 Table eWEB eWEB parameters Name Type Size eWEB Address str Text 15 eWEB Site id n Integer 2 ewEB Area id n Integer 2 eWEB eKernel address str Text 15 ewEB Branding str Text 50 eWEB_Comments str Text 50 eWEB Address str This field specifies the IP address of the system where the Apache Web Server is running You can obtain the address with the IPCONFIG command The eWEB module uses this address to obtain its site area number and the ad
457. zed of an entry typically found in this field is as follows 1 eSMTPS Email dir str This field specifies the directory that is polled upon arrival of incoming e mail In the Windows 2000 environment with the Internet Information Server component SMTP server activated this is typically c inetpub mailroot drop The specified directory is the directory where the Windows shipped SMTP server drops incoming mail Nortel Communication Server 1000 DECT Messenger Installation and Commissioning Book 2 NN43120 301 02 01 4 June 2010 Copyright 2003 2010 Nortel Networks All Rights Reserved 410 Table eSMTP SERVER This directory contains e mail files with the extension EML that are processed by DECT MessengereSMTP_ server module which analyzes the inbound e mail files and handles them as alarm input An authorized of an entry typically found in this field is as follows c inetpub mailroot drop eSMTPS Poll intv n This parameter defines the interval between individual poll operations the eSMTP server module handles to look for inbound mail The value is expressed in seconds and typically has a value of 10 seconds Specifying a smaller value requires additional system resources and can speed up the detection process of inbound e mail based alarm generation Note however that e mail processing is as such a technology that is not designed to guarantee lightning speed response and therefore a very small interval does not lead to sub

Avaya CS1000 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents